SPECIALIZED HEALTH CARE AND

MEDICAL EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT

GOVERNMENT OF THE PUNJAB

PRODUCT VOCABULARY
MEDICAL STORE(PVMS) OF
RADIOLOGY EQUIPMENT

Volume - I , 2016
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. MRI 3 T ................................................................................................................................ 3
2. MRI 1.5 T ............................................................................................................................. 7
3. Whole body Multi Slice CT Scan 128 Slice ........................................................................ 12
4. Whole body Multi Slice CT Scan 16 Slices ......................................................................... 17
5. CT SIMULATOR .................................................................................................................. 20
6. Digital Color Doppler (High End). ...................................................................................... 23
7. DIGITAL COLOR DOPPLER (LOW END). ............................................................................. 26
8. PORTABLE /MOBILE ULTRASOUND................................................................................... 28
9. DIGITAL MAMMOGRAPHY ................................................................................................ 29
10. ANGIOGRAPHY SYSTEMS .................................................................................................. 32
11. DIGITAL RADIOGRAPHY/FLUOROSCOPY (RF ROOM) ....................................................... 37
12. DIGITAL RADIOGRAPHY SYSTEM ....................................................................................... 39
13. COMPUTERIZED RADIOGRAPHY SYSTEM ......................................................................... 41
14. PRINTING SYSTEM FOR DIGITAL X RAY ............................................................................. 42
15. Static X ray Machine Ceiling Mounted.............................................................................. 43
16. MOBILE X-RAY UNIT .......................................................................................................... 44
17. MOBILE C-ARM IMAGE INTENSIFIER................................................................................. 45
18. DOSIMETER ....................................................................................................................... 46
19. CASSETTES ......................................................................................................................... 47
20. HANGERS........................................................................................................................... 48
21. INTENSIFYING SCREEN ...................................................................................................... 49
22. HANGERS AND INTENSIFYING SCREEN ............................................................................. 50
23. LEAD APRONS/GONADAL SHIELDS/THYROID SHIELDS/LEAD GOGGLES .......................... 51
24. X-RAY VIEWER AND LED .................................................................................................... 52
25. X-RAY FILM PROCESSOR.................................................................................................... 53
26. X - RAY MACHINE FLOOR MOUNTED ................................................................................ 54
27. PACS & RIS SYSTEM ........................................................................................................... 55
28. DIKTA PHONE .................................................................................................................... 57
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name MRI 3 T
Clinical Purpose Where specialized studies of rapid moving structure specially in
cardiac imaging is required. It is used in conditions where nerves,
soft tissues, joints, musculoskeletal system and posterior fossa of
brain need to be examined and also when ionizing radiations are
contra indicated as well as staging of tumors.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Latest Generation, latest Technology High Resolution 3.0 Tesla Wide Bore, Superconducting
Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) system with ZERO Boil off Cryogen Technology. High
Homogeneity, latest generation gradients and digital radio frequency (RF) system to be capable
of all 2D & 3D routine including Neuro imaging , Body, Spine, Orthopedics, pediatrics, cardiac
and peripheral vascular imaging.
MRI system should comprise of the following specifications.

PERFORMANCE
• Simultaneous scanning, image acquisition, image reconstruction, processing and filming etc.
• Capability to execute multi sequence automated scanning & post processing through
simplified, Preferably single mouse-click operations.
• The system should offer Imaging packages for Neurosciences, Orthopedics, Cardiology,
Angiography, Body, Breast, Oncology & Pediatric etc with following minimal capabilities at
console.
• Feet-first positioning for almost all examinations possible reduces anxiety and claustrophobia.
• Window width/level controls, zoom, pan, rotate, mirror.
• Image annotation, Image arithmetic, Image measurement
• Regions of Interest (ROI) statistics (area, volume, mean and standard deviation) from user
defined square, rectangular, circular, elliptical or irregular shapes.
Time Intensity analysis of dynamics/phases.
Volume calculation from contours drawn in adjacent slices.
Simultaneous visualization of up to four independent series for comparison.
Cine movie display of 20 slices / 128GB or more dynamics/phases.
Reduction of noise over images with edge enhancement.
Real-time MIP, MPR and 3D surface rendering.
Film generation of image series with capability to export to DICOM/Windows PC formats.
MAGNET
• Magnet Type: Super-Conductor
• Field strength: 3 Tesla
• Helium Boil off: Zero boil off with 10 years helium warranty
• Shielding method: Active
• Shimming Method: Active / passive
• Bore Diameter: 70cm or More
• Magnet Length: 170 cm or less
• Magnet Field Stability: 0.1 Ppm/Hr
• FOV: 5-50 cm
Other features: Operating panel on both sides of gantry with patient positioning display, laser
light
• localization, In-Bore lighting & ventilation
• Magnet Homogeneity: 1.44ppm or less in 40cm DSV
• RF SYSTEM
• Transmitter Type: Digital/Optic Fiber based RF system
• Transmitter Power: 25 KW or more
• RF receiver Channels: 32 standard simultaneous independent receiving
channels /direct digitization
• For 32 channels coil connectivity using optical fiber transmission.
• Gradient: 44 mT/m or more
• Slew Rate: 200 mT/m/s or more
EXAMINATION COILS
• Whole Body Gantry Integrated Whole Body imaging Coil
• Head/neck 20 Elements or more, Head Coil For Head Imaging (parallel imaging
compatible
• Spine 32 Element or more spine coil (parallel imaging compatible).
• Neuro-Vascular / Coil (Head & Neck) 28 Element Array Neuro Vascular
Coil For Aortic Arch And Carotid Imaging/coil.
Combination of head / neck / spine Combination. (Parallel imaging compatible)
• Torso Coil 30 Element or More /with coil combination Torso coil (parallel imaging
compatible)
• General purpose OR Flex Coil 8 elements or more
• Dedicated OR Flexible coils
• Ankle 16 elements or more (parallel imaging compatible)
• Shoulder 16 elements or more (parallel imaging compatible)
• Wrist 16 elements or more (parallel imaging compatible)
• Knee coil 15 elements or more. (parallel imaging compatible)
• Breast Coil 8 elements or more
• Multiple Coil Connection Able to perform whole body imaging using surface coils
simultaneously

ACQUISTION PARAMETER
• Slice thickness 2D / 3D 0.1 mm to 0.5mm or better
• Parallel Imaging The system should offer parallel imaging capability
(Sense/ASSET/iPAT/Speder/RAPID or equivalent)
• Acquisition matrix 1024 x 1024
PATINET COUCH AND COMFORT
• Type Detachable/fixed motorized patient table with height
lowering capability (feet first)
• Weight Bearing Capacity 225 Kg or more

Page 2 of 59
• Table Length 2.0 meter
• Min. Height 0.7 meter or less
• Gating VCG/ ECG Cardiac gating system, Peripheral pulse gating
system, Respiratory gating system (or compatible)

• Motion Correction Motion correction for all anatomy

• Intercom Integrated Two Way Communication Between Patient &
Operator
• Safety/Emergency Run Down, Safety Switches For Emergency Ramp Down
Overhead couch built in camera along with LCD display.
CONSOLE / HOST/ RECON
• Standard Console, Standard Key board And Mouse, Automated Scanning capability and
user friendly interface base.
• Hard Disk Capacity 1TB or more / per manufacturers highest provision Minimum
storage capacity of maximum uncompressed image
at 256 x 256 matrix.
• Clock speed 2.4 GHz quad core processor or better; 32 GB Ram or more
• DVD/CD R/W DVD /CD Writer must be included
• Connectivity/Networking DICOM 3.0 Query/Retrieve, Modality Work-list,
Storage & Print to be Included (with licenses)
• Display Monitor 19 inches or more LCD/TFT/LED monitor (Flicker free & High
Resolution)
• Word size 64 bit parallel array / 32 bit multi core processing
• Reconstruction Speed Minimum 12000 Images or FFT/Sec (256x256
Matrix) at full field of view
• All Imaging sequences and MR applications as listed below

MRI DEDICATED / Multimodality WORKSTATION

Original Workstation supplied by the Manufacturer as MRI system to be offered.(Qty to be
defined by the procuring agency), with licensed software having three concurrent user licenses
with necessary hardware and should be independent of MRI console)

• Standard Console Standard Key board And Mouse, user friendly interface base
• Hard Disk Capacity (1 TB or as per manufacturers highest provision /Minimum
storage capacity of 250,000 uncompressed images
at 256 x 256 matrix
• DVD/CD R/W DVD /CD Writer must be included
• Connectivity/Networking DICOM 3.0 Query/Retrieve, Modality Work list, Storage &
Print to be included
• Display Monitor 19 inches or more LCD/TFT monitor (Flicker free & High
Resolution)
• CPU & RAM Intel Quad Core processor 2.4 GHz/AMD Opteron & 12 GB
RAM or as per
• Recommendation (windows XP 64 bits OS)/Linux
• Post Processing Post Processing for Basic & advanced MR applications to

Page 3 of 59
be included with auto shifting of data from the console to the workstation.

STANDARD IMAGING SEQUENCES, BASIC& ADVANCED APPLICATIONS FOR

CONSOLE/WORKSTATION
APPLICATION SOFTWARE:
a. Spin Echo (single and multi-echo)
b. Fast Spin Echo
c. Gradient Echo
d. Inversion Recovery, IR-STIR, FLAIR, dual IR for fat fluid and tissue suppression.
e. Fast Inversion Recovery, Fast FLAIR
f. Echo Planner Imaging (Single & Multi Shot)
g. 2D & 3D FFE and 2D & 3D balanced FFE
h. 2D & 3D TFE and 2D & 3D balanced TFE
i. 2D & 3D TOF (including TURBO, gating)
j. 3D Motion correction
k. Phase Contrast 2D & 3D
l. Fat Suppression (at least 4/5 different techniques)
m. Contrast Enhanced MRA with automatic table movement
n. 3D isotropic imaging
o. Diffusion Imaging with ADC maps for application in brain and body in real time.
p. MRCP 2D and 3D
q. Perfusion imaging with online calculation of hemodynamic maps like mean transit time,
time to peak, time of arrival etc.
r. Brain Perfusion Arterial Spin Labeling (2D and 3D)
s. Bolus tracking for real time synchronization of contrast bolus arrival.
t. Single and multi shot EPI-free selection capability of single or multi shot EPI
u. Dynamic Imaging (brain, liver, breast)
v. Brain Volume Imaging
w. Diffusion Tensor Imaging + Tractography
x. Spectroscopy – Single
y. Spectroscopy – Multi-Voxel (Brain, Breast and Prostate)
z. Functional MRI/ (BOLD Imaging) with online processing.
aa. Flow Analysis software with display of peak velocities
bb. Motion Correction for all anatomy and in functional imaging.
cc. Fluoro Triggered MRA
dd. MPR-Multi Planner Reconstruction
ee. Magnetization transfer imaging
ff. Advanced volumetric imaging with T2, T2 Flair and Proton density weighted contrasts /
Similar Solution.
gg. Cartilage Mapping / Similar for non-invasive imaging method for early detection of
osteoarthritis
hh. Time Resolved Imaging in high resolution of multi-phase 3D volumes of any anatomy for
fast accurate visualization of the vasculature
ii. 3D non-contrast enhanced MRA application for brain, carotid and peripheral arterial

Page 4 of 59
 imaging.
jj. 3D Arterial Spin Labeling – Non Contrast whole brain perfusion
kk. High resolution T2 weighting for clear depiction of inner ear structures and facial nerve.
ll. MR Elastography/relaxography or similar sequence for brain, liver, breast and prostate.
mm. Susceptibility weighted imaging or similar software.
nn. Fusion software

ACCESSORIES: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

a. MRI Compatible wheel Chairs

b. MRI Compatible patient care monitor / display on MRI Screen
c. MRI Compatible Trolley
d. MRI Compatible IV Pole
e. Metal detectors door and hand held detector
f. Standard set of phantoms for calibration of MRI.
g. Online pure sine Wave Double Conversion UPS (Capacity to be define by Procuring agency)
for whole MRI suite, with a minimum backup time of 20 minutes on full load, (MGE,
Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, Riello, APC, GE or Equivalent).
h. Programmable, MRI Compatible Dual Head power injector with flow / volume and
temperature control. Mounted on mobile base with 500 disposable syringes of 150ml
capacity and connecting tubes (Medrad-Bayer, Angiomat / Madtron /Tyco or equivalent).
i. DICOM 3 Ready Dry Laser Camera / Imager, multi-size up to 14” x 17” for different size
films (Carestream, Agfa, Fuji, Konica or equivalent) for black & white printing on film,
including 1,000 films.
j. Film Viewer (x 04) for images up to 14” x 17” with variable light control and shutter, with 4
1 format ; LED type.
k. Imported Water Chillers as per requirement of the system with standby arrangement.
l. RF cage as per manufacturer’s recommendation and according to site requirement.
m. Audio system for patient during MRI.
n. Renovation and up gradation of waiting area and reporting room.
o. Two film storage cabinets (14 x 17 film holding).
p. MR compatible stretcher.
q. Provision of storage aluminum racks, aluminum doors with elbow action controls, paneling,
lead lining, flooring, paints etc. Oxygen and suction system connection with the existing
hospital pipeline. Provision of furniture (benches, LCD TV, water dispenser etc) of MRI
waiting area. Complete electricity works from power station to MRI room including
earthling, power racks, breakers, DB etc.
r. POWER GENERATOR (Capacity is to be defined by Procuring Agency). Including ATS panel,
Sound Proof Canopy, Foundation Pads, Earthling and cabling.
s. MRI compatible adult / paediatrics anesthesia machine with compatible ventilator, mobile
type. Two Gas Model machine (oxygen and nitrous). Oxygen Monitor, Isofluorance
vaporizer. Compatible with AMBU bag. Close circuit system, Circle absorber, flow meter
with sets compatible cylinders.

OPTIONALS: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Page 5 of 59
 a. Cardiac imaging package.
b. 4D/advanced Cardiac imaging package.
c. MRI angiogram (cardiac), flow measurements, offline analysis, coronary imaging.
d. Advanced Orthopedic software.
e. Advance vascular package including 3D peripheral arterial imaging.
f. Advance Liver imaging.
g. The firms should quote all other optional and advanced available applications / packages
for neuro, vascular / angiography, oncology, brain, abdomen, orthopedics etc.
h. Functional imaging software and hardware.
i. Fetal anomaly survey / Equivalent software.
j. 48 Channel (Procuring agency to justify the requirement, in case of such specialized
requirement and get approval from the competent authority before initiating the
purchase)
k. Provision of storage aluminum racks, aluminum doors with elbow action controls,
paneling, lead lining, flooring, paints etc. Oxygen and suction system connection with the
existing hospital pipeline. Provision of furniture (benches, LCD TV, water dispenser etc) of
MRI waiting area. Complete electricity works from power station to MRI room including
earthling, power racks, breakers, DB etc.
l. POWER GENERATOR (Capacity is to be defined by Procuring Agency). Including ATS
panel, Sound Proof Canopy, Foundation Pads, Earthling and cabling.
m. MRI compatible adult / pediatrics anesthesia machine with compatible ventilator, mobile
type. Two Gas Model machine (oxygen and nitrous). Oxygen Monitor, Isofluorance
vaporizer. Compatible with AMBU bag. Close circuit system, Circle absorber, flow meter
with sets compatible cylinders.

Note: (Procuring agency to specify, if required)

The firms may additionally quote advanced available applications / packages / Software’s
for neuro, vascular / angiography, oncology, brain etc separately as optional (which will
not form the basis of acceptance / rejection)

Page 6 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name MRI 1.5 T
Clinical Purpose It is used in conditions where nerves, soft tissues, joints,
musculoskeletal system and posterior fossa of brain need to be
examined and also when ionizing radiations are contra indicated as
well as staging of tumors.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Latest Generation, latest Technology High Resolution 1.5 Tesla MRI system.
Wide Bore 60 CM or more.
MAGNET
• Magnet Type: Super-Conductor
• Field strength: 1.5 Tesla
• Helium Boil off: Zero boil off with 10 years helium warranty
• Shielding method: Active /passive
• Shimming Method; Active / passive
• Bore Diameter: 60 cm or more.
• Magnet Length: 170 cm or less
• Magnet Field Stability: 0.1 Ppm/Hr
• FOV: 5-50 cm
Other features: Operating panel on both sides of gantry with patient positioning display,
laser light localization, In-Bore lighting & ventilation
• Magnet Homogeneity: 1.2 ppm or less in 40cm DSV or 2 ppm or less in
50cm DSV
RF SYSTEM
• Transmitter Type: Digital/Optic Fiber based RF system
• Transmitter Power: 10 KW or more
• RF receive Channels: 16 Standard simultaneous independent receiving
channels /direct digitization for 16 channels coil connectivity using optic fiber
transmission or more.
• Gradient: 33 mT/m or more
• Slew Rate: 120 mT/m/s or more
EXAMINATION COILS
• Whole Body Gantry Integrated Whole Body imaging Coil
• Head/neck 11 Elements or more, Array Head Coil For Head Imaging (parallel
imaging compatible)
• Spine 12 Element or more spine coil (parallel imaging compatible)
• Neuro-Vascular / Coil 16 Element Array Neuro Vascular Coil For Aoritc Arch And Carotid
Imaging / Coil Combination of head/neck/spine Combination
Page 7 of 59
• Torso Coil 16 Element or More /with coil combination Torso coil (parallel
I maging compatible).
• General purpose / Flex Coil 8 elements or more
• Dedicated coils
• Ankle 16 elements or more (parallel imaging compatible) / Flex Coil
• Shoulder 6 elements or more (parallel imaging compatible)
• Wrist 6 elements or more (parallel imaging compatible)
• Knee coil 8 elements or more. (parallel imaging compatible)
• Breast Coil 8 elements or more
• Multiple Coli Connection At least 3 coils (Head, body & Spine) must be
connectable simultaneously.

ACQUISTION PARAMETER
• Slice thickness 2D /3D 0.1 mm to 0.5mm or better
• Parallel Imaging The system should offer parallel imaging capability
(Sense/ASSET/iPAT/Speder/RAPID)
• Acquisition matrix 1024 x 1024
PATINET COUCH AND COMFORT
• Type Motorized patient table with height lowering capability
• Weight Bearing Capacity 150 Kg or more
• Table Length 2.0 meter
• Min. Height 0.7 meter or less
• Gating ECG Cardiac gating system, Peripheral pulse gating system,
Respiratory gating System or VCG or compatible.
• Motion Correction Motion correction for all anatomy
• Intercom Integrated Two Way Communication Between Patient & Operator
• Safety /Emergency Run Down, Safety Switches For Emergency Ramp Down
• Feet first scanning Overhead/ couch built in camera along with LCD display (CONSOLE /
HOST/ RECON)
• Standard Console Standard Key board And Mouse, Automated Scanning capability and
user friendly interface base
• Hard Disk Capacity 1TB or more /or manufacturers maximum specified with minimum
storage capacity of 250, 000 uncompressed image at 256 x 256 matrix.
• DVD/CD R/W DVD /CD Writer must be included
• Connectivity/Networking DICOM 3.0 Query/Retrieve, Modality Worklist,
Storage & Print to be included.
• Display Monitor 19 inches or more LCD/TFT monitor (Flicker free & High
Resolution)
• Reconstruction Speed Minimum 5000 Images or FFT/Sec (256x256 Matrix) at full field
of view
• Image Reconstruction Intel Quad Core/AMD Opteron & 8GB RAM or more CPU & RAM
• All Imaging sequences and MR applications as listed below

MRI DEDICATED WORKSTATION

Page 8 of 59
Original Workstation supplied by the Manufacturer as MRI system to be offered. (Qty to be
defined by the procuring agency) or thin client solution offering same functionality with
licensed software having three concurrent user licenses with necessary hardware)

• Standard Console Standard Key board And Mouse, user friendly interface base
• Hard Disk Capacity 400GB or more / Minimum storage capacity of 400,000
uncompressed image At 256 x 256 matrix.
• DVD/CD R/W DVD /CD Writer must be included
• Connectivity/Networking DICOM 3.0 Query/Retrieve, Modality Worklist, Storage &
Print to be included
• Display Monitor 19 inches or more LCD/TFT monitor (Flicker free & High
Resolution)
• CPU & RAM Intel Quad Core/AMD Opteron & 12 GB RAM or as per
manufacturer
• Recommendation or Linux OS.
• Post Processing Post Processing for Basic & advanced MR applications to
be included.

APPLICATION SOFTWARE:
a. Spin Echo (single and multi-echo)
b. Fast Spin Echo
c. Gradient Echo
d. Inversion Recovery, IR-STIR, FLAIR, dual IR for fat fluid and tissue suppression.
e. Fast Inversion Recovery, Fast FLAIR
f. Echo Planner Imaging (Single & Multi Shot)
g. 2D & 3D FFE and 2D & 3D balanced FFE
h. 2D & 3D TFE and 2D & 3D balanced TFE
i. 2D & 3D TOF (including TURBO, gating)
j. 3D Motion correction
k. Phase Contrast 2D & 3D
l. Fat Suppression (at least 4/5 different techniques)
m. Contrast Enhanced MRA with automatic table movement
n. 3D isotropic imaging
o. Diffusion Imaging with ADC maps for application in brain and body in real time.
p. MRCP 2D and 3D
q. Perfusion imaging with online calculation of hemodynamic maps like mean transit time,
time to peak, time of arrival etc.
r. Brain Perfusion Arterial Spin Labeling (2D and 3D)
s. Bolus tracking for real time synchronization of contrast bolus arrival.
t. Single and multi shot EPI-free selection capability of single or multi shot EPI
u. Dynamic Imaging (brain, liver, breast)
v. Brain Volume Imaging
w. Diffusion Tensor Imaging + Tractography
x. Spectroscopy – Single
y. Spectroscopy – Multi-Voxel (Brain, Breast and Prostate)

Page 9 of 59
z. Flow Analysis software with display of peak velocities
aa. Motion Correction for all anatomy and in functional imaging.
bb. Fluoro Triggered MRA
cc. MPR-Multi Planner Reconstruction
dd. Magnetization transfer imaging
ee. Advanced volumetric imaging with T2, T2 Flair and Proton density weighted contrasts /
Similar Solution.
ff. Cartilage Mapping / Similar for non-invasive imaging method for early detection of
osteoarthritis.
gg. Time Resolved Imaging in high resolution of multi-phase 3D volumes of any anatomy for
fast accurate visualization of the vasculature.
hh. 3D non-contrast enhanced MRA application for brain, carotid and peripheral arterial
imaging.
ii. 3D Arterial Spin Labeling – Non Contrast whole brain perfusion.
jj. High resolution T2 weighting for clear depiction of inner ear structures and facial nerve.
kk. Susceptibility weighted imaging or similar software.

Accessories: (Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

a. MRI Compatible wheel Chairs

b. MRI Compatible patient care monitor / display on MRI Screen
c. MRI Compatible Trolley
d. MRI Compatible IV Pole
e. Metal detectors door and hand held detector
f. Standard set of phantoms for calibration of MRI.
g. Online pure sine Wave Double Conversion UPS (Capacity to be define by Procuring agency)
for whole MRI suite, with a minimum backup time of 20 minutes on full load, (MGE,
Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, Riello, APC, GE or Equivalent).
h. Programmable, MRI Compatible Dual Head power injector with flow / volume and
temperature control. Mounted on mobile base with 500 disposable syringes of 150ml
capacity and connecting tubes (Medrad-Bayer, Angiomat / Madtron /Tyco or equivalent).
i. DICOM 3 Ready Dry Laser Camera / Imager, multi-size up to 14” x 17” for different size
films (Carestream, Agfa, Fuji, Konica or equivalent) for black & white printing on film,
including 1,000 films.
j. Film Viewer (x 04) for images up to 14” x 17” with variable light control and shutter, with 4
1 format ; LED type.( Qty-02)
k. Imported Water Chillers as per requirement of the system with standby arrangement.
l. RF cage as per manufacturer’s recommendation and according to site requirement.
m. Audio system for patient during MRI.
n. Renovation and up gradation of waiting area and reporting room.
o. Two film storage cabinets (14 x 17 film holding).
p. MR compatible stretcher.

OPTIONAL:

Page 10 of 59
 a. MR Elastography / Relaxometry or similar sequence for body.
b. Cardiac imaging package.
c. 4D / Advanced Cardiac imaging package.
d. MRI angiogram, flow measurements, offline analysis, coronary imaging.
e. Advanced orthopedic software.
f. Advance vascular package including 3D peripheral arterial imaging.
g. Advance Liver imaging.
h. Functional MRI/ (BOLD Imaging) with online processing.
i. Fetal anomaly survey/ equivalent software.
j. Fusion software.
k. Provision of storage aluminum racks, aluminum doors with elbow action controls,
paneling, lead lining, flooring, paints etc. Oxygen and suction system connection with the
existing hospital pipeline. Provision of furniture (benches, LCD TV, water dispenser etc) of
MRI waiting area. Complete electricity works from power station to MRI room including
earthling, power racks, breakers, DB etc.
l. POWER GENERATOR (Capacity is to be defined by Procuring Agency). Including ATS panel,
Sound Proof Canopy, Foundation Pads, Earthling and cabling.
m. MRI compatible adult/Pediatrics anesthesia machine with compatible ventilator, mobile
type. Two Gas Model machine (oxygen and nitrous). Oxygen Monitor, Isofluorance
vaporizer. Compatible with AMBU bag. Close circuit system, Circle absorber, flow meter
with sets compatible cylinders.
n. 70cm bore system
o. 32-Channel system

Note: (Procuring agency to specify, if required)

The firms may additionally quote advanced available applications / packages / Software’s
for neuro, vascular / angiography, oncology, brain etc separately as optional (which will
not form the basis of acceptance / rejection)

Page 11 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name Whole body Multi Slice CT Scan 128 Slice
Clinical Purpose It is used in cases of head trauma, bone diseases, abdominal and
chest imaging as well as staging of tumors and gastrointestinal
studies.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GANTRY

System should be capable of Acquiring /Generating 128 slices per gantry rotation in real time.
Gantry bore / aperture to be at least 70 cm or more.
Minimum gantry rotation time to be at least 0.35 seconds or better, for 128 slices per 360
degree rotation, for all applications.
All the firms should quote their latest model scanner with shortest rotation time Breath holding
time 05 sec or less in cardiac scan.
System should be able to acquire helical OR sequential scan with the gantry tilted from the
vertical.
Gantry tilt range must be + 30 degree.
Maximum scan field of view to be at least 50 cm. For Paeds & Children the system should be
able to reduce the field of view to 250 mm.
Minimum slice thickness 0.625 mm or better in Helical mode.
Dual Control (including tilt,) of gantry and table from the gantry-housing and console.

TUBE
Heat storage capacity of at least 7 MHU or better. Generator output of up to 550mA or more.
Active collimation during scanning.

GENERATOR
High frequency power generator with minimum power of at least 70 KW or more should be
capable of variable kV setting in steps from 80 to 135/140 KVP.
Should have ability to vary the power ( mAs ) automatically in steps Real-time dose reduction
hardware / software and with ECG modulation Iterative dose reduction must be offered.
Low contrast detect ability ( LCD ) calculated on a CATPHAN 20 cm, of 5 mm resolution with a
CT No. of 3 HU ( 0.3 % ) or better, contrast difference
Scan Length of at least 1.7 meters or more of helical or axial scan in a single acquisition.
Maximum Scan Time 100sec. or better.

DETECTORS
Solid state crystal / ceramic detectors with conversion efficiency (x-ray to signal strength) of
nearly 98% latest technology.
Isotropic voxel size of 0.35 mm or better, in all three axis.
Minimum 64 Detectors and detector electronics capable of providing 128 slices per gantry

Page 12 of 59
rotation.
Detectors width 38 mm or more.

COUCH
Dual motorized control (from console and gantry) of table movements in horizontal and vertical
axis.
Maximum weight allowed on the couch up to 200 kg or more Horizontal movement speed up to
100 mm per second.
Single acquisition scan range of at least 1.8 meter.
Scan with at least 0.25 mm accuracy / reproducibility on a 200 kg patient.
Lateral movement table.
CONSOLE COMPUTER
System architecture and operating system must be based on latest technology.
(64 bit RISC or Dual Xenon Processor PC) original.
Multitasking and parallel processing CPU system.
At least 8 GB RAM or more
Hard disc capacity for image storage of at least 500 GB or more.
Capable of storing at least 3000 raw data files / rotations or 700 GB raw data / 450000 images
in 512 x 512 format.
Reconstruction of at least 25 images FRAMES per seconds or better at 512 x 512 matrix. Image
area display matrix dimensions (1024 x 1024 ).
Console color monitor ( X 02 ), LCD of at least 19 inches, medical grade with maximum viewing
angle.
DVD and CD writer
SOFTWARE:
a. All the latest whole body & cardio-vascular software should be supplied as standard
which is available at the time of shipment original with their part No of company.
b. USER INTERFACE SOFTWARE True isotropic volume acquisition
c. Prospective and retrospective ECG gated acquisition
d. Variable Delay algorithm like fixed percent delay (FPD) and fixed offset delay (FOD) or
e. better, for selection of period of least motion in cardiac cycle (temporal resolution of 44
milli second or less will be preferred)
f. Automated contrast media bolus tracking software.
g. 3D Reconstruction Display Original Company Software.
h. Maximum and minimum intensity projections
i. Multi-planer and curved planer reconstruction
j. 3D shaded surface display
k. 3D volume rendering software
l. 3D virtual endoscopy, colonoscopy with lumen / fillet view /electronic cleansing / auto
segmentation of the colon and bronchoscopy.
m. 3D cone beam correction.

CT Angiography:
a. Basic Comprehensive Brain perfusion analysis.
b. Image reconstruction Automatic real time dose adjustment according to the body

Page 13 of 59
 attenuation i.e. core 4D dose/longitudinal dok workstation/ 40 boost/ sure exposure
3D/ organ specific dose modulation or similar.
c. Artifact reduction algorithm.
d. Automatic control of tube current over high and low attenuation areas for patient dose
reduction software for low dose to patient original / certified.
e. Iterative Dose Reduction Software.
f. Bone removal software.
g. Mattel artifact reduction software.
h. Dental CT
i. optimal dual energy to be separately quoted.

WORK-STATION- (Qty to be defined by the procuring agency) thin client server (work station
with 03 license users )
Independent, automatic multimodality, fully functional. All companies will supply the
Work-stations by the manufacturer that they provide world-wide as a standard. Work-stations
will be supplied from manufacturer of CT to ensure similar work flow.
High speed link to operator console on DICOM network
System architecture and operating system
a. Dual processor Xeon
b. 2.66 GHz or more speed
c. 512 cache or more
d. Graphic cord and network cord
Original Licensed software: Window XP/7/8 or Linux, MS Office 2013, Norton / equivalent
antivirus (current and upgradeable for at least for the time of warranty)
Should have at least one high resolution LCD monitor (medical grade as recommended by the
manufacturer ) of 18 inch or more
DVD RW (super-drive will be preferred )
DICOM-3 viewer with universal PC display capability (licensed )

WORKSTATION SOFTWARE
(original with certificate) with thin client, server with three concurrent users).
Software up-gradation of all existing applications for at least next 05 years will be
provided free of cost. Following software will be provided at the workstation of the
same origin as are being used ¡n USA/EUROPE &JAPAN. 3D Reconstruction display.

a. UPS 3 KVA (x 03), Branded, dry battery capable of providing 20 minutes of back-up for
workstations (MG, APC, MC, Chloride, Riello, Emerson). The dry batteries will be
included in company warranty.
b. Heavy duty Laser black and white printer (qty: 3) A4 /letter size 2400 dpi or higher, two
paper trays for A4/ letter size media, ( HP, Lexmark, Xerox, CANNON ) network-ready
DICOM
c. DICOM 3 ready (multi-vendor and multimodality compatible for send, receive, achieve,
retrieve and print, on main console and workstations).

UPGRADE-ABILITY

Page 14 of 59
All vendors will quote their latest and best system.
The system should have a software upgrade route to higher versions with undertaking of
above two by the principal manufacture, that is their latest version been used in USA/EU &
Japan.
POWER REQUIREMENT
Three phase with line voltage of 380-440V, 50Hz.

ACCESSORIES: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Programmable, dual head power injector with flow/volume and temperature control.
Mounted on mobile base, with 500 syringes of 150 ml capacity and connecting tubes (Medrad,
Medtron / Mallen, Nemoto).
DICOM 3 ready dry laser camera / imager, Multi-size up to 14 x17 in. (Agfa, Fuji,
Kodak/Carestream, Konica) for black and white printing on films including 5000 films.
FILM VIEWER ( x 08 ) for images up to 14 x 17 inch with variable light control and shutters for
control of viewing area, with 04 x 1 format MEDICANVAS, MAVIA
On-line sine wave UPS for whole CT suite, with a minimum back-up time of 30 minute on full
load including air-conditioning system.
Air conditioners Two Ton each for UPS room office and waiting area lights/fans etc.

Protection devices:
Lead aprons with hangers.
Lead-gloves
Lead goggles
Thyroid Shields all 0.5 mm lead equivalent European & Japanese.
Lead glass for control room , 0.5 mm lead equivalent.
Standard set of Phantoms for calibration of CT
Pediatric scanning package - software and hardware original.
Cardiac defibrillator.
Dedicated Cardiac Monitor for synchronize with cardiac scan.
Pulse oximeter.
ECG machine, multichannel ( three channel)
Cardiac Resuscitation trolley completely equipped with all necessary items.

TABLE ACCESSORIES – Table pads, arms rest, patient restraint kit, IV pole, infant cradle, flat
head holder, ceiling mounted hand holder patient ( original accessories from the vendor )
Digital Transcription system for reporting ( hand held units – x 03, and Complete steno-type
desktops unit ( x 02 )

OPTIONAL:
Fat software OR Equivalent.

SITE PREPARATION/INSTALLATION:
Complete Site renovation of CT, Console and UPS room, including lead shielding of the CT room
and doors, Air-Conditioning, False ceiling, painting, Antistatic flooring,
Electrical DB, Earthing and Power cable from Main Transformer / Hospital

Page 15 of 59
LT Panel Will be the responsibility of the supplier. The installation will be a turnkey project
and any modification in the existing site will be the responsibility of the firm. The firm will be
responsible for complete interface free installation keeping in view the requirement and
recommendation of manufacturers and its surroundings to ensure artifacts
examinations/procedures.

Note: (Procuring agency to specify, if required)

The firms may additionally quote advanced available applications / packages / Software’s
for neuro, vascular / angiography, oncology, brain etc separately as optional (which will
not form the basis of acceptance / rejection)

Page 16 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name Whole body Multi Slice CT Scan 16 Slices
Clinical Purpose It is used in cases of head trauma, bone diseases, abdominal and
chest imaging as well as staging of tumors and gastrointestinal
studies.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL:
Latest Generation Whole Body CT Scanning machine for general purpose, multi-slice technology
of 16-Slice per rotation with helical/spiral scanning capabilities.
GANTRY:
Gantry Bore diameter 70 cm or more.
Tilt at least + 30o from the normal position.
Minimum scan length of the table should be 1500 mm.
Spiral scan duration up to 100 sec.
FOV: Maximum field of view to be 50cm.
X-RAY GENERATOR:
The X-Ray generator should be of 50 KW or more.
High frequency type generator.
KV range selectable between 80KvP and 135kVP or more. Current range of 20mA to 400 mA or
more.
ROUTINE SCAN TIME:
0.5 Second or less for 360 degree scan.
DETECTORS:
Should be ultra fast solid state / ceramic detector, compatible with multi slice CT scanner.
Low contrast detectability of 5mm at contrast difference of 3HU(0.3%).
SLICE THICKNESS / COLLIMATION:
Multiple slice thickness options, selectable with minimum slice thickness of 0.625mm to or
better.
X-RAY TUBE:
Anode heat storage capacity should be at least 5.0 MHU or equivalent.
COOLING SYSTEM:
Water to water / oil / air heat exchanger for the dissipation of heat generated in the gantry.
TABLE:
Motorized table with weight bearing capability of 180 kg or more.
HELICAL MODE:
Full range of all helical / spiral studies / capabilities should be included.
SYSTEM COMPUTER:
Quad Core Xeon Processor 2.33GHz/64 Bit RISC or better with compatible software. System
architecture and operating system must be based on latest capacity.
Multitasking and parallel processing CPU system with 64-bit word.
Hard drive capacity should be 300 GB or more. Storage capacity should be 200,000 images or

Page 17 of 59
more.
Access to raw data files and images should be available.
Image zoom, pan, evaluation, measurement and annotation facilities should be present. Image
reconstruction speed of 15 images / sec for 512 x 512 matrix.
Real time MPR / Multi-planner reformatting.
DVD/CDR/MOD storage device (re-writeable) should be available.
Compatible keyboard.
OPERATOR CONSOLE:
High resolution flicker free LCD 19” or more color monitor of 1024 x 1024 or better display
matrix with keyboard and mouse control.
Intercom for patient monitoring and instructions.
CT ANGIOGRAPHY:
Injector required for CT Angiography along with compatible software should be available.
3-D IMAGE RECONSTRUCTION:
Software should be available in main console.
FOLLOWING LATEST FEATURES/SOFTWARE ARE REQUIED ON CONSOLE:
Pediatric scanning system to reduce radiation dose to the children.
Perfusion CT for stroke evaluation.
Contrast media synchronization software.
Full Color Volume Rendering 3D at Console and workstation.
ISOTROPIC volume Acquisition at Console. CT Angio both at Console and workstation.
Vessel Stenosis Analysis at Console and workstation. 3D Surface Rendering at Console and
workstation.
Curved Planner Performance at Console.
Virtual Endoscopy/Colonoscopy/Bronchoscopy at workstation and console.
Cerebral Blood Flow/Head Perfusion at Console and workstation. Lung Volume Analysis
Software.
Pediatric Scanning Package.
Fly Through Software at workstation and console.
CT Fluoroscopy with real time imaging and display at least 6 frames / sec with
required hardware and software. One high resolution TFT monitor 15” or more in CT room on
mobile base or ceiling mounted.
Itetraive Does Reduction Software
Mattel artifact reeducation software
NETWORKING AND DICOM FEATURES:
DICOM Send / Receive.
DICOM Query / Retrieve.
DICOM print.
DICOM Get work list.
POWER REQUIREMENT:
Three phase with line voltage of 220, 50Hz.

Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Patient observation and monitoring camera (CCTV).
Infant cradle, axial head folders, security straps, arm rest, table cushion, IV Pole, phantoms and

Page 18 of 59
phantom petitioners.
Separate DICOM-3 compatible, workstation (all the companies shall provide the s workstation
which is supplied by them in USA, Europe and Japan) for Doctor’s office providing facilities for
image viewing, analysis and reporting with 18” or more LCD color monitor.
It should have software for the quantitative evaluation of brain perfusion, 3-D volume and
surface rendering and vessels stenosis analysis software.
Lead glass 5 x 3 feet.
Programmable power injector with flow/volume and temp control. Mounted on mobile base
with 200 syringes of 150ml capacity and connecting tubes (Medrad-Bayer, Angiomat or
equivalent).
Broad band connectivity for remote diagnosis.
Protection devices:
Lead aprons (03) with hangers, lead gloves (03 pairs) (0.5mm Pb. equivalent, weight).
LASER IMAGING SYSTEM:
Up to 14 x 17” film. Dry processing type printer. DICOM-3 compliant.
UPS FOR CT SCAN SYSTEM:
Compatible full load online sine wave UPS with minimum 10 minutes back up time.
IGBT based with isolation Transformer.

Optional:
Bone mineral density.
Fat Software OR equivalent.
SITE PREPARATION:
Complete Site renovation of CT, Console and UPS room, including lead shielding of the
CT room and doors, Air-Conditioning, False ceiling, painting, Antistatic flooring,
Electrical DB, Earthing and Power cable from Main Transformer / Hospital LT Panel will be
responsibility of the supplier. The installation will be a turnkey project and any
modification in the existing site will be the responsibility of the firm. The firm will be
responsible for complete interface free installation keeping in view the
requirement and recommendation of manufacturers and its surroundings to ensure artifacts
examinations/procedures.
System must be software upgradeable.

Note: (Procuring agency to specify, if required)

The firms may additionally quote advanced available applications / packages / Software’s
for neuro, vascular / angiography, oncology, brain etc separately as optional (which will
not form the basis of acceptance / rejection)

Page 19 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name CT SIMULATOR
Clinical Purpose To help in the advance specific and better applications of certain
imaging protocols like Hepetobieiliry, lung module, cerebrum
perfusion.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GANTRY
• Gantry bore to be at least 85 cm or more.
• Minimum gantry rotation speed to be at least 0.5 sec for 16 slices per 360 degree
rotation or better.
• System should be able to acquire helical spiral scan.
• Maximum field of view to be 60cm or more.
• Minimum slice thickness for 16 slices: 0.60 mm or better.

TUBE
• Heat storage capacity of at least 7.0 MHU.
• Anode heat dissipation of at least 1000 kHU/minute.
• Generator output of at least 500mA or more.

GENERATOR & DETECTOR

• High frequency type. Maximum power of at least 60 kW or more.
• Dose reduction hardware/software.
• Calculate patient dose in milli-Gray preferably before axial acquisition.
• Low contrast delectability (LCD) calculated on a catphan CT phantom of 3mm resolution
with a CT Number of 3 HU (0.3%) contrast difference.
• Scan length of at least 1.7 meters of helical or axial scans in a single acquisition.

TABLE
• The Flat Carbon Fiber Table Top.
• Single acquisition scans range of at least 1.7 m.
• Scans with at least 0.25 mm accuracy on a 180 Kg patients or more.

CONSOLE COMPUTER
• System architecture and operating system must be based on latest technology.
• Multi tasking and parallel processing CPU system. Dual Xeon processor.
• At least 200 GB of storage space or more.
• Capable of storing at least 3000 raw data files per rotation or 100 GB raw data.
• Spiral reconstruction at 20 images/frames per second or better at 512 x 512 matrix.
• Console monitor of color 19 ” LCD type. Dual monitors to be provided one for
acquisition and the other for display.
• DVD and CD writer .

Page 20 of 59
 ADDITIONAL WORKSTATION (Same as recommended by manufacturer and supplied
Worldwide by them) Qty-2

• High-speed links to the operator console on DICOM network.

• System architecture and operating system must be based on latest Dual Xeon processor
of 2.6 GHz with 512 cache.
• Should have one Hi-resolution LCD/TFT screen of 19 inch or more.
• CD / DVD writer
• DICOM viewer with universal PC display capability (licensed).
• Color laser printer, A4 size, and high resolution.

SOFTWARES
• Full color volume rendering 3D both at console and workstation.
• True isotropic volume acquisition both at console and workstation.
• Vessel stenosis analysis at workstation.
• 3D surface rendering both at console and workstation
• Curved planer reformation at console.
• Contrast media based synchronizing software at console.
• Bone mineral density with phantom at console.
• Brain perfusion both at console and workstation.
• Pediatric scanning package.
• Lung nodule analysis
• ITETRAIVE DOES REDUCATION SOFTWARE:
• Mattel artifact reeducation software
NOTE: Console and workstation should be capable of independent working.

DICOM 3 Capability
• DICOM 3 Capability for Send, Receive, Archive, Retrieve and Print.

POWER REQUIREMENT
• Three phase with line voltage of 220 V, 50Hz.

Multi slice CT Fluoroscopy

• Multi slice CT Fluoroscopy with real time imaging with required hardware & software.
One high resolution in room LCD monitor of at least 15 inches or more on mobile base /
ceiling suspended.

Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

DICOM compatible Dry Laser/Thermal camera, multi size up to 14” x 17”.
• DICOM Film Printer/ Imager.
• Set of Moving Lasers (at least 3) with its software and its connectivity license with your
TPS.
• On line compatible sine wave UPS for whole system with a minimum back up of 30

Page 21 of 59
 minutes on full load.(Emersion, Riello, APC,G.E,)
• Protection device (Lead aprons 04 with hangers, Lead Gloves 04 pairs, 0.5 mm Pb
Equivalent light weight).
• Lead glass for control room 5x3 feet 0.5 mm Pb. Equivalent.
• Dual head programmable Power injector with flow/volume and temp control capable of
simultaneous injection of both contrast and saline. Mounted on mobile base with 100
syringes of 150 ml capacity and connecting tubes.
• RT models of CT Scanners.
• Standard set of phantoms for calibration of CT.
• X-ray markers.

Optional:
CT Angio both at console and workstation including Coronary Angiography.
Virtual endoscopy / colonoscopy / bronchoscopy at workstation.
Dental CT at workstation / console.
Calcium scoring (coronary) with ECG / VCG gating and capability for prospective and
retrospective reconstruction complete cardiac phase editing and function analysis.
Vessel Plaque analysis software for differentiating between hard and soft plaque automatically.
SITE PREPARATION:
Complete Site renovation of CT, Console and UPS room, including lead shielding of the
CT room and doors, Air-Conditioning, False ceiling, painting, Antistatic flooring,
Electrical DB, Earthing and Power cable from Main Transformer / Hospital LT Panel will be
responsibility of the supplier. The installation will be a turnkey project and any
modification in the existing site will be the responsibility of the firm. The firm will be
responsible for complete interface free installation keeping in view the
requirement and recommendation of manufacturers and its surroundings to ensure artifacts
examinations/procedures.

Page 22 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name Digital Color Doppler (High End).
Clinical Purpose It is immediately available imaging modality with its main use in
obstetrical and antenatal care likewise in conditions when ionizing
radiations are contra indicated.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Color Doppler with Fully Digital Beam former having 2D / M-Mode and Doppler Facilities, (PW,
HPRF, & Color Flow Imaging) with High Resolution Imaging Doppler Signal Quality; having
DICOM Compatibility and Upgradeable to CW and 4D Imaging in Convex, Linear and Endocavity
Probe.

1) B-MODE Specification:
a) Sector Scan Angle Variable in Four Steps.
b) Viewing Depth: 30 cm Minimum (Both in B & W and Color).
c) Frame Rate: 500 f/sec or more
d) Built-in cine loop with ability to vary reverse and slow motion of display; Internal
Memory 2000 / 200MB or more Color Images.
e) Real time and Freeze Image Magnification at least 10X or more with panning for Real,
Freeze and Memorized Images.

2) M-MODE SPECIFICATION:
a) Magnification: X2 or more.
b) Sweep Speed: Slow, Medium and Fast.
c) Color Display of M-Mode.

3) D-MODE SPECIFICATION:
a) Pulse-Wave Doppler Measureable Velocity Range.
b) HPRF Doppler.
c) CONTINUOUS-WAVE DOPPLER:
- Measurable Velocity Range: Steerable.
- Must have Doppler Beam Steering and Bi-Directional Stereo-Audio.
d) Colorized Spectrum Display.
e) Automatic Baseline and Velocity Range Control.
f) Live Measurements for Doppler Spectrum.

4) COLOR DOPPLER MODE SPECIFICATIONS :

- Both CW and PW Doppler must be Continuous Steerable in the Color Blood Flow Image
Mode in Real Time.
- 2D Image with Color, CW and PW Doppler.
- Windows based System for easy usage with Programmable Control Panel Keys.
- Tissue Harmonic Imaging with 4THI or more Frequency.

Page 23 of 59
- Power Doppler.
- Triplex Mode for Simultaneous Display of Color B/M and D-Mode Displays.
- 200 db system dynamic range or more.

5) MEASUREMENT PACKAGE:
To provide Comprehensive Software Package for Measurement of Distance, Circumference,
Area, Time Depth, ANGLE, Velocity, Frequency, Heart Rate, Volumes, Nuchal Thickness/
Measurement Software to be Provided as a Standard.

6) SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH FOLLOWING FACILITIES AND ACCESSORIES:

- 19-Inches Minimum LCD / LED Color Monitor, with Resolution 1280 x 1024 Pixels
minimum.
- Foot-Switch.
- 3 to 4 Active Transducer Connector for Tran thoracic Probes DVD / CD Drive for Image
Storage to be Built-in to the System.
- 100 GB or more Hard Disk Drive to be Built-in to the System.
- Built-in DICOM Compatibility. (3.0 with all components)
- Touch Command Screen Control at least 8-inches LCD / TFT or more.
- Full DICOM (Upgradable)
Probes must be supplied by same manufacturer.
7) UPGRADEABILITY :
- System Software must be Upgradable.

8) STANDARD PROBES :

- 2 – 6 MHz Multi-Frequency Convex Probe for B/M/CDI/PW and Shearwave

Elastography.
- 5-9 MHz Multi-Frequency Linear Probe with shearwave elastography.
- TVS/ENDOCAVITORY Color PROBE

NOTE: All Probes must be supplied by same Manufacturer.

9) STANDARD RECORDING DEVICES:

- Thermal Paper Printer with fifty Rolls of Paper (Black & White). WITH HD
- CINEWAVE UPS Online with 30 minutes back up time for the System.(IMPORTED)
10) Tissue Doppler Imaging Mode.
11) Pure Wave / Pulse Inversion / Differential Tissue Harmonic Imaging to Enhance Effective
Wide Band Frequency Range to provide Simultaneously Spatial Resolution, Contrast Resolution
and increased Penetration using Two Transmission Pulses at Different Frequencies
Simultaneously and Reception at Harmonic as well as Differential Component.
12) Auto Image Optimization / Quick Scan Imaging for Automatic STC / GAIN and Doppler
Spectrum Adjustment with Optimal Image Quality by using One Touch Operation.
13) B-Flow / Dynamic Flow Imaging / E-Flow / Clarify.
14) Trapezoid Imaging / Virtual Convex Imaging with Linear Probe.
15) Compound / Aplipure Imaging for THI/both Frequency Compounding and Spatial

Page 24 of 59
Compounding in B/W and Color Mode.
16) Panoramic / SIESCAPE / Logic view Imaging with Measurements.
17) TISSUE CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT SOFTWARE/SPECTRAL REDUCTION
18) N-Sight / Adaptive Suppression / Precision Imaging /Cross beam / XFlow or equivalent to
Enhance B-Mode Imaging, Xress / Ccare / DTCE or equivalent Detailed in Layers and Boundaries
and Sharpened Outlines of the Lesions and reduce Cluttering.
19) Micro CPA / Superb Micro Imaging/vascular enhancement/B flow with Color/spectral to
Clearly Show Blood Flow in tiny Vessels,
20) Shear wave Elastography with Quantification for body Organs specially Liver with
Convex & Linear Probes to visualize Tissue Stiffness by Generating Images through Shear Wave
Propagation.
21) Live Strain Rate Elastography with Quantification for Body Organs Specially Breast to
Visualize Lesions.
22) Voltage : 220V – 240V, 50 – 60 HZ
Accessories :
1. Thermal Printer 256-Gray scale (Sony, Mitsubishi or equivalent)
3. UPS: on line with sine waves 2 KVA with thirty minutes back up time. (IMPORTED)
3. 50 High Density / High Glossy thermal paper Rolls
4. Gel: 20 liters

Optional:
7-14 MHz Multi-Frequency Linear Probe for B/M/CDI/PW
Fusion Imaging of CT / MRI 3D Volume DATA to Synchronize with Ultrasound Imaging. Complete
with Hardware /needle navigation with tracking system.
Contrast Harmonic Imaging Upgradable.

Page 25 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name DIGITAL COLOR DOPPLER (LOW END).
Clinical Purpose It is immediately available imaging modality with its main use in
obstetrical and antenatal care likewise in conditions when ionizing
radiations are contra indicated.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Color Doppler with Fully Digital Beam former having 2D / M-Mode and Doppler Facilities, (PW,
HPRF, & Color Flow Imaging) with High Resolution Imaging Doppler Signal Quality; having
DICOM Compatibility and Upgradeable to CW and 4D Imaging in Convex, Linear and Endocavity
Probe.
1) B-MODE Specification:
a) Viewing Depth: 30 cm Minimum (Both in B & W and Color).
c) Frame Rate: 500 f/sec or more
d) Built-in cine loop with ability to vary reverse and slow motion of display; Internal
Memory 2000 / 200MB or more Color Images.
e) Real time and Freeze Image Magnification at least 10X or more with panning for Real,
Freeze and Memorized Images.
2) M-MODE SPECIFICATION:
a) Magnification: X2 or more.
b) Sweep Speed: Slow, Medium and Fast.
c) Color Display of M-Mode.
3) D-MODE SPECIFICATION:
a) Pulse-Wave Doppler Measureable Velocity Range.
b) HPRF Doppler.
c) CONTINUOUS-WAVE DOPPLER:
- Measurable Velocity Range: Steerable.
- Must have Doppler Beam Steering and Bi-Directional Stereo-Audio.
d) Colorized Spectrum Display.
e) Automatic Baseline and Velocity Range Control.
f) Live Measurements for Doppler Spectrum
4) COLOR DOPPLER MODE SPECIFICATIONS :
- Both CW and PW Doppler must be Continuous Steerable in the Color Blood Flow Image
Mode in Real Time.
- 2D Image with Color, CW and PW Doppler.
- Windows based System for easy usage with Programmable Control Panel Keys.
- Tissue Harmonic Imaging with 4THI or more Frequency.
- Power Doppler.
- Triplex Mode for Simultaneous Display of Color B/M and D-Mode Displays.
- 200 db system dynamic range or more.

5) MEASUREMENT PACKAGE:

Page 26 of 59
To provide Comprehensive Software Package for Measurement of Distance, Circumference,
Area, Time Depth, ANGLE, Velocity, Frequency, Heart Rate, Volumes, Nuchal Thickness/
Measurement Software to be Provided as a Standard.
6) SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH FOLLOWING FACILITIES AND ACCESSORIES:
- 19-Inches Minimum LCD / LED Color Monitor, with Resolution 1280 x 1024 Pixels
minimum.
- Foot-Switch.
- 3 Active Transducer Connector for Tran thoracic Probes DVD / CD Drive for Image
Storage to be Built-in to the System.
- 500 GB or more Hard Disk Drive to be Built-in to the System.
- Built-in DICOM Compatibility. (3.0 with all components)
- Touch Command Screen Control at least 8-inches LCD / TFT.
- Full DICOM (Upgradable)
7) UPGRADEABILITY :
- System Software must be Upgradable.
8) STANDARD PROBES :
- 2 – 6 MHz Multi-Frequency Convex Probe for B/M/CDI/PW.
- 5-9 MHz Multi-Frequency Linear Probe for vascular studies.
- TVS/ENDOCAVITORY Color PROBE

NOTE: All Probes must be supplied by same Manufacturer.

9) STANDARD RECORDING DEVICES:
- Thermal Paper Printer with fifty Rolls of Paper (Black & White). WITH HD
- CINEWAVE UPS Online with 30 minutes back up time for the System.(IMPORTED
(EUROPE/USA/JAPAN)
10) Tissue Harmonic imaging without contrast with 4 harmonic frequencies.
11) Pure Wave / Pulse Inversion / Differential Tissue Harmonic Imaging or similar.
12) Auto Image Optimization / Quick Scan Imaging for Automatic STC / GAIN and Doppler
Spectrum Adjustment with Optimal Image Quality by using One Touch Operation.
13) B-Flow / Dynamic Flow Imaging / E-Flow clarify for low flow vessels imaging.
14) Trapezoid Imaging / Virtual Convex Imaging with Linear Probe.
15) Compound / Aplipure Imaging for THI/both Frequency Compounding and Spatial
Compounding in B/W and Color Mode.
16) Panoramic / SIESCAPE / Logic view Imaging with Measurements.
17) Voltage : 220V – 240V, 50 – 60 HZ

Accessories :
1. Thermal Printer 256-Gray scale (Sony, Mitsubishi or equivalent)
3. UPS: on line with sine waves 2 KVA with thirty minutes back up time. (IMPORTED)
3. 50 High Density / High Glossy thermal paper Rolls
4. Gel: 20 liters

Optional:
7-14 MHz Multi-Frequency Linear Probe for B/M/CDI/PW
Complete with Hardware / needle navigation with tracking system & Software Upgradable.

Page 27 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name PORTABLE /MOBILE ULTRASOUND
Clinical Purpose It is immediately available imaging modality with its main use in
obstetrical and antenatal care likewise in conditions when ionizing
radiations are contra indicated.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Digital Ultrasound scanner with digital beam former System should be capable to handle multi
frequency probes from 3.0 MHz to 9.0 MHz or above. Built-in Trolley System.
Multi frequency Convex Probe with center frequency between 3 to 5 MHz
Multi frequency Linear Probe with center frequency between 5 to 7.5 MHz
Biopsy adopter for any probe
Modes: B.M and combination thereof.
M. Mode sweep: 4 speed or more.
Gray scale: 256
Sensitivity time gain: 8-12 steps
Depth: 24 cm or more
Focusing system: 3 steps and dynamic
Adjustable acoustic power
Frame rate: 80 frame / sec or more
Keyboard: Alpha numeric with track ball / Touch pad
Tissue Harmonics: Tissue Harmonic imaging
Cine memory of 64 frames minimum
Post processing: Image inversion, edge/echo enhancement correlation / persistence/Dynamic
range/Gamma Curve.
Image magnification 4x or more in real time.
Monitor: 12” LCD / TFT
Two probe connectors or more.
System must be DICOM compatible
Accessories :
1. Thermal Printer 256-Gray scale (Sony, Mitsubishi or equivalent)
3. UPS: on line with sine waves 2 KVA with thirty minutes back up time. (IMPORTED)
3. 50 High Density / High Glossy thermal paper Rolls
4. Gel: 20 liter
OPTIONALS:
Foot Switch
Multi-frequency Linear Probe with center Multi-frequency between 5 - 7.5 MHz
Biopsy Adaptor for Any Probe
Multi-frequency Endocavity Probe with center Multi-frequency between 5 - 8 MHz (90-150
degree)

Page 28 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name DIGITAL MAMMOGRAPHY
Clinical Purpose It is used for imaging soft tissues, calcification and where
magnification is required. Also used for screening of breast cancer.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. HIGH FREQUENCY X—RAY GENERATOR:

• 5 KW
• 23 — 35 KV (1 KV STEPS} Approx
• mAs range 5 - 500 mAs.
• Exposure Time 4- 6sec
• Exposure Mode: Manual & Automatic (AEC).
• Automatic Exposure mode should have automatic selection of Track, filter, kv and mAs. .
2. C ARM
• With source to detector distance 65 cm or more.
• Motorized Isocentric rotation
• User defined Motorized compression device with safety release.
• Rotation -100 to + 180°.

3. X-RAY TUBE WITH ROTATING ANODE

• Tube type should be rotating with dual material anode preferred material would be
Molybdenum, Rhodium , Vanadium, Tungsten . Tube should comprise of any two mentioned
materials.
• Four focal spot 0.1 & 0.3 and dual focus in each track.
• Anode heat storage capacity 162 kHU or better will be preferred
• System must have tube overload protection.
4. COLLIMATION
• Manual & Automatic.
• Automatically switching light centering device.
• Collimators should have at least two filters Molybdenum 0.03mm / silver 0.05mm,
Rhodium 0.025mm / 0.05mm and Aluminum 0.07mm.
5. DIRECT / INDIRECT CONVERSION FULL FIELD FLAT PANEL DETECTOR 24 X 30 CM FORMAT.
• DEPTH 14-BIT or more
• PIXEL PITCH: 100 X 100 uM and RESOLUTION: 3062 X 2394 PIXELS or better
• DQE: 50 % or more
6. REMOVABLE GRID {RATIO 5:1, 30 LP/MM or better)
• Should have motorized Grid
• Should have Breast support for Geometric Magnification.

7. ACQUISITION WORKSTATION:

Page 29 of 59
• Intel /AMD Dual Core HP or Equivalent brand from original Manufacturer workstation.
• Memory should be 2 GB RAM or better
• Should be able to store up to 25,000 images or more.
• 3 MP LCD Monitor Medical Grade.
• Compression force display
• Rotation Angle Display.
• Breast Thickness display with Thickness Compensation Algorithm.
• Processing Features should include:
• Dose Calculation information /AGD [Average Glandular Dose)
• Zoom & Pan
• Magnifying glass
• Flip, rotation of image.
• Inversion
• Measurement and Annotation Tools.
• Should have online/ built-in UPS for avoiding loss of information (Recommended built in
UPS from original Manufacturer for system safety and reliability)
• Emergency Stop button

8. REPORTING WORKSTATION
• Latest work station must be supplied by same manufacturer.
• 2 lntel/AMD Xeon or Equivalent processor for High Density image processing.
• Storage HDD 2 TB or more.
• 32 GB RAM.
• DVD,/RW optical Device.
• Workstation should have 19” 1 MP Medical for Patient and Report Management.
• Dual 5 MP 21” Medical Grade Monitor for image Review.
• The work station should be multimodality and should be able to review and analyze
from other breast imaging modalities from ultrasound and MRI for Comprehensive Diagnosis.
• Dedicated Measurement tool for distance, area and angle measurement.
• Should have free continuous zoom and quadrant zoom functions with panning and
navigation zoom function.
• Integrated reporting tool.
• Zoom and Pan images.
• Magnifying glass
• Invert and graphical annotation through shapes.
• Rotate or flip
• Should have ability to display Computer Aided Detection (CAD) markers for micro-
calcification and markers.
• Should have the ability to support CAD supported reports.
• Should have DICOM functions (Print, Storage. Query & Retrieve, modality worklist)
9. STEREO BIOPSY DEVICE
• Stereotaxy device should be easy to install and should be able to perform fine needle
aspiration, core biopsy, vacuum assisted biopsy or hook wire placement.
• Needle approach should be Automatic and Manual motor driven both.
• Should have Vertical and lateral Approach for easy access to breast lesions.

Page 30 of 59
• Should have three axis in both Vertical and lateral Approach
• Should provide phantom for Quality checks.
• Should also include Stereotaxic positioner and paddle.
• Should include lateral and vertical approach kit and metal guides.
NOTE:
Standard: Mammography system must comply with any two of FDA- 510-K / CE(MDD) / MHLW
or any other relevant standard for mammography system.
ACCESSORIES: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)
• 24 X 30 cm Compression Paddles.
• 19 X 23 cm Compression Paddle.
• 24 X 30 cm Compression Paddle
• 19 X 23 cm Compression Paddle
• Wall Mount Stand For Paddles & Stereo Device.
• Gridless Device For Geometric Variable Magnification 1.5x And 2x.
• Two Pairs Of Compression Foot Paddle.
• X-Ray Control Push-Button With Extensible Cable.
• X—Ray Shield From Original Manufacturer Integrated With Acquisition Console For
Protection.
• Laser Printer Capable Of Printing Of 10 X 12 And 14 x 17 FILMS with two packets of films
for testing purpose.
• Two set of special illuminators for viewing the mammograms.
• UPS to run the whole system with minimum 20 min backup
• Standard manuals, calibration equipment and quality control devices should be part of
the system.
• Lead Apron , female and Male should be provided.
• 2 magnifying glassy hand mirrors for viewing

11. SYSTEM UPGRADABILITY:

• The system should be upgradable to Advance applications 3D TOMOSYNTHESlS.
Optional (If Any):

Page 31 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name ANGIOGRAPHY SYSTEMS
Clinical Purpose For neuro and Peripheral angiography system

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Positioning ARMs:
One Ceiling mounted and one Floor mounted C--arm with motorized. Real time display of
rotation angulations.
The C-arms should have the possibility of head to toe coverage of the patient without
repositioning the patient.
Both-planes should have Flat Detector.
Right anterior oblique I Left anterior Oblique +/- 100° or more for Floor It -27 to +100 Degree
for ceiling.
Cranial / Caudal: Minimum + 45 / 45 Degree or more for both planes.
Rotation speed:
10° / sec. or more in LAO I RAO for floor mounted and 8° / sec for ceiling mounted C-arm.
Motorized parking for floor and ceiling mounted C-Arms.
Integrated, computer-aided collision monitoring I Protection I Touch sensor
Programmable auto positioning of selected angulations. (50 or more programmable positions)
Variable source-to-detector distance
Motorized gantry rotation for free positioning of system and table», for optimum patient
access.
The C-arm should maintain FD position, isocenter and projection while swiveling gantry around
the patient.
PATIENT SUPPORT / TABLE:
Floor mounted examination table for angiography and interventions
Motorized height adjustment with variable speed. Floating tabletop with longitudinal and
transverse movements
Left /right pivotal table rotation +/- 90 deg. or more
Patient weight bearing capacity 200 kg or more. Capability to handle additional load (100 kg) in
any table position
Accessories:
Arm cradles (pair), Unilateral armrest, infusion bottle holder, Instrument tray.
X-Ray Generator
Microprocessor based high frequency X-ray generator
Output Power 100 KW. Radiographic rating minimum 1000 mA at 100 KV
The system should have capability of digital radiography and fluoroscopy
Continuous/Pulsed fluoro output power of 2 KW or more to ensure good image quality during
fluoro at oblique angles
Shortest Exposure time of 1msec with automatic exposure control
X-RAY Tubes:
Dual/Triple focus X-ray tubes for both planes with anode heat storage capacity of at least 2.0

Page 32 of 59
MHU or better.
Liquid bearing technology for longer durability and quiet operation
Focus 0.3mm, 0.6mm and 1.0 mm or better for triple focus & 0.4 & 0.8 mm or better for dual
focus tube.
Continuous heat dissipation of 2500 W or more.
FLAT DETECTORS:
The high resolution dynamic flat panel detector with integrated detachable grid especially
designed to fulfill the
requirements for diagnostic and interventional radiology.
Large Flat Panel Detector on both planes: size 30 x 30cms or more for both planes.
Pixel size: 200 um or less.
Spatial resolution: 2.5 LP/mm or more.
image acquisition to be done in 14 bit digitization depth.
Digital imaging system (Acquisition / Fluoroscopy)
High resolution digital imaging system.
Acquisition, storage and display in 1024 x 1024 x 12 bits.
Real time filtering, online edge enhancement, noise reduction (spatial filtration) re-masking,
and road map function,
Dynamic real time Pan/Zoom
Manual and automatic pixel shift for DSA studies
Hard Disk/Magnetic Disk Capacity for storage of 50,000 images with 1024 x 1024 x 12-bits
matrix
DICOM 3.0 with standard exchange media
The system must have Dicom send, Dicom print and Dicom Query / Retrieve facility.
Digital pulsed fluoroscopy / radiography with 7.5/10 and 15 frames per second in 1024 x 1024 x
12-bits or more for
single plane
Display of scene directory for easy selection of any image or scene from the examination room
of control room
Variable copper filtration during fluoroscopy and acquisition for radiation protection
The selection of the Cu filters must be automatic by the system based on patient weight /
absorption without any
user interaction.
Vessel analysis with determination of degree of stenosis, distance measurement and
calibration. The system should
have catheter-and sphere calibration
Automatic positioning of the-c-arm corresponding to reference image and preferably vice versa
Simultaneous display of subtracted and un-subtracted fluoroscopy images. single plane and
biplane on flat display
monitor for both plane
Overlay fade feature i.e. online. Superposition of active fluoroscopy and reference image.
The system must have online image density (gray scale) correction i.e. Automatic online image
density correction of
dynamic scenes and single images for clear view in the bright and dark areas of the image.
Facility to review previous studies in the examination room from the patients old CD. The

Page 33 of 59
system has the capability
for retrieval of angio images back in to the digital imaging system from the CDs and/or the
network.
Online Digital subtraction angiography (DSA) with frame rates from 0.5 to 6.0 fls selectable.
Flexible pixel shift automatic manual.
Digital rotation angiography in SD effect with 'un-subtracted and dynamic subtracted image
display in acquisition
with rotating. for acquisition in 1024
2 x matrix 25 f/s or better in single plane.
The system should display subtracted images during acquisition preferably while rotating.
All controls of digital imaging system must be available in the examination as well as control
room.
CD RECORDER
CD drive for automatic digital image storing on CD-ROM for off-line data exchange in DICOM 3
format. The system
must archive the images/scenes on to the CD in background
MONITORS FOR THE SYSTEM:
Active Matrix TFT monitors with 1024 x 1280 matrix resolution.
Monitors should be ceiling-mounted in the operating /examination room. The ceiling
suspension for monitors in the
examination room should have room for six monitors.
Two 19 inches or more active matrix digital TFT monochrome monitors for live images of each
plane in the
operating/examination room. Brightness of the imaging monitors: 600 cdIm2 or more
Two 19 inches or more active matrix digital TFT monochrome monitors for road mapping in the
operating/examination room. Brightness of the imaging monitors: 600 cd/m
19 inches color display I monitor for display of images of the workstation in the examination
room (Quantity 01).
19 inches active matrix TFT monochrome monitors for live images and road mapping in the
control room (Quantity 04).
Brightness of the imaging monitors; 600 cd/m
Additional Workstation: As recommended by the Manufacturer and being supplied worldwide.
High Performance Windows/LINUX based Multimodality /dedicated workplace with 2 X Dual
Core 3GHz Pentium
Processors with minimum 3GB or more. The workstation to be equipped with graphic board to
support 3D
applications. High performance windows XP based multimodality workplace with 2 x Dual core
3 GHz Pentium
processors with minimum 3 GB RAM or more and a minimum disk capacity of 140 GB or more
3D reconstruction SW for universal angiography & neuro applications for the reconstruction of
2D tomograms from the projection images.
Interactive 3D reconstruction and visualization in real time of a volume in volume rendering
technique, MPR and MIP
Features:
Display of multiple volumes, to switch between un-subtracted and subtracted mode. Transfer,

Page 34 of 59
3D reconstruction and
visualization in one defined protocol within minimum time duration.
Different sets of acquisition and reconstruction protocols to meet the requirements for
visualization of vessels, bones, clips and coils.
Reconstruction result can be native and subtracted.
Modification of reconstruction area to allow zoom via reconstruction
Display of the 3D reconstructed image data in the examination room on a monitor in the main
ceiling suspension of angio monitors.
Control of 3D-reconstruction SW from the table side control / workstation
The workstation should have multi-modality capability on it or on a separate addition
workstation in order to display
CT/MRI images on it.
The Workstation must have the ability to post process DSA images on the SD workstation. If
DSA post-processing is
not possible on 3D Workstation, then additional workstation for DSA post processing is to be
offered.
Special package to provide soft-tissue cross-sectional imaging in the interventional suite. it
should suite and support
Neuro-radiologist during interventional procedures in the angiography suite with both
endovascular and non endovascular.
This package should provide excellent soft tissue image quality (in 512 matrix) for neuro and
body imaging . Neuro images in 512 x 512 matrix are to be reconstruction minimum time. It
should be possible to visualize a density difference of 10HU (Hounsfield Units, less preferred)
of an object 10mm in size in a Thick-MPR display. (Measured with a CATPHAN CT phantom).

Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Surgical shadow-less light ceiling suspended.
Ceiling suspended Lead Glass for Upper Body Radiation Protection
Lower body radiation protection flaps.
1 x Fully programmable latest model contrast medium injector.
One Postscript level Network Laser Printer for taking image printouts on paper.
This printer is to be connected with the Main Digital imaging System. Paper for 500 prints
should be delivered with the printer.
1000 write-able CDs should be delivered with the system
Lead Glass Window size 2 x 1_ meter or more. Pb equivalence 2.1mm or better.
6 x Pb aprons, double sided. Pb equivalence front 0.5mm; back 0.35rnm.
6 x Thyroid shields ad 6 x Pb Glasses.
Intercom for communication between control and exam room.
DICOM Laser Camera with 14-x17 inches cassette formats.
UPS compatible for the whole system with back-up time of 10 minutes for fluoro ad cine
acquisition.
2x firm viewer for images up to 14 x 17 with variable light control and shutters.
Optional:
workstation should create visualization and fading between the live / acquired 2D fluoro image
and the matching 3D

Page 35 of 59
reconstructed image by the workstation for vessels / coil/bone. it should allow to overlay the
colored 3D volume
with regular/acquired fluoro as well as with subtracted fluoro and acquisition series on the
display of the workstation. Thus this information is available in parallel to the regular or
subtracted fluoro or acquisition.
Simultaneous display of subtracted and un-subtracted fluoroscopy images for single plane and
biplane.
Additional display i.e., monitor per plane is to be included and these monitors are to be
installed with the remaining monitors in the examination room.
Any other latest software available with the company should be offered as option which will
not be considered as reason of rejection.

Note:
Cardiac Angiography system addressed in the PVMS of cardiology.

Page 36 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name DIGITAL RADIOGRAPHY/FLUOROSCOPY (RF ROOM)
Clinical Purpose It is used for real time imaging of bowel, kidneys, ureters, urethra
and helps in interventional procedures (where passage of contrast
can be seen and recorded).

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Digital Radiography/ Fluoroscopy unit of high quality digital imaging chain, optimal dose
conservation, high patient throughput with over table tube and Flat Panel Detector.
•The output of the X-ray high-voltage generator should be 80 kW. The X-ray control should use
a high-frequency inverter.
•The tabletop move approx. 20cm or more in the lateral direction. The detector movement
covers form edge to edge of the x-ray table. The table tilts should be from the upright vertical
position (approx. +90°) to the horizontal position (0°) to the head-down-tilt position (approx. -
15°).
•The tabletop should be Flat/convex type to allow patient centering.
•The startup time should be short.
X-Ray Diagnostic Table:
Table tilting
Tilt range: Upright vertical position (approx.90°) Horizontal position (approx. 0°) Head-down tilt
position (approx. -15°)
Compression force of the compression cone: 80 N or more
Allowable patient mass: Max. 150kg minimum.
X-Ray High Frequency Generator:
Ratings
High-voltage generation method: Inverter method
Short-time ratings: 800mA at 100kV.
Nominal maximum electric power: 80 kW Radiography
Radiographic tube voltage setting range: 40 kV to 150 kV, in 1-kV increments
Radiographic tube current setting range: 25 mA to 1000 mA
Radiography time setting range: 1.0 ms or less
Automatic Exposure Control (AEC):
Anatomical Settings should be available
Radiographic condition automatic setting:
The radiographic conditions should be automatically set
X-ray tube anode heat monitoring:
Fluoroscopic tube current setting range: 0.5 mA to 4.0 mA in 0.1-mA increments
Automatic Brightness Control (ABC) function
Pulsed rate setting range variable up to 15 frame/s

X-Ray Tube:
Focal Spot (mm): 0.6 & 1.0/1.2.

Page 37 of 59
Anode Heat Storage Capacity of 600KHU or more.
X-Ray beam limiting device:
X-ray exposure field size 43x43 cm
Built-in light field lamp.
FLAT PANEL DETECTOR: -- CSI or better with size 17”x14” inches or more.
Effective number of pixels: 2600 pixels × 2200 pixels or more (vertical × horizontal).
Pixel size: 160um or better.
DQE: 60% or better.
Spatial resolution: 3.4 lp/mm or more
DIGITAL IMAGING SYSTEM:
Basic image processor performance Images from the detector should be input in digital format.
Image storage
Capacity of hard disk: 50,000 images for 1024 × 1024 or 1TB HDD.
2-Image display Monitors one for last imaging mode and one for live imaging mode.
a) System monitor display for Playback images, processed images, multi- images, etc.
b) Monochrome Medical grade Live monitor 1280 × 1024 pixels (SXGA) for Digital fluoroscopic
images, fluorography images, playback images one in room with Original Trolley & One on Main
Console Monitor for LIH.
Fluoroscopic function
Image processing
• Recursive filter
• Last image hold
• Image flipping
• Spatial filter (edge enhancement, smoothing)
• Digital Compensation Filters.
Recording
Fluoroscopic image and last-image-hold image can be stored to hard disk.
Fluoroscopic image acquisition
• Frame rate variable up to 15 fps
Fluorography function
Images should be recorded to hard disk processed, and displayed on the monitor.
Real-time image processing: Digital Compensation Filter and Noise Reduction Filter.
Post processing
Gray scale: Adjustment of contrast and brightness
Filming
Two Tray Laser imager with multi-sizes Printing of 14 x 17 and 8 x 10.
Provision of DICOM 3.0 facility
Power Requirements
Line voltage: Three-phase, 200-440VAC
Line frequency: 50 Hz
Permissible line voltage fluctuation rate (no load): ±10%
Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)
Online sine wave Double Conversion 160KVA UPS for digital radiography system, with a
minimum backup time of 10 minutes on full load.
Optional:

Page 38 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name DIGITAL RADIOGRAPHY SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Better resolution than CR and a film less technique with availability
of images at multiple sites.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Digital radiographic X-ray system radiography

Recumbent, standing or seated patient position
Ceiling - mounted x-ray tube assembly and digital imaging system.
Motorized multi leaf collimator
Fix Dual flat panel detector for table and chest stand separately
Automatic image positioning through vertical motorization of wall stand
X-Ray Generator:
80 KW or better high-frequency X-ray generator
800 mA at 100 KV.
1 ms shortest exposure time.
Integrated automatic exposure control (three chamber).
Organ programs to be available.
Motorized Multileaf Collimator:
Ceiling-mounted tube assembly support, with tube assembly Multileaf collimator for vertical,
oblique, horizontal, and lateral acquisitions Rotation upto +/-40o or more.
Filters to avoid soft radiation
Automatic collimation and cassette and detector sensing. Manual collimation should also be
available.
Patient Table:
Height adjustable patient positioning table with six way floating tabletop,
Access the patient from all sides.
Head to toe cassette and detector cover range.
Autotracking during table height adjustment.
Foot paddle for height adjustment of the patient positioning table of the floating tabletop.
Flat Panel Detector (cable less):
Flat panel detector with active image size of 16"x16" or better
Cesium (CsI) scintillator or better
Pixel size 200 µm or better.
Spatial Resolution 2.5 lp/mm or better or DQE 60% or more
Matrix size approximately 2800 x 2800 or better.
14 bits or better detector depth.
Time for data acquisition, transmission and viewing for full image to be 10 sec. or less.
X-Ray Tube:
Page 39 of 59
Exposure voltage 140 kV or more.
Focal spot 0.6 mm and 1/1.2 mm or better.
Anode heat storage 300 KHU or more
Motorized tube movement for precise imaging.
Chest Stand:
Motorized Chest stands with height-adjustable and tiltable Bucky cabinet to house FD and X-
Ray cassettes /Detector holder for image acquisition.
Chest stand should have moving exchangeable grid for scattered radiation reduction for
Pediatric acquisitions.
The grid should be removable
The chest stand should have servo / auto tracking i.e., the ceiling stand should move
automatically with the height adjustment of the chest stand.
Complete with overhead handle for optimum positioning of patient for lateral exposures and
lateral patient handles for optimum patient positioning, e.g. during PA thorax exposures.
Imaging System
High resolution digital imaging reconstruction.
Image display with DICOM network connection, complete with 19 inch color TFT display.
Digital Radiography System
Dual core or better microprocessor with at least 2 GB Ram.
Storage of 5,000 or more images.
Imaging System should be capable of patient and study
Administration
Exposure and post processing
Image documentation, archiving, display of image markers.
Organ program selection and configuration.
Image processing functions such as rotate, mirror, zoom, window, filter, insert comment line
and stich etc.
The system to have SW/HW to attain higher detail contrast (soft tissue and bone)
Reduced noise with the multi-scale procedures for images post- processing.
DICOM Functions include: Send, print and CD Write.
UPS for the digital system 5 KVA for 20 minutes backup.
Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)
Lead glass size 1.5 mm or better: size 80 cm x 100 cm.
Compression belt.
Lead Aprons 0.5 mm
Thyroid shield: 0.5 mm pb
Lead goggle and gonadal shields
DICOM 3.0 compliant Grayscale Dry LASER Printer with 3 online sizes.
Should have minimum productivity of 150 films/ hour in mixed sizes.
Printer should be capable of printing 08x10, 10x12, 11x14, 14x14 & 14x17 size films.
Minimum resolution should be10 pixels/mm with 12-bit gradation.
1000 x14x17” Dry LASER films
Optional:
UPS 100KVA for 10 minutes backup of the whole system.

Page 40 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name COMPUTERIZED RADIOGRAPHY SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose It has better resolution and is less time consuming because of
digital processing laminating the use of dark room and incidence of
X-ray retakes.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

One Digitizer / Reader unit, multiple plates type System for General Radiography &
Mammography.
Should be capable to read X-Ray exposed Rigid Imaging Plates (IPs) of all standard sizes in
inches/cm.
The productivity of reading / digitizing should be minimum 100 IPs/hour in mixed sizes.
Reading function should be 100 µm and 50 µm
Should support resolution of 10 pixels / mm.
One CR console for Radiographer with medical application software licenses.
An additional workstation for Radiologist with 1TB HDD.
Should be capable to enter & edit Patient ID.
Should support Image Preview & Quality Assurance.
Should have Mammography Software License. (Procuring agency to specify)
Should have temporary storage capacity of up to 2,000 or more images.
Should comply with DICOM Conformance 3.0 and have standard functions for future
connectivity with PACS or other DICOM modalities inclusive of Print, Storage, etc.
DICOM 3.0 compliant Grayscale Dry LASER Printer with 3 online sizes.
Should have minimum productivity of 150 films/ hour in mixed sizes.
Printer should be capable of printing 08x10, 10x12, 11x14, 14x14 & 14x17 size films.
Minimum resolution should be10 pixels/mm with 12-bit gradation.
Imaging Plates (IP) and Cassettes
DICOM 3.0 for Send, Receive, Archive, Retrieve and Print.
POWER REQUIREMENT:
Single phase with line voltage of 220V, 50 Hz

Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement of size and quantity)
Imaging Plates (IP) and Cassettes
14x17inch (Set of IPs & Cassettes
10x12inch (Set of IPs & Cassettes)
08x10inch (Set of IPs & Cassettes)
18x24cm (Set of IPs & Cassettes) for Mammography
24x30cm (Set of IPs & Cassettes) for Mammography
15x 30 cm (Set of IPs & Cassettes) for OPG

Optional:

Page 41 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name PRINTING SYSTEM FOR DIGITAL X RAY
Clinical Purpose Print the X-Ray film.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DICOM 3.0 compliant Grayscale Dry LASER Printer with 3 online sizes.
Should have minimum productivity of 150 films/ hour in mixed sizes.
Printer should be capable of printing 08x10, 10x12, 11x14, 14x14 & 14x17 size films.
Minimum resolution should be10 pixels/mm with 12-bit gradation.

Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Online UPS 10 KVA with ten minutes back up time.

Optional:

Page 42 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name Static X ray Machine Ceiling Mounted.
Clinical Purpose Highly useful for routine radiography.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Microprocessor based.
High frequency, 50KW X-Ray generator.
500 mA at 100 kv
Anatomical programmed radiography.
Digital display of all set parameters.
Rotating anode x-ray tube, with dual focus 0.6 & 1.2/1.5 mm.
Anode heat storage capacity of at least 300 KHU or more
Electronic timer with exposure time of 1msec.
System with AEC facility.
Ceiling mounted with three directional movement
Capable of lateral radiography.
4-way floating table
Chest stands with Bucky.
Complete with grid 8:1 ratio.
Automatic over-load protection device and automatic line compensation.
3-phase, 380 V, 50 Hz.
Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Optional:
Auto Tracking & Auto Collimation supplied with 6 way floating table.

Page 43 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name MOBILE X-RAY UNIT
Clinical Purpose They are used in wards, in ICUs and at accident sites.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Mobile Microprocessor based X-Ray Unit.

High frequency, 30KW X-Ray Generator.
300 mA at 100 kv.
Digital display of all set parameters.
Rotating anode x-ray tube, with dual focus / Single Focus
Anode heat storage capacity of at least 107 KHU or more
Electronic timer with exposure time of 1-3 msec.
Automatic over-load protection device and automatic line compensation.
The unit should be battery supported for exposure and movement (Motorized).
220 V, 50 Hz.
Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Optional:

Page 44 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name MOBILE C-ARM IMAGE INTENSIFIER
Clinical Purpose Can be used in theatres for interventional procedures and on spot
guidance for implants/prosthesis placement.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

C-arm x-ray unit mobile for radiography and fluoroscopy

High frequency, power output of 2KW or more.
40 to 110kv with one shot fluoroscopy facility of 6ma or more.
X-ray tube with stationary anode or better
Dual focal spots of 0.6 and 1.5 mm
Automatic Fluoro dose control
Collimator : remote control of collimator, iris and blades diaphragms motorized with x-ray grid
TV camera : high sensitivity, CCD camera, 1024 x 1024 pixels with last image hold
Display : two 48cm (19”) LCD/TFT monitors, medical quality on separate Mobile Trolley
Digital video memory 100000 images or more
Noise reduction filter, last image hold, pulsed fluoroscopy
Edge enhancement, image inversion to be provided
Real time digital image rotation
Fluoroscopy footswitch: one cassette holder 24x30cm
Laser localizer lights cross beam type
Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Optional:

Page 45 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name DOSIMETER
Clinical Purpose To check the intensity (dose) of the X-Ray.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

• Loud Alarm, 85 Db (A) Typical, (> 90 Db (C) Peak)

• Vibrating Alarm
• Highly Visible Backlit Display
• Simple 2-Button Navigation
• Extended Dose Rate Alarms
• Dual Ultra Bright Led Alarm
• Superior X-Ray And Gamma Energy Response
• Meets Or Exceeds Applicable IEC And ANSI Standards
• Designed For Ruggedness And Durability
• Display Dose: 1 µ SvTo 10 Sv
• Display Rate: 10 µ Sv/H To 10 Sv/H
Accessories: ( Procuring agency to select as per its actual requirement)

Optional:

Page 46 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name CASSETTES
Clinical Purpose Used in to tack X-Ray image.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

(8x10 / 10x12 / 12x15 / 14x17)

Page 47 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name HANGERS
Clinical Purpose
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

(8x10 / 10x12 / 12x15 / 14x17)

Page 48 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name INTENSIFYING SCREEN
Clinical Purpose
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Intensifying screen of Luminescence technology
Easy to clean protective layer
Set of all standard sizes.

Page 49 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name HANGERS AND INTENSIFYING SCREEN
Clinical Purpose
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(8x10 / 10x12 / 12x15 / 14x17)

Page 50 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name LEAD APRONS/GONADAL SHIELDS/THYROID
SHIELDS/LEAD GOGGLES
Clinical Purpose
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Lead aprons with hangers all 0.5 mm Pb equivalent(Front)

Page 51 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name X-RAY VIEWER AND LED
Clinical Purpose
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Ultra Thin X-Ray Film illuminator using LED Lamps, wall mounted.
For two/Three/Four Films ( Procuring agency will specify the requirement)
Thickness: 30 mm or less.
Viewing area: 370x420mm. +/- 05 % variation is acceptable
LED Lamps life: More than 30000-40,000 hours.
Easy insertion & removal of the film
X-Ray film Holder: Rust-free steel clapper (rolling pin)
Homogeneous illumination, flicker free.
Illuminance:3500-4500 cd/m2.
On-Off button & separate Brightness control.
Film sensor to turn-off at some interval after film removal.
220V, 50Hz

Page 52 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name X-RAY FILM PROCESSOR
Clinical Purpose It helps in automatic processing of x-ray films providing better
quality images and consuming less time.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High throughput free Standing type
Continuous roller transport
Sheet film, 10x10cm-35x43cm sizes (14"x17")
High through put more than 110 sheets (35 x 43cm)
Forced hot air circulation method
Piping installed in the DEV and FIX racks.
Processing solution temperature; Controlled by the temperature control tank, with the
thermistor monitoring, with the heater heating and with the wash water cooling. Drying
temperature; Controlled automatically according to a fixed temperature setting.

Page 53 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name X - RAY MACHINE FLOOR MOUNTED
Clinical Purpose Highly useful for routine radiography.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Floor mounted X-Ray Machine 500mA

Microprocessor based.
High frequency, 50KW X-Ray generator.
500 mA at 100 kV
Anatomical programmed radiography.
Digital display of all set parameters.
Rotating anode X-ray tube, with dual focus 0.6 & 1/1.5 mm.
Anode heat storage capacity of at least 250 KHU or more
Electronic timer with exposure time of 1msec.
System with AEC facility.
Capable of lateral radiography.
4-way floating table with foot control movements.
Chest stands with Bucky.
Complete with grid 8:1 ratio.
Automatic over-load protection device and automatic line compensation.
3-phase, 380 V, 50 Hz.

Page 54 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name PACS & RIS SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Integrated Picture Archiving and Communication System (PACS) and
Radiology Information System (RIS) will be used for managing radiological
records and the associated data linked at numerous locations.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Integrated Picture Archiving and Communication System (PACS) and Radiology Information
System (RIS) will be used for managing radiological records and the associated data linked at
numerous locations. It should include several functions, such as patient registration and patient
scheduling, patient list management, radiology department workflow management, request
and document scanning, result entry, reporting and printout, result delivery including SMS and
e-mailing of clinical reports, patient tracking, teaching files creation, modality, and material
management. These features will be used to automate various operations and services of the
radiology department.

PACS Features
 Archiving of Unlimited DICOM Studies Volume of CT / MRI / CR / DR / US / Flouro and
Mammography etc. (Procuring agency to specify the required modalities)
 Save and provide view of CT limited / defined Slices DICOM studies for physicians.
 Save CT Raw Data (thin slice images) )at separate location and auto deletion system set by
user of this CT Raw Data.
 Previously performed studies are available with the patient health record
 Previously Archived / Saved studies are integrated with the system
 Images from other diagnostic machines in avi / mpeg format are integrated with the
system
 State of the art DICOM compression technology providing minimum cost of storage and
network load. Lossless Compression ratio at least 1:3 of original images.
 Tightly integrated with RIS and HIS, Orders data will be send to Modalities and Images will
link to patient data in RIS
 DICOM Modality Worklist to populate in-queue orders data on modality machine to avoid
typographical mistakes in patient and order information.
 Unlimited physicians viewing access to PACS images anywhere in the hospital
 Integration with any storage media (DAS/SAN/NAS/CENTERA etc.) for unlimited PACS data
storage
 Support PACS Data Replication on PACS Storage Servers.
 Auto PACS Data Backup and Disaster Recovery System
 Unlimited Modalities Connectivity and Images Archiving and Viewing
 Auto-route image rounting to a secondary location such as a centralized remote long-term

Page 55 of 59
 storage archive.
 Create Auto Run DICOM CD that includes the images along with a DICOM viewer.
 Image Viewing Tools (MPR / 3D Volume Rendering / Image Fusion / 2D Imaging /
Comparison Imaging / Pan / Markers / Measurements – ROI / Zoom / Flip / Negative etc.)
 HL 7 Level Integration with other Systems
RIS Features:
 Patient Scheduling and Appointment
 Transcription Management
 Patient Registration and Order Management
 Availability of Reports and Images to Physicians at Wards and OPDs.
 Reporting Physicians Queue Management
 Technologist Performance Record
 Recording of Contrast and Films Printing
 Consultant Based Reporting Queue
 Location Based Reporting Queue
 Modality Based Reporting Counter
 Studies Transfer Queue
 Patient Previous Records Auto Access to reporting physicians
 Support use of bar code technology to track patients and events for workflow reporting
(e.g. patient ID, procedure ID, exam room location, etc.)
 Automatically retrieve patient demographic, location, medical, and physician data into
patient exam report.
 Integrated word processing capabilities for transcription result reporting.
 Automatically email preliminary and final reports to referring physician.
 On-line storage and access for five years of exam report history and images.
 Films / CDs receiving and delivery management
 Auto Printing Labels for Films or Reports Envelops
 Films Record
 Contrast Record
 Administrative details (exam category, etc)
 Persons involved in the procedure and their role
 Radiographic examination details (dose, technique etc.)
 Contrast and other pharmaceuticals administered
 Equipment used in the procedure
 Free text examination notes
 Integrated Voice Recognition System for Radiology Reporting
 Auto Spell Checker
 Specified Reporting Templates for each radiologist
 Radiology Digital Imaging Library
 Creation of Teaching Files
Note: Procuring agency to select the requirement of both PACS & RIS system OR any one, as per
their requirement.

Local /Imported

Page 56 of 59
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment
Generic Name DIKTA PHONE
Clinical Purpose To communicate with the patient site and operators end.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Digital Transcription System for reporting; Hand Held Units and Complete Stenotype desktop
units with voice recognition reporting system (Medical Grade).

Page 57 of 59
SPECIALIZED HEALTH CARE
AND MEDICAL EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT

GOVERNMENT OF THE
PUNJAB

PRODUCT VOCABULARY
MEDICAL STORE(PVMS) OF
ENDOSCOPY

Volume - I , 2016
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. VIDEO GASTROSCOPE (ULTRASLIM) ....................................................................................................... 1
2. HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO GASTROSCOPE ................................................................................................ 2
3. HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO GASTROSCOPE (THERAPEUTIC) ...................................................................... 3
4. VIDEO GASTROSCOPE (DUAL CHANNEL) ................................................................................................ 4
5. HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO ZOOM GASTROSCOPE .................................................................................... 5
6. HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO COLONOSCOPE ............................................................................................... 6
7. HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO COLONOSCOPE (THERAPEUTIC) ..................................................................... 7
8. HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO COLONOSCOPE WITH ZOOMING .................................................................... 8
9. DUODENO VIDEO SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 9
10. ENDOSCOPIC ULTRA SOUND SYSTEM (EUS) ......................................................................................... 10
11. ULTRASONIC LINEAR GASTRO VIDEO SCOPE ........................................................................................ 11
12. ULTRASONIC RADIAL VIDEO SCOPE ...................................................................................................... 12
13. SMALL INTESTINAL VIDEOSCOPE (Adult) .............................................................................................. 13
14. HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO SYSTEM CENTRE (HD) ................................................................................... 14
15. RECORDING SYSTEM/IMAGE CAPTURING DEVICE ............................................................................... 15
16. XENON LIGHT Source 300W.................................................................................................................. 16
17. CO2 REGULATION/C02 INSUFFLATOR .................................................................................................. 17
18. LED / LCD HIGH DEFINITION COLOR MONITOR .................................................................................... 18
19. BATTERY BACKUP .................................................................................................................................. 19
20. WATER PUMP........................................................................................................................................ 20
21. WORKSTATION (DEDICATED for Endoscopy) ........................................................................................ 21
22. ENDOSCOPIC WASHER & PRE-PROCESSOR (IMPORTED)...................................................................... 22
23. SUCKER MACHINE HEAVY DUTY DEDICATED FOR ENDOSCOPY ........................................................... 23
24. DIATHERMY MACHINE .......................................................................................................................... 24
25. GASTROESOPHAGEAL HIGH RESOLUTION SOLID STATE MANOMETRY ............................................... 25
26. ENDOSCOPY SIMULATOR ...................................................................................................................... 26
27. CABINET FOR SCOPE HANGING ............................................................................................................ 27
28. COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR RECORDING AND PATIENT REPORTING ....................................................... 28

NOTE:
Minor variation in sizes and values will not be considered as reason of rejection against any item.
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name VIDEO GASTROSCOPE (ULTRASLIM)
Clinical Purpose To diagnose , Treat , Therapy of Oesophageal , stomach for ulcer,
gastric cancer, biliary diseases, Barret’sesophageal treatment for
Peads Patients

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Ultra-Slim Video Gastro Scope with advanced technological features.
Transnasal Video Gastroscope
Field of view 140° or more
Direction of view Forward viewing
Depth of field 4 - 100 mm or better.
Insertion tube diameter: 5.9 mm or less
Distal end diameter 5.9 mm or less
Channel inner diameter: 2.0 mm or more
Working length: 1100 mm or more
Angulations: Up 210°, Down 90°, Right 100°, Left100° or better
Observation facility for greater contrast of blood vessels and mucosa

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

1|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO GASTROSCOPE
Clinical Purpose To diagnose , Treat , Therapy of Esophageal , stomach for ulcer,
gastric cancer , Biliary Diseases, Barret’sesophageal treatment for
Peads Patients

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Definition Video Gastroscope with CCD / CMOS and advanced technological features
Field of view 140 degree
Direction of view Forward viewing
Depth of field 2 -100 mm or better.
Insertion tube diameter: 9.8 mm or less
Channel inner diameter: 2.8 mm or more
Bending Section: Up 210°, Down 90°, Right 100°, Left 100° or better
Working Length: 1030 mm or more
Observation facility for greater contrast of blood vessels and mucosa.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

2|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO GASTROSCOPE (THERAPEUTIC)
Clinical Purpose For the Therapeutic, cutting, treatment, resection, and usage of
electrosurgical unit and laser treatment for mucosal and
submucosal dissection and diagnosis.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Definition Video Gastroscope (Therapeutic) with CCD / CMOS and advanced technological
features
Field of view: 140° or better
Direction of view 0° (Forward Viewing)
Depth of field 4 - 100 mm or better
Distal end diameter 11 mm or less
Insertion tube diameter 11 mm or less
Channel inner diameter 3.2 mm or more
Working Length: 1050mm or more
Angulations: Up 210°, Down 90°, Right 100°, Left 100° or better
Water Jet Function.
Observation facility for greater contrast of blood vessels and mucosa

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

3|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name VIDEO GASTROSCOPE (DUAL CHANNEL)
Clinical Purpose Dual channel scope can be used as treatment of twin accessories at
a same time, or use two different accessories at a same time, for
support and resection, or for powerful suction via one channel and
to use other channel as a source of treatment / therapy.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Video Gastroscope (Dual Channel) with CCD / CMOS and advanced technological features
Field of view: 140°
Direction of view: Forward viewing
Depth of field: 4 - 100 mm or better.
Distal end diameter 13.2 mm or less
Insertion tube diameter 12.8 mm or less
Working length: 1030 mm or more
Channel diameter: 2.8 mm & 3.7 mm or better
Angulations: Up 180°, Down 90°, Right 100°, Left 100° or better
Water jet function.
Accessories:

Optional (If any):

4|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO ZOOM GASTROSCOPE
Clinical Purpose To Identify the mucosal layer details under magnification forEndo-
Mucosal resection or to treat ulcers on minute details. Zoom scope
also help to analyses the minute details of structure.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Definition Video Zoom Gastroscope with CCD / CMOS and advanced technological features
Optical magnification for zoom / dual focus mechanism.
Direction of view: Forward viewing
Field of view 140°
Insertion tube diameter 9.9 mm or less
Distal end diameter 10.6 mm or less
Working length 1030 mm or more
Channel inner diameter 2.8 mm or more
Bending Section: Up 210°, Down 90 degree, Right 100°, Left 100° or better
Water Jet function.
Observation facility for greater contrast of blood vessels and mucosa

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

5|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO COLONOSCOPE
Clinical Purpose Ultra Slim is a small-diameter colonoscope for use in patients with
smaller anatomy, such as children and smaller women. It can also
help physicians complete procedures rectum-to-cecum in patients
with inflammation, obstructions, or colon strictures, such as
diverticulitis and post-operative adhesions.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Definition Video Colonoscope (Slim) with CCD / CMOS and advanced technological
features
Direction of view: Forward viewing
Field of view 140° or better
Depth of field 3 - 100 mm or better
Distal end diameter 10.5 mm or less
Insertion tube diameter 9.8 mm or less
Channel inner diameter 3.2 mm or more
Working Length: 1650mm or more
Angulations: Up 180°, Down 160°, Right 160°, Left 160° or better
Observation facility for greater contrast of blood vessels and mucosa

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

6|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO COLONOSCOPE (THERAPEUTIC)
Clinical Purpose Therapeutic colonoscope used for the hemostasis, resection
andablation of benign and malignant disease, decompression and
recanalization of obstructed or dilated bowel, as well as foreign
body extraction.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Definition Video Colonoscope (Therapeutic) with CCD / CMOS and advanced technological
features
Direction of view: Forward viewing
Field of view 140° or better
Depth of field 2 - 100 mm
Distal end diameter 13.2 mm or less
Insertion tube diameter 12.8 mm or less
Channel inner diameter 3.7 mm or more
Working Length: 1650mm or more
Angulations: Up 180°, Down 180°, Right 160°, Left 160° or better
Water jet function.
Observation facility for greater contrast of blood vessels and mucosa
Gradual Stiffness / Graduated Decreasing Flexibility / RIT
Accessories:

Optional (If any):

7|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO COLONOSCOPE WITH ZOOMING
Clinical Purpose To Identify the mucosal layer details under magnification forEndo-
Mucosal resection or to treat ulcers on minute details. Zoom scope
also help to analyses the minute details of structure

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Definition Video Colonoscope with zooming with CCD / CMOS and advanced technological
features
Optical magnification for Zoom / Dual focus mechanism.
Direction of view: Forward viewing
Field of view 140° or better
Total Depth of field 4 - 100 mm or better
Distal end diameter 13.2 mm or less
Insertion tube diameter 13.2 mm or less
Channel inner diameter 3.7 mm or more
Working Length: 1650mm or more
Angulations: Up 180°, Down 180°, Right 160°, Left 160° or better
Water jet function.
Observation facility for greater contrast of blood vessels and mucosa
Gradual Stiffness / Graduated Decreasing Flexibility / RIT
Accessories:

Optional (If any):

8|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name DUODENO VIDEO SCOPE
Clinical Purpose To diagnose and treat conditions associated with the
pancreatobiliary system.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Video Duodenoscope with CCD / CMOS and advanced technological features
Field of view: 100°
Direction of view 5°-10° or better(Backward Viewing)
Depth of field: 5 - 60 mm or better
Distal end diameter: 13.7 or less
Insertion tube diameter 11.6 mm or less
Working length: 1200 mm or more
Channel inner diameter: 4.2 mm

Angulation : Up 120° Down 90° Right 105° Left 90° or better

Observation facility for greater contrast of blood vessels and mucosa.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

9|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name ENDOSCOPIC ULTRA SOUND SYSTEM (EUS)
Clinical Purpose To diagnose sub-epithelial tumors (SETs) and extra-luminal
lesions in the gastrointestinal tract.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Resolution Digital Color Ultrasound Scanner for endoscopic Examination and
Elastrography.
Operating modes
2D.
Flow mode and combination,
Power Doppler,
Pulse wave Doppler and B-mode,
Image
Full / Central screen.
Computing systems
Digital EUS system with alpha numeric keyboard and built in trackball.
Freeze facility with key board or endoscope,
foot switch
Cine memory/frame rate of 600 or more
Dynamic range 90dB / 40-100% or more
High Definition Medical Grade 26" LED / LCD color monitor or larger
Digital acquisition, storage and review of complete ultrasound studies
built in hard disk/Internal memory
the studies can be stored on to CD or DVD or USB
DICOM / Endobase compatible
Measurements & Soft wares
Measurement of length angle distance area circumference velocity and volume
tissue harmonic imaging
echo endoscopy Ultrasonography (EUS)
Contrast harmonic endoscopic imaging
compound imaging
Elastography.
Programmable patient data management software
Digital Printer
Medical grade color printer with 10 boxes of paper roll of High Density
Medical grade B/W printer with 20 paper rolls of high density
Accessories:

Optional (If any):

10 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name ULTRASONIC LINEAR GASTRO VIDEO SCOPE
Clinical Purpose To Diagnosis Staging of mediastinal lymph nodes and tumors,
Staging of esophageal lymph nodes and tumors, Metastatic celiac
adenopathologies at esophageal tumors, Staging of pancreas
tumors and lymph nodes, Observation of the malignancy of
pancreas tumors, EUS assisted resection Ablation of mucosal
lesions (polyps),Resection of submucosal tumors, Puncture of
pancreatic pseudo cysts, Injection therapy.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Field of View: 100° or better
Direction of View: Forward oblique 40 or more
Distal End Diameter: 14.6 mm or less
Insertion tube: 12.8 mm or less
Instrument Channel: 3.7 mm or more
Working Length: 1250mm or more
Display mode: B-Mode, Color Doppler / Color Flow.
Scanning method: Curved linear Array
Scanning Direction: Parallel/longitudinal to insertion direction
Frequency: Multi frequency 5-10 MHz or better
Scanning Range: 120° or more
Connecting Method: Balloon Method/direct contact
Air water valve for air and water
Accessories:

Optional (If any):

11 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name ULTRASONIC RADIAL VIDEO SCOPE
Clinical Purpose For Diagnostic use in general, no treatment, Examination of
esophageal cancer ,Examination of stomach wall, stomach cancer
and staging of stomach cancer, Submucosal tumors, Difficult
situations at the papilla, Pancreatitis, During pull-out of the
endoscope you can examine the entire stomach and stomach
wall, from antrum to esophagus and nothing is missed, Observation
of pancreatic duct from one side (papilla) to the other (pancreas)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Radial Echoendoscope.
Scanning range. 360°
Direction of view 55 / forward
Insertion Tube Diameter: 12.7 mm or less
Distal End Diameter: 13.8 mm or less
Channel Diameter: 2.2-2.8 mm or more
Working Length: 1250mm or more
Display Mode: B-mode, Color Doppler / Color Flow.
Scanning Method: Radial Array
Frequency: Multi Frequency 5-10 MHz
Connecting Method, Balloon Method

Accessories:

Optional :
Ultrasonic Probes for small duct with probe drive unit.
2.6 mm or less- 12 MHz or equivalent probe.
2.6 mm or less - 20 MHz or equivalent probe.

12 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name SMALL INTESTINAL VIDEOSCOPE (Adult)
Clinical Purpose Scope must provide push and pull technique and EGD disease
diagnosis. Device enables to carry out fast and easy ileoscopy and
upper enteroscopy procedures.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Single or Double Balloon (Procuring agency to Specify) Enteroscope System
Efficient hand control & automatic pressure control
Observation Range: 3-100 mm or better
Field of View: 1400
Insertion Tube Diameter: 9.8 mm (For Single Balloon) OR 11.6mm (For Double Balloon)
Distal End Diameter: 9.8 mm (For Single Balloon) OR 11.6mm (For Double Balloon)
Instrument Channel: 2.8 mm (For Single Balloon) OR 3.2mm (For Double Balloon)

(Procuring Agency to Specify).

Working Length:
Angulations: Up / Down: 1800 / 1800 , Right / Left: 1600 /1600 or better.

Balloon Controller:
Set Pressure of Balloon: ±5Kpa or more

Accessories:
10 Set of standard Accessories.

Optional (If any):

13 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO SYSTEM CENTRE (HD)
Clinical Purpose It helps in vivo diagnostic ensures faster detection, easier
demarcation and characterization of gastrointestinal lesions to
support improved patient outcomes.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Definition Video System having following features.
HD-SDI and DVI outputs
HD Image Quality with 1920x1080 Resolution
Programmable functions through endoscope switches
White balance adjustment
Automatic gain control
Freeze screen display
Patient data/image storage facility
keyboard for data handling
Capable for visual enhancement and differentiation of vessels and Capillaries.

Accessories:
Standard Accessories with Leakage Taster.

Optional (If any):

14 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name RECORDING SYSTEM/IMAGE CAPTURING DEVICE
Clinical Purpose To record HD Images and videos of the procedures and can be used
for patients records and comparing the studies and teaching
purposes

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Separate or built in medical grade digital video HD recorder.
Having built in recording facility with integrated 450GB or more Hard Drive.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

15 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name XENON LIGHT Source 300W
Clinical Purpose It enables visualization of gastrointestinal mucosal structures also
contributing to clear and more detailed visualization of mucosa.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Separate or built in advanced 300W Xenon light Source for Video Scopes.
Average lamp life, Approx 500 hours
Emergency Lamp Halogen or LED.
Brightness level adjustable.
High intensity mode.
Air pump.
Monitoring of lamp usage.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

16 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name CO2 REGULATION/C02 INSUFFLATOR
Clinical Purpose It provides greater visibility for improved diagnosis and polyp
detection. It minimizes patient discomfort associated with bloating
and cramping from room air. Reduces the number of patients that
need to be seen by physician in recovery.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
For the minimization of luminal with selectable flow rate easy reliable one button start / stop
operation
02 different controlled flow rate settings
complete with full accessories
Including
Cylinder hose
Gas Tube

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

17 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name LED / LCD HIGH DEFINITION COLOR MONITOR
Clinical Purpose To display the clinical findings.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
26" or more Medical Grade
Wall mounted for teaching
Aspect ratio of 16:9 or more.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

18 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name BATTERY BACKUP
Clinical Purpose For Battery Backup.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Built in or Separate battery backup for whole system with minimum 30 minutes battery backup.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

19 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name WATER PUMP
Clinical Purpose Used with water jet for cleaning the lens of scope.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Water jet / Flushing pump for scopes, compatible with all scopes.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

20 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name WORKSTATION (DEDICATED for Endoscopy)
Clinical Purpose To placing the all components of endoscopy system.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Trolley based Workstation.
Swivel arm for monitor.
Electrical wiring with sockets and isolation transformer
Sliding Keyboard shelf / tray.
Placement provision of printer.

Imported (to be supplied by the same manufacturer).

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

21 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name ENDOSCOPIC WASHER & PRE-PROCESSOR (IMPORTED)
Clinical Purpose To disinfect the scope from viral and bacterial contamination.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Automatic High Pressure Washing & Cleaning capability
Free standing type
Applicable scopes, Flexible endoscopes
Number of reprocessed scopes 01/ 02 at a time
Number of washing basin 01/02
Cleaning time setting, 1-10 minutes
Disinfection time setting 5-60 minutes
Display of Parameters
Compatible with quoted scopes
Complete with all accessories. Ready to use

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

22 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name SUCKER MACHINE HEAVY DUTY DEDICATED FOR
ENDOSCOPY
Clinical Purpose Suction machine used for the suction of debris, clinical pathologies
and mucus from the abdominal part.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Heavy duty autoclavable.
Aspiration rate up to 50-60 liters/minutes at 650-900mm.Hg
Vacuum continuously adjustable
10X bacterial filter
Complete aspiration set
Over flow safety device
220v/50 Hz. I Phase
Noise Level should not more than 50 dB.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

23 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name DIATHERMY MACHINE
Clinical Purpose To cut, coagulate the lesion and resect the lesion via High
frequency.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Microprocessor based Solid State Electrosurgical unit Separate controls for Monopolar and
bipolar coagulation
RF power for Monopolar cutting not below 120watts
Output Power for Monopolar cut 120Watt or better
Output Power for Monopolar Coagulation 120Watt or better
At least 2- blend modes
Output Power for Bipolar coagulation 120 watt or more
Earth free patient circuit.
Complete with foot switch, Patient plate.
All electrosurgical unit to conform to I.E.C-601-1 standard.
Local trolley with imported lockable wheels.
The system must have Automatic self-test.
220V 50 Hz I Phase.
The Machine must have a GASTROCUT / ENDOCUT / PULSE CUT Function.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

24 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name GASTROESOPHAGEAL HIGH RESOLUTION SOLID STATE
MANOMETRY
Clinical Purpose To find the parameter via pressure for esophageal reflux diseases.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Modules:
 Manometry Module.
 Interface cable

Trolley:
 With computer and color Laser Printer with 24’’ Monitor LCD.
Analysis Software:
 Esophageal catheter with Software.
32- 36 Pressure channel Catheter with 12-16 Impedance channel.
 Anorectal Catheter with software with Bio-feedback Pelvic floor reconstruction.
20 Plus channel for HRAM.
 ODDI Sphincter of ODI with software and catheter. Patient database software + Ph
analysis software + Impedance software

Ph Monitoring:
Ambulatory PH-RECORDER
 Flash Card / Wireless blue tooth / USB Cable and dongle for Pc.
 6 or more impedance channel + 1 PH. 10 Qty.
 6 or more Impedance channel + 1 Ph 10 Qty.

Complete with standard accessories.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

25 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name ENDOSCOPY SIMULATOR
Clinical Purpose To train end-user on the latest techniques and therapies of
simulator.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The generalized specifications of stimulator to be prepared by the end user.
The end user shall certify that generalization of specifications and get it approved from the
concern committee and procuring agency before the process of procurement.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

26 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name CABINET FOR SCOPE HANGING
Clinical Purpose For the proper storage of the scope so to avoid fungus infection.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
State-of-the-art Endoscope Storage and Drying Cabinets with full traceability for the safe
storage of endoscopes.

Storage of up to 5 or 10 endoscopes
Up to 31 days storage
HEPA-filtered air supplied to each endoscope ensures channels are dried within 3 hours
Secure mounting for endoscope control and light guide plug

Imported (to be supplied by the same manufacturer).

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

27 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Endoscopy
Generic Name COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR RECORDING AND PATIENT
REPORTING
Clinical Purpose To manage the data for clinical symptoms.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Desktop Latest Computer.
Core-i7 6th generation, 4GB RAM, 1T Hard Drive, USB port.
17” LCD / LED Monitor.
Key Board, Mouse Trolley based Workstation.
Computer trolley.
Color Printer.
Software for endoscopic video recording and reporting.
Accessories and connecting cables from endoscopic system to computer.

Accessories:

Optional (If any):

28 | P a g e
 SPECIALIZED HEALTH
CARE AND MEDICAL
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT

GOVERNMENT OF THE
PUNJAB

PRODUCT VOCABULARY
MEDICAL STORE (PVMS)
OF
Neurology/Neurosurgery

Volume - I , 2016
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Diathermy Bipolar ................................................................................................................................... 1
2. Neuro-Surgery (Image Intensifier) .......................................................................................................... 2
3. Cranial Endoscopy ................................................................................................................................... 3
4. Neurosurgical Instruments set for Adult ................................................................................................ 6
5. DBS /Baclofen Pump / Spinal Cord Stimulation ...................................................................................... 7
6. ECT Machine ........................................................................................................................................... 9
7. EEG Machine .........................................................................................................................................10
8. ICP Monitor ...........................................................................................................................................12
9. Facial Nerve Monitoring System ...........................................................................................................13
10. Intra-Operative Ultrasound ..................................................................................................................15
11. Micro Electrode Recording (MER) System ............................................................................................18
12. Neuro-Surgery Operating Table with Carbon Accessories ...................................................................20
13. NCS/ EMG Machine...............................................................................................................................22
14. Neuro-Navigation..................................................................................................................................24
15. Operating Microscope ..........................................................................................................................27
16. Cranial Endoscopy ................................................................................................................................. 28
17. Polysomonography ...............................................................................................................................31
18. Skull Base Endoscopy ............................................................................................................................33
19. Spinal Endoscope ..................................................................................................................................37
20. Stereotactic Frame ................................................................................................................................41
21. Neuro-Surgery Operating Table with Transferrable Table Top ............................................................43
22. Ultrasonic Bone Cutter..........................................................................................................................46
23. Ultrasonic Surgical Aspirator (CUSA) .................................................................................................... 47
24. Aneurysm Clips and Appliers set...........................................................................................................47
25. Craniotomy Electric Drill System...........................................................................................................51
26. Shunt – Scope ....................................................................................................................................... 51
27. Radio Frequency Lesion Generator....................................................................................................... 54
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name Diathermy Bipolar
Clinical Purpose To be used in neurosurgical operations for securing hemostasis.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Features:
 Microprocessor based solid state electrosurgical unit for normal and under water cutting
 Separate controls for monopolar and bipolar coagulation
 RF power for monopolar cutting not below 300 watts
 Monopolar coagulation 120 watts or better
 At least 5 - 8 blend modes
 Bipolar coagulation not below 50 watts with floating output
 Spray coagulation
 Bipolar cutting power 120 W
 Earth free patient circuit
 Complete with following accessories
 Foot switch, reusable patient plate, monopolar handle with cord and surgical needles
 (Knife, ball electrode, loop electrode and needle 12
 Non-stick bipolar forceps with cord cable (Straight & bayonet & Angled shaped all
electrosurgical unit to conform to IEC 601-1 standard
 Locally trolley with imported lockable wheels
 The system must have automatic self-test
 220V 50Hz 1-Phase

1|Page
Clinical Specialty Neuro Surgery
Generic Name Neuro-Surgery (Image Intensifier) With Neuro-Navigation
Compatibility
Clinical Purpose Neuro- Surgery
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Features:
 The C-Arm Should be compatible with Neuro-Navigation System for real time image transferring
during procedure.
 Mobile Fluoroscopy System for Radiography and Fluoroscopy
 High Frequency, power output of 15 KW or more
 Image Intensifier Size: 9”
 ± 270 Degree Clockwise Rotation of the C-Arm.
 90° & 45° Orbital Movement of the C for Spine Surgery
 40 to 120KV with one shot fluoroscopy facility of 7.5 mA or more
 High Dose Pulse Fluoro Mode: ma range 0.2 ~ 2.0 or more
 Minimum 20,000.00 Image Storage on HDD.
 X-Ray Tube with rotating anode
 Anode heat capacity: 3000,00 HU.
 Automatic Fluoro dose control
 Collimator:
 TV Camera : High sensitivity, CCD camera, 1kx 1k pixels with last image hold
 Display: Two (18” or more) LCD/LED/TFT monitors, medical quality
 Laser pointing device
 DICOM compatible
 Noise reduction filter, last image hold, pulsed fluoroscopy
 Edge enhancement, image inversion
 Real time digital image rotation
 Fluoroscopy footswitch: one cassette holder 35x35 cm
 BNC composite image output for navigation system

Accessories:
 Lead Aprons
 Lead Neck Collar
 Lead Goggles
 Compatible UPS

2|Page
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name Cranial Endoscopy
Clinical Purpose Used for Cranial Endoscopy
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Features: (Numerical Values are approximate)
 Wide Angle Straigth Forward
 6°, degree therapeutic stable version with angled eyepiece, outer diameter 6.1mm
(approximate)
 Instrument channel diameter 2.9mm with suction and irrigation channel 1.6mm length 18
cm (approximate)
 Autoclavable fiber optic light transmission incorporated,
 Operating Sheath rotatable, Outer diameter 6.8 mm, working length 13.3 cm,
 Obturator
 Puncture Needle diameter 1.7mm length 30cm
 Grasping Forceps with teeth, single action jaws, diameter 2 mm
 Working length 30 cm,
 Biopsy Forceps, both jaw parts moveable size,2mm working length 30 cm
 Bipsy Forceps, double action jaws, semi flexible 1 mm, length 30 cm
 Scissors, pointed single action jaws, diameter 2 mm,
 Working length 30 cm,
 Biopsy Forceps , single action jaws, diameter 2.7 mm length 30cm
 Ventriculostomy Forceps, diameter 2 mm working length 30 cm
 Ventriculostomy Forceps, diameter 1 mm flexible working length 30 cm
 Coagulating Electrode, bipolar, 5 Fr.
 Coagulating Electrode, unipolar, semiflexible working length 30 cm
 Diameter 5 fr
 Suction Satheter, flexible, for single use, diameter 2.5 mm,
 working length 45 cm package of 10
 Suction and Irrigation Tube, autoclavable ,with LUER lock connection
 Balloon Catheter O.D.1.0 mm, length 40 cm, volume 0.20 ml sterile,
 Single use 10 pieces
 Sterilization tray
 Holding System with Complete set,
 Bipolar HF Cord
 Unipolar HF Cord
 Digital FULL HD Camera module Camera Control Unit for use with Rigid endoscope,

Camera input:
 Maximal resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Automatic Gain Control: Microprocessor controlled
3|Page
  Connection: Module link cable to video processor module.

Features:
 Modular design: For use with a video processor module and a compatible 3-chip
 FULL HD camera head in combination with a compatible with 3-chip camera head
 Following modes to be activated without special light source or filter
 Color inversion by spectral color shift.
 Brightening of dark areas in the endoscopic image.
 Contrast enhancement.
 Compatible with special FULL HD microscopy camera head.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Progressive scan for an extremely smooth image without flickering and noise.
 Compatible camera heads. Changes in visualization modes, device control,
 digital zoom, brightness, video capture, still image capture and direct print
 Orders, picture-in-picture mode, image direction, white balance and setup setting
 Can be performed in sterile area via camera head buttons

Digital 3-chip Camera Head.

 programmable
 Image sensor: 3 x 1/3" CCD Chip
 Pixels: 1920 (H) x 1080 (V) pixels per chip
 CCD chip supports; 16:9 input format
 Minimum light sensitivity: 1.17 Lux

Features:
 3-chip technology.
 Image acquisition in format 16:9, with 1920 x 1080 pixels and progressive scan.
 Freely programmable camera head buttons.
 Compatible with systems with integrated, innovative visualization technology for surgery by
shifting the color spectrum and via homogeneous illumination and contrast enhancement
 Suitable light sources are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable insufflators are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable camera control units can store HD images and HD video clips to
 USB mass storage devises in conjunction with camera head.
 Suitable sterilization tray is available to safely store the camera head during sterilization

Digital FULL HD Videoprocessor Module with integrated documentation:

 function for image and video capturing for use with 3-chip-FULL HD
 camera heads,

Technical data:
 Connections: 2 x DVI-D output, 1 x 3G-SDI output, 3 x camera input,
 Max. resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
4|Page
  Power supply: 100-120 VAC, 50/60HZ, 200 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
 Optional: USB to ACC adapter for decide control

Features:
 Modular design: For use in combination with at least one camera module.
 Parallel live display of visualization modes besides white light mode (picture-in-picture).
 Up to three different camera modules can be connected to the FULL HD video processor
module.
 Integrated picture-in-picture mode of two different camera modules in five different display
sizes available.
 Primary and secondary signal source change in picture-in-picture mode can be performed
easily via camera head button
 Integrated communication bus for device control and information display of connected
devices.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Still image capturing in FULL HD quality.
 Still image capturing can be adjusted by 4 different, time wise variable image
 Freeze selection including picture-in-picture mode.
 Video capturing in FULL HD quality.
 Medical USB printer compatible (plug& play).
 Data capturing functions can be released.
 Automatic adjustment of light intensity of light source via communication bus.
 Control of complete camera system can be realized from camera head from sterile area.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed for improved orientation and communication during
surgery.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed individually and together.

27" FULL HD Monitor, With LED Back Light For Low Energy:
 Picture-in-Picture (Pip) And Picture-by-Picture With Medical Grade from manufacturer
 Video inputs: DVI,VGA,S-video, Composite / FBAS
 Video outputs: DVI, S- Video, Composite / FABS

Light Source LED :

 With integrated , high-performance LED and one light outlet,
 Operating hours 30,000
 Power supply 110 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Optional:
USB foot switch

5|Page
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name Neurosurgical Instruments set for Adult
Clinical Purpose To be used in all kind of Neurosurgical procedures.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1- Craniotomy Surgery Instruments set:
2- Laminectomy surgery instruments set:
3- Transpheniodal instruments set:
4- Basi Peripheral Nerves Anastomosis set:
5- Micro Dissection instruments sets:
6- Carotid Artery Ligation instruments sets:
7- Brain Retractor system:
8- Micro surgery instruments sets:
9- Skull Traction Instruments Set:
10- Chordotomy and Rhizotomy instruments sets:
11- Spine Retractor system:

Details to be defined by the End user / Procuring agency As per their actual technical and Clinical
Requirement.

Note:
List and quality / quantity of surgical instruments of each type of set will be defined by the End user.
The End user shall ensure that at least three to four references names of each instrument is defined
for healthy competition.

6|Page
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name DBS /Baclofen Pump / Spinal Cord Stimulation
Clinical Purpose To be used in Neurosurgery
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Intrathecal Drug System including (Baclofen Pump):

 Programmable Pump - 20ml/40ml reservoir
 InDura 2P Intrathecal Catheter
 Catheter Passer - 60cm

Spinal Cord Stimulation System (Implant):

 Wireless communication
 Recharge-free generator
 MR Conditional within approved parameters
 Low-profile implant for patient comfort
 Improvement in pain relief in tonic responders
 For reduction paresthesia
 To recapture pain relief in patients who become unresponsive to tonic SCS over time

Deep Brain Stimulation System (Implant):

1. Implantable pulse Generator (IPG):

 Implantable Pulse Generator (IPG) for Deep brain stimulation

 Volume should be 30 -39cc
 Adjustable frequency
 Efficient and secure communication with the system
 Continuous and cycle stimulation modes
 The IPG should be compatible with other manufacturer ’Existing extensions
 Patient Amp control
 Current Delivery should be Constant current
 Number of Channels should be 8 or better
 Amplitude setting should be 0 -12mA or better
 Frequency setting should be 2 – 350HZ or better
 Upgradable software
 Different frequencies on both electrodes

2. Leads and Extensions:

4 electrodes for different stimulation site sector

Supplied with complete package for single DBS case:

7|Page
  Implantable Pulse Generator
 Burr Hole Cover System
 DBS lead Kit
 DBS Extension wire kit
 Cable /lead kit for Impedance and stimulation check for trial purposes
 Micro Macro Electrode
 Guide tube for Micro drive

3. Clinician programmer:
 Low battery indication
 Bluetooth communications with robust technology
 Touch screen
 Data Base for patient record print/ email
Optional:

Patient Programmer:

 large color intuitive interface

8|Page
Clinical Specialty Psychiatry
Generic Name ECT Machine
Clinical Purpose To be used in Psychiatry problem
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

 Dosage Range:
 50 to 1000 Mill coulombs
 Split Pulse Technology
 Delivery Dosage Displayed
 Static and Dynamic Impedance
 Single Dial Dosage Control
 Auto Crescendo:
 Delivers an advanced 0.25 seconds Auto Crescendo on set to the treatment to gently ease the
patient into ECT
 Patient Impedance Display
 Cerebral Stimulation (CS) Mode
 Contract Current
 EEG Monitor Link/Port
 Including:
 Two Hand Head-Piece/Head Set
 C.S. Lead with 100 Disposable Electrodes for C.S. Treatment
 100 Disposable Mouth Gags
 Removable Stand
 ECT Output Tester

9|Page
Clinical Specialty Neurology
Generic Name EEG Machine
Clinical Purpose Used to detect various kind of Epilepsies
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EEG MACHINE:
 Pre configured EEG machine with accessories kit.
 PC based system with Windows operating system and inbuilt patient centric database.
 Capable to acquire higher number of EEG channels for advanced EEG applications.
 Predefined and user configurable montages.
 Remote review and reporting capability of stored EEG exams via LAN.
 Archival of recorded exams/ reports with EEG reviewer to CD/DVD.
 Printing of reports on heavy duty HP laser printer.
 Ethernet LAN connectivity.

EEG Amplifier:
 Number of Channels: 16/ 32/64(procuring agency to specify).
 Input impedance: 100 MΩ
 Internal noise level: Less than 1.5 µVp-p
 CMRR: 100 dB or greater
 Low-cut filter / notch filter
 A/D conversion:
 Sampling frequency: 100 - 2000Hz
 AC interference filter: 50 or 60 Hz
 Sensitivity: EEG INPUT:
 Ethernet/ USB connectivity
 Impedance check capability
 Patient event switch interface.

Photic Stimulator:
 LED Photic Stimulator with adjustable arm.
 Adjustable stimulation frequency (1-30HZ) in 1Hz steps

Standard Accessories:
 Flash lamp assembly
 Collodioneeg electrode
 Earlobe electrode
 ECG lead wire
 Clip on limb electrode
 EEG Electrodes (10mm gold plated)
10 | P a g e
  Conductive Paste
 Abrasive cream
 Heavy Duty HP Laser Printer
 1KVA or Compatible online UPS
 Original electrically isolated mobile cart
 21 inches LCD display

OPTIONAL;

01. POLYSOMNOGRAPHY:
 ASSM Complaint automatic and manual sleep stage scoring.
 Simultaneous acquisition and review of sleep studies.
 Presentation of EEG, EMG, EOG, SpO2, Snore, CO2, PR Flow, BP etc.
 Input of PAP and supplemental O2 levels.
 Time-base display for complete night recording.
 02. ASSM Complaint Advanced sleep accessory kit

NOTE:
Variation in specification according to the selected Numbers of the channels (as per manufacturer
features) will be acceptable.

11 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name ICP Monitor
Clinical Purpose To be used in cranial problem to access intra cranial pressure
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ICP Monitor:
 3 Steps Operation ICP (Mean, Systolic and Diastolic), ICT and CPP
 Portable Unit, built in handle and IV pole Clamp
 Automatic in vivo recalibration, measuring range 10 to 125 mmHg
 Continuous monitoring of Cranial pressure and monitoring should be displayed on Monitor
 Screen size 6 inches or more

Accessories:
 Bolt Catheters
 Parenchymal Catheters
 Ventricular Catheters
 USB port (optional)

12 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name Facial Nerve Monitoring System
Clinical Purpose To be used in operation for Nerves
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 4-8 Channel EMG.
 LCD TFT Display 5-6 inch.
 Independent Stimulator.
 Clear and Loud EMG Signal Sound.
 Glare free and clearly visible EMG Signals.
 Disposable EMG Monitoring Electrodes and stimulator probes for minimum 25 surgeries.

For:
 Skull Base Surgeries.
 Facial Nerve Surgery.
 Minimal Invasive Surgeries.
 Specialty Procedures.

Features:
 Audio / Visual EMG data
 Touch-screen controls
 Surgeon / Procedure Settings
 Menu driven
 Contextual trouble shooting
 IGS Integration
 Current Delivered Tone (CDT)
 “Stimulus” Voice
 Stimulus Value Voice
 Event Threshold
 Auto Event Threshold
 Event Capture
 “15S” & “60mS” screens
 200, 500, 2000uV scale
 Print
 Video Output
 USB Output
 Freeze
 Measurement cursor
 Largest/Last
 Electrode Check
13 | P a g e
  Adjustable Muting
 Muting Indicator
 Volume Control
 Constant Current
 Constant Voltage
 Stim- Rate 1 and 4 per sec
 Stim- Dur 100 and 250 µV
 Current Adjustable down to 0.01mA

14 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Neuro Surgery
Generic Name Intra-Operative Ultrasound
Clinical Purpose Neuro - Surgery
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

 High Resolution Digital Imaging of Cranial Spinal Structures including cervical spine with
specialized transducers for neurosurgery
 Real Time Imaging
 Real time guidance for Shunt placement and burr hole biopsy etc.
 Instant tumor margin delineation
 Blood flow visualization
 Localization of relative anatomy and nuero navigation integration.
 Featuring Quantum Technology™,/equivalent or better
 An ideal solution for surgery, general imaging, high-end urology, and other clinical needs
 High resolution 19” LCD monitor
 Sensitive Color Doppler with superb spatial resolution and sensitivity
 Advanced Imaging Technologies
 Intuitive and Mobile
 Four hours plug-free imaging
 Advanced puncture guides
 Detailed images of the brain, spinal cord and neurovascular structures.
 Real-time image guidance and convenient, sterile needle guides.

APPLICATIONS:
 Neurosurgery

SPECIFICATION:
 Imaging Modes: B, M, Color Doppler, PW Doppler, Tissue Harmonic
 Display: 19” LCD Flat screen
 Dimensions System height: 1350-1602 mm / 53-63 in
 Console: swivels and tilts

OPERATING MODES:
 B-Mode
 Dual B-Mode
 M-Mode
 M-Mode and 2-D
 CFM Color Doppler
 Tissue Harmonic imaging
 Power Doppler
 Duplex
15 | P a g e
  PW Doppler
 Triplex
 Directional Power Doppler
 Pulse Doppler steering
 3D Imaging (Optional)
 Spectral Doppler

2D IMAGING MODES:
 Max Depth (cm): 28 cm (Probe Dependent)
 Multi-frequency: yes (6)
 Gain: 0-100%
 Gray scale Levels: 256
 TGC: continuous touch screen
 Frame Rate: 600 Hz
 Focal Zones: 19
 Dynamic Range Total: 170 dB or better
 Reverse Left/ Right:
 Reverse Top/ Bottom:
 Image Magnification / Zoom:

COLOR IMAGING MODES:

 Doppler Steer Angels: 40° ±20°

 Duplex: Yes
 Triplex: Yes

M MODES
 Sweep Speed: 2 to 14sec/screen (1-9cm/sec.)

CINE:
 Cine Frame: 300
 Cine Doppler: 20min
 Loop Function

BIOPSY LINE (Built-In):

System Software & Hardware (upgradable for future options) Measurements:

 Digital Calipers
 Distance
 Area: ellipse/points/freehand
 Angle A/R Reduction Time
 Slope
16 | P a g e
  Heart Rate
 Velocity
 Acceleration
 Spectrum trace
 RI/ Pl

CONNECTIVITY AND PERIPHERALS:

 High Res Display, DVD/ CD Recorder, USB Port, Ethernet Port
 3 x Active Transducer Port (2 for Array Transducer / 1 for Single Element Transducer)
 Built-In Hard Disk Drive (500GB)
 Data Management and review facility with thumb nail, DICOM (Compatibility Optional)

Accessories:
 1 x USB Foot Switch
 1 X DVD/ CD Recorder
 1 x Mobil Keyboard Dock with backpack and battery
 Multi Frequency Neurosurgery Transducer
 Frequency Range10 - 3.8 MHz
 Transducer Categories Intra-operative, Neonatal, Neurosurgery, Pediatric
 Contact Surface29 x10 mm/1.1x.4 in
 Focal Range5-68 mm/.2-2.6

Optional:
 Multi Frequency Neurosurgery Transducer

17 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name Micro Electrode Recording (MER) System
Clinical Purpose Used in Deep Brain Stimulation Procedure
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Micro Electrode Recording (MER) system:
 CPU: At least Intel Core 2 Duo 2.8GHz
 Memory: At least 4GB RAM
 Hard Disc:2 Hard discs each with at least 320GB,one for patient data, one for operating system
 Graphic resolution: At least 1920x1080
 Interfaces: At least 14x USB at least 4 of them accessible from the front and at least 6 by
separate USB
 interface cards:2x LAN, Audio In and Out, DVI, VGA,
 2x PS2 (mouse, keyboard), 1x RS232
 Video In – Capture cards (Chinch, S-Video)DVD R/W
 Operating system Windows XP or Windows 7
 Network possibility via TCP/IP interface

System Component Amplifier:

 At least 5 channels for micro recordings, 5 channels for macro local field potential and up to 16
channels of any differential measurements.
 Amplifier can be mounted directly on the operating table, so that the electrodes can be
connected directly on the active amplifier and no extra adaptors are required.
 Display range 0.005μV/DIV – 10V/DIV
 Amplifier bandwidth At least 0.5Hz – 5kHz
 Amplifier input impedance >100MΩ
 Maximum input noise level <3.4μVpp
 Resolution At least 16bit
 Sampling rate At least 20kHz/channel
 Blanking time programmable1ms – 4ms
 Impedance measurement Impedance measurement simultaneously on all input channels
possible.
 Trigger Input 3x TTL
 Integrated / Non integrated module system.

System Component Stimulator:

 Stimulator Constant Current Stimulator
 5 Channel Direct Nerve Stimulator
 Stimulation current 0.01mA to at least 6mA (max. 100V)
 Stimulation frequency 2Hz – 1kHz
 Stimulation mode Macro contact
18 | P a g e
  Polarity monophasic negative
 Pulse duration 60μs - 2000μs
 Current flow control display Continuous testing and displaying, if the desired current is
delivered.
 Integrated / Non integrated module system.

Accessories:
 Connecting cable for electrodes is reusable and can connect between 1 and 5 channels. One
connector for each channel.
 No changes for switching between recording and stimulation necessary.
 Torque meter for tightening fixations posts and pins are available.
 Biopsy needles and probes available as reusable and single use items.
 Supports additional tools for Brachytherapy.
 Complete range of accessories for stimulation and recording for nearly all applications.
 Individual adapter boxes for stimulation and recording with the possibility of flexible
attachment at the bedside.
 Cable length at least 5 meter.
 Manual stimulation matrix for interconnection of at least 8 electrode contacts for cortical
stimulation and at least 6 electrodes for Trans cranial electrical stimulation to a high-current
stimulation channel.
 Connecting cable for electrodes is reusable and can connect between 1 and 5 channels. One
connector for each channel.
 No changes for switching between recording and stimulation necessary.
 MER Software for windows-systems, MER Software Upgrade for windows-system
 Brain Stimulation software for windows-system
 Head box MER 5 channel amplifier MER, inclusive 5 channel simulator,
 inclusive position sensor USB, trigger in/out
 Connection cable U5S-MER for voltage supply, 2x USB connectors
 Recording cable 5 channels for Micro Macro electrodes
 Recording cable 5 channels for different Electrodes
 Microdrive manual with position sensor hand operated, range 40 mm, resolution 0.05 mm,
autoclavable.
 Micro Gun for Microdrive bore hole 1.1 mm applicable for electrodes with depth marks
 Electrode holder for MicroDrive bore hole 1.9 mm applicable for electrodes with depth stop
 Electrode holder for DBS-electrode Screw set for MicroDrive 2 screws for MicroGun,2 screws
for electrode holder, screw for electrode holder slide Screw set for electrode holder applicable
 Ruler for DBS electrode Position.
 Brush for cleaning the microgun AD = 3 mm
 Hex wrench for MicroDrive Set screw
 Fixing screw long isolated tip, Fixing screw short isolated tip, Fixing screw for MicroGun, in MSV
base plate
 Fixing screw short Fixing screw long Screw for electrode holder
 MicroMacro electrode 0,6 mm with depth stop
19 | P a g e
  MicroMacro electrode 0.8 mm with depth stop
 MicroMove electrode with depth mark MicroMove electrode with depth stop
 Macro electrode 0.8 mm with depth stop
 Guide Tubes for MicroMacro electrodes
 Guide Tubes for MicroMove electrodes
 Guide Tubes for MicroMove electrodes
 Guide Tubes for DBS electrode

Optional (If any):

 Displaying the monitor image in real time on an external PC or iPAD via LAN/WLAN, using
special software and galvanic
 Integration of measurement data of monitor
 Interface to operation microscope with the possibility for the surgeon to follow the monitoring
in the eyepiece and control the display by himself.
 Possibility to record the whole screen inclusive operation video and audio signal with help of a
VGA Frame Grabber and
 storage as avi-file to network.
 LFP Module for MER Recording of 5 Macro LFP channels
 Connection cable LFP MER to LFP module
 Connection cable LFP to LFP module
 Recording cable LFP module 5 channels for Micro Macro electrode

Clinical Specialty Neuro Surgery

Generic Name Neuro-Surgery Operating Table with Carbon Accessories
Clinical Purpose Neuro- Surgery
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NEUROSURGRY OPERATING TABLE:
 Table Top (Radiolucent) with antistatic mattress, Six sections including split sections and
equipped with X-ray cassette holder. Sturdy table for minimum patient weight of 450kg or
more in normal position.
Parameters:
 Base of the table stainless steel cover, 4 swivel castors
 5th Motorized wheel for the movement of the table
 Mechanical/Electrical Locking Mechanism of the Table.
 Table top length 2100mm - 2200mm (approximate)
 Table top width 540mm - 580mm (approximate)
 Override panel for Table movements and locking
 X-ray cassette holder
 Oil Free Technology.

TABLE TOP IS ARRANGED AS:

20 | P a g e
  Head plate
 Back plate (Upper and Lower Back Section)
 Seat plate
 Two part Spreader leg section (one section).

MOVEMENT (REMOTE CONTROLLED):

 Position of the table should be operated Electro-Hydraulically / Electro-Mechanical (Oil Free)
 Up and down movement height range: 610-1100mm
 Trendelenburg/ Reverse Trendelenburg±350
 lateral tilt 250
 Back plate: up 800/down 400
 Leg plate ±90°- 70°
 Zero position: automatic
 Flex/ Reflex: 225°/ 100°
 Operating Voltage: 220V, 50Hz with battery backup and manual override in case of electric
supply failure.

Accessories:
 Crossbar attachment
 Adapter for head position
 Basic unit neuro
 Skull clamp adapter
 Multipurpose skull clamp
 Skull pin holders
 Head support
 Skull pins for adults & Children

HORSESHOE-SHAPED, HEAD REST:

 Head rest, horseshoe-shaped
 Adapter for head positioning
 Central holder for head rest system
 Connection holder with joint short
 Cross joint
 Head rest horseshoe-shaped two parts

SPINE SURGERY ACCESSORIES:

Spinal cord positioning device:

 To attach at foot end
 used to position Patient knees during spinal column surgeries
 with crank for height Adjustment
 motorized leg section joints drive up and down movements

21 | P a g e
  Radiolucent via C-arm; pad electrically conductive
 soft and detachable
 Velcro-fastened pad
 stainless steel load-bearing structure Height adjustment 300 mm
 Trolley for positioning and transport of spinal cord positioning devices
 during column or shuttle use;
 stainless steel
 Iliac Roll with Lateral Support Adjustable to table top width
 lateral supports can be adjusted to body width
 pads integrally foamed, electrically conductive and soft
 stainless steel frame Height adjustment: 400 mm
 Cushion To support the patient's thorax
 foam pad
 Spine Bridge Wilson Frame
 Adjustable flexion range; with crank for height adjustment; unrestricted radiolucency
 Pad for operation at in vertebral disc large Foam pad is electrically conductive
 Pad for Prone Positioning Device

Optional:

RADIOLUCENT ACCESSORIES FOR NEUROSURGERY

 Radiolucent Swivel adapter
 Radiolucent Retainer
 Radiolucent Coupling piece
 Radiolucent Adapter 3-joint narrow
 Radiolucent Head rest system

Clinical Specialty Neurology

Generic Name NCS/ EMG Machine
Clinical Purpose To be used for detection of nerve and muscles abnormality
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NCS/ EMG machine:
 Pre-configured machine with accessories kit.
 PC based system with Windows operating system and inbuilt patient centric database.
 Latest EMG/NCS acquisition and review software.
 Predefined and user configurable test protocols.
 Continues EMG recording up to 10 min.
 Storage to EMG with full acquisition resolution.
 Archival recorded exams/reports CD/DVD.
 Printing of reports on heavy duty HP laser printer
 Ether LAN connectivity.
22 | P a g e
  Upgradable to Intra Operative Monitoring System.

NERVE CONDUCTION STUDY:

 Motor Nerve Conduction Study
 Sensory Nerve Conduction Study
 Repetitive Stimulation
 F-wave
 H Reflex
 Blink Reflex

SOMATOSENSORY EVOKED POTENTIAL:

 SEP (Somatosensory Evoked Potential)
 SSEP (Short Latency SEP)
 ECG-SSEP (ECG-triggered SSEP)
 ESCP (Evoked Spinal Cord Potential)

AUDITORY EVOKED POTENTIALS:

 ABR (Auditory Brainstem Response)
 MLR (Middle Latency Response)
 SVR (Slow Vertex Response)
 EcochG (Electrocochleogram)

VISUAL EVOKED POTENTIALS:

 VEP (Visual Evoked Potentials) with pattern, flash, goggle and external stimulator
 ERG (Electroretinogram)
 EOG (Electrooculogram)

EMG/NCS Amplifier:
 No. of channels: 2/4/6/12 (procuring agency to specify).
 Input impedance: 1000 MOhm (Common Mode).
 CMRR:>106db (Balanced Mode).
 CMRR:>112db (Isolation Mode).
 Nosie level: 0.6 uV RMS or better
 Low-cut filter
 Skin electrode contact impedance check
 A/D converter.

Constant Current Electrical Stimulator:

 Stim Current, 0- 100mA
 Stim Duration, 50us – 1ms
 Stim types, single, pair, train
Standard Accessories:
23 | P a g e
  Concentric needles electrode 20mm.
 Concentric needles electrode 50mm.
 Bi-polar needle electrode.
 Extension cable for concentric needle electrode.
 Extension cable for bi-polar needle electrode.
 NCS extension cable.
 NCS disposable electrode.
 Ground electrode.
 Finger electrode.
 Surface stimulation electrode.
 Conductive paste.
 Abrasive cream.
 Heavy Duty HP Laser Printer
 1KVA or Compatible Online UPS
 Original electrically isolated mobile cart with Isolation Transformer and arm
 21 inch Color LCD.

NOTE:
Variation in specification according to the selected Numbers of the channels (as per manufacturer
features) will be acceptable.

Clinical Specialty Neuro Navigation

Generic Name Neuro-Navigation
Clinical Purpose Used in cranial and spinal lesion accurate localization per operatively.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Latest &Advanced Neuro Navigation System along with complete Accessories or equivalent
 Two Carts
 on Caster
 Lockable system.
 To localize and operate on small lesion of brain with pin pointed accuracy.
 Vital role in placement of brain implants especially deep brain stimulation electrodes and implants.
 To improves safety of the operations and reduces unnecessary bleeding.
 System must navigate with precise accuracy through Electromagnetic/Optical Navigation.

Surgeon Cart:
 Surgeon Monitor touch screen Resolution 1920 x 1200 dpi, 60Hz.

Staff Cart:
 Navigation visualization screen and camera with extended camera volume & equipped with
built-in Laser Pointer for precise & hassle free centering of the camera on the field of surgery.
 Interface for transfer of exams via CD/USB
24 | P a g e
  Bug Free Operating system
 Computer 8 GB Ram
 1 TB HD
 High Graphic Processor.
 DICOM query/retrieve compatible
 Staff Monitor Display: Resolution = 1440 x 900 dpi, 60 Hz

Application Software’s:
Cranial Software:
 Planning & Navigation in a single Module & in Main Navigation Station.
 Software should support Planning
 Registration in prone or any required position of the patient
 Navigation, 3D and volumetric visualization engine (volume rendering) to check and avoid
vessels and probable bleeding points during surgery.
 Procedure guided software (next/back buttons) with voice prompt, instruction window and
task visualization.

System should be able to perform following procedures:

 Frameless Brain Biopsy
 Pin Less Procedures
 Tumor resection
 Shunt Placement
 Navigated Neuro Endoscopy
 Adult & Pediatric

Spine Software:
 Spine software to simplify and standardize the entire planning and navigation process. Views
for each type of CT or Fluoro-Based procedures (Cervical, Thoracic, and Lumber)
 Seamless interface to a variety of C-arm Images from the C-arm should automatically be
imported and be calibrated for navigation use. Real time tool positions overlaid onto previously
acquired images.
 Compatible with Intra-operative O-Arm / C-arms.
 Capability to integrate with IONM

Image Merging Software for both Cranial & Spine:

 To merge CT, MRI (T1, T2, flare) and PET
 To merge & visualize multiple data sets on Navigation Station.
 Auto Merge.

DICOM Query / Retrieve Software:

To search, view and download patient exams directly from the hospital network to the Navigation
System:

25 | P a g e
  Query of PACS systems for patient data
 Push and pull patient data from PACS or single scanner location, from the main Navigation
Station.
 Conform to industry accepted DICOM standards
 DICOM receive from any DICOM storage class provider
 Patient data viewing capability within the navigation application

Accessories:

Cranial Instruments:
 Articulated Arm
 Passive Planar Blunt with minimum three ports of spheres
 MRI/CT Markers
 Passive Cranial Frame
 Sterile Spheres
 Cranial Navigation Tray
 Equipment Ref. Sheet
 Skull Model with pre-loaded exam

Spine Instruments:
 Compatible Interface for C-Arm / An interface for C-Arm 9” or 12”.
 Open Spine Clamp
 Open Spine Clamp driver
 Thoracic Clamp
 Reference Frame
 Passive Planer Ball Tip with minimum three ports of spheres
 Awl, Probe and Tap with trackers.
 Spine model with holder & pre-loaded exam

Universal Instrument Adapter System:

 Small, Medium and Large Passive Trackers
 Small, Medium and Large Mounts
 Mount Driver
 Sterilization Tray

Cranial Biopsy Instrument Kit:

 Articulated Arm
 Mount, Double Star Adapter Mayfield
 Biopsy Guide
 Probe
 All Necessary Accessories

IGS Disposables: (procuring agency to specify).

26 | P a g e
  Disposable Reflective Markers / Spheres= 500pcs
 Registration Markers (compatible with CT / MRI) = 200pcs
 Biopsy Needles = 20

Electromagnetic Tracking System for Pain Less Cranial Navigation with All Necessary Accessories:
 Procedure Dedicated electromagnetic kits for tumor resection disposable or re useable 10 pcs.
(procuring agency to specify)
 Procedure Dedicated electromagnetic Kits shunt replacements = 10 pcs. (procuring agency to
specify)

OPTIONAL

Deep Brain Stimulation Software:

 Stereotactic Planning Software with Functional Brain Atlas.
 Advanced 3-D modelling capabilities and display of three orthogonal views
 Multiple surgical plans with automatic calculation of frame settings
 Alternatives for anatomical structures localization such as predefined and customizable
formulas, interactive Schaltenbr and-Wahren Atlas and Talairach Grid.
 Image reformatting relative to AC-PC line, so that functional targets are displayed relative to
AC-PC
 Enhanced target localization by audiovisual integration of physiological signal and simultaneous
display of recording position
 Automatic frame detection and registration of stereotactic frames
 Support of all commonly used stereotactic frames (Leksell or Fischer Stereotactic Frames)
 Support Frameless DBS procedures, Depth Electrode and other stereotactic frame-based
procedures
 Preoperative verification of the surgical plan by virtual “probe’s eye view”

Microscope Integration:
 Display of the microscope focal point on anatomical images
 Display of ROI and Navigation symbols in oculars

Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery

Generic Name Operating Microscope
Clinical Purpose Used in all kind of micro neurosurgical procedures with good
illumination and magnification
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Microscope in swivable and tiltable suspension
 Mobile floor stand with lock in provision equipped with electromagnetic brake system
 Rotatable joint arms
27 | P a g e
  Overhead clearance
 Effortless positioning in all directions via gross focus handles for all movements for
neurosurgery with hand controls for all functions
 Motorized XY adjustment
 Motorized fine focusing and continuously variable internal focusing system from 225 to 400mm
via front lens
 Motorized zoom system 1:6
 Fiber optic illumination
 Tiltable eye piece head 0 to 180° with IPD adjustment
 Two wide angle oculars 10 / 12.5X with dioptric fixation
 Xenon light source 175 W with integrated back-up xenon lamp
 Foot switch with joystick, 12 functions, waterproof
 One set of sterilizable caps
 Dust covers
 Operate able on 220V AC, 50Hz
 Optional:
 Beam splitter for documentation
 Stereoscopic observer head with 3 axis inclination and image erection, straight eyepiece head,
two oculars 10X / 12.5X with dioptric fixation for spectacle wears and one set of sterizable caps
 Video camera attachment with original 1-Chip CCD high resolution color video camera (PAL)
with 21” color TV DVD recorder

Clinical Specialty Neuro Endoscopy

Generic Name Cranial Endoscopy
Clinical Purpose A rigid endoscope used in pediatric age groups for endoscopic
procedures
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Neuro-Endoscope, with detachable handle, for freehand operating maneuvers,

Consisting of:
 Operating sheath, graduated, size 2.6 mm x 4.0 mm, working length 15cm, with three working
channels for irrigation/suction and for instruments size 1.3 mm, for use with telescope
 Handle, for operating sheath
 Mandrin for operating sheath
 Forward Oblique- Telescope 0°, enlarged view, diameter 2 mm, length 26 cm, autoclavable,
fiber optic light transmission.
 Telescope 12°, enlarged view, diameter 2 mm, length 26 cm, autoclavable, fiber optic light,
transmission incorporated.
 Scissors, single-action jaws, semi-rigid, diameter 1.3 mm, working length 30 cm
 Biopsy Forceps, double action jaws, diameter 1.3 mm, working length 30 cm
 Grasping Forceps, double-action jaws, semi-rigid, diameter 1.3 mm, working length 30 cm
28 | P a g e
  Unipolar Coagulating Electrode, semi-rigid, diameter 1.3 mm, working length 30 cm
 Bipolar Coagulation Electrode, diameter 1.3 mm, working length 30 cm
 Bipolar High Frequency Cord, Length 300 cm,
 Unipolar High Frequency Cord, with 5 mm plug, length 300 cm,
 Balloon Catheter, O.D. 0.7 mm, length 40 cm, sterile, single use, 10 pieces

OPTIONAL:

Camera input:
 Maximal resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Automatic Gain Control: Microprocessor controlled
 Connection: Module link cable to video processor module.

Features:
 Modular design: For use with a video processor module and a compatible 3-chip
 FULL HD camera head in combination with a compatible with 3-chip camera head
 Following modes to be activated without special light source or filter
 Color inversion by spectral color shift.
 Brightening of dark areas in the endoscopic image.
 Contrast enhancement.
 Compatible with special FULL HD microscopy camera head.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Progressive scan for an extremely smooth image without flickering and noise.
 Compatible camera heads. Changes in visualization modes, device control,
 digital zoom, brightness, video capture, still image capture and direct print
 orders, picture-in-picture mode, image direction, white balance and setup setting
 can be performed in sterile area via camera head buttons

Digital 3-chip Camera Head.

 programmable
 Image sensor: 3x 1/3" CCD Chip
 Pixels: 1920 (H) x 1080 (V) pixels per chip
 CCD chip supports; 16:9 input format
 Minimum light sensitivity: 1.17 Lux

Features:
 3-chip technology.
 Image acquisition in format 16:9, with 1920 x 1080 pixels and progressive scan.
 Freely programmable camera head buttons.
29 | P a g e
  Compatible with systems with integrated, innovative visualization technology for surgery by
shifting the color spectrum and via homogeneous illumination and contrast enhancement
 Suitable light sources are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable insufflators are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable camera control units can store HD images and HD video clips to
 USB mass storage devises in conjunction with camera head.
 Suitable sterilization tray is available to safely store the camera head during sterilization

Digital FULL HD Videoprocessor Module with integrated documentation:

 function for image and video capturing for use with 3-chip-FULL HD
 camera heads,

Technical data:
 Connections: 2 x DVI-D output, 1 x 3G-SDI output, 3 x camera input,
 Max. resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Power supply: 100-120 VAC, 50/60HZ, 200 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
 Optional: USB to ACC adapter for decide control

Features:
 Modular design: For use in combination with at least one camera module.
 Parallel live display of visualization modes besides white light mode (picture-in-picture).
 Up to three different camera modules can be connected to the FULL HD video processor
module.
 Integrated picture-in-picture mode of two different camera modules in five different display
sizes available.
 Primary and secondary signal source change in picture-in-picture mode can be performed easily
via camera head button
 Integrated communication bus for device control and information display of connected devices.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Still image capturing in FULL HD quality.
 Still image capturing can be adjusted by 4 different, time wise variable image
 Freeze selection including picture-in-picture mode.
 Video capturing in FULL HD quality.
 Medical USB printer compatible (plug& play).
 Data capturing functions can be released.
 Automatic adjustment of light intensity of light source via communication bus.

30 | P a g e
  Control of complete camera system can be realized from camera head from sterile area.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed for improved orientation and communication during surgery.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed individually and together.

27" FULL HD Monitor, With LED Back Light For Low Energy:
 Picture-in-Picture (Pip) And Picture-by-Picture With Medical Grade from manufacturer
 Video inputs: DVI,VGA,S-video, Composite / FBAS
 Video outputs: DVI, S- Video, Composite / FABS

Light Source LED :

 With integrated , high-performance LED and one light outlet,
 Operating hours 30,000
 Power supply 110 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Clinical Specialty Polysomonography

Generic Name Polysomonography
Clinical Purpose A description of the essential clinical or other objective/s associated
with the device's utilization, e.g. anesthesia units (allow the
anesthetist to) dispense a mixture of gases and vapors and vary the
proportions thereof to control a patient’s level of consciousness
and/or analgesia during surgical procedures.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ARCHITECTURE.
 PC based system architecture.
 Microsoft Window operating system.
 Microsoft SOL sever distributed patient centric database.
 Distributed or server base date storage
 Pre configured PC (HP/ IBM, i7, ITB HD, 24”LCD) with licensed operating system software.
 HIPPA compliance.
 Integrated high resolution (HD) MPEG-4 Kit

ACCESSORIES
 IP PTZ Camera work without lagging, jerks etc. in picture
 LED photic stimulator with adjustable arm and roll stand.
 CPAP Paediatric with standard accessory set.
 I KVA Online UPS with 15minutes Battery backup (APC/ MGE).

CLINICAL FEATURES
 Calibration of ECG/ PSG wave forms.
 Predefined and user configurable montage presets.

31 | P a g e
  Remote review and reporting of stored EEG/ PSG exams via LAN (Any acquisition and review
station should be to review any other station).
 Integrated spike and seizures event detection.
 Bio- Calibration.
 Event annotation.
 AASM compliant automatic and manual Sleep stage scoring.
 Simultaneous acquisition and review a EEG/ Sleep studies.
 Presentation of EEG, EMG, SpO2, PR, Flow, Effort, BP etc.
 Input of PAP and supplemental o2 levels.
 5 Second time-base display for complete night recording.
 Trend graph display for slower frequency channels.
 Remote access capability to monitor a study being acquired on other networked system.
 Prefigured and user customizable report formats.
 Archival of recorded exams/ reports to CD/DVD with review software.
 Printing of reports on heavy duty laser printer (HP 20ppm).

EEG / PSG Amplifier Includes.

 16/32/64 or more referential channels (procuring agency will specify).
 Integrated SpO2 kit.
 200, 256 and 512 Hz sampling frequencies.
 Differential input impendence > 100 MΩ.
 Common mode rejection ratio > 1 @ 50Hz.
 TCP/IP and USB connectivity.
 Built in impedance check.
 Input impedance 100 MΩ or better.
 Sampling frequency up to 1000HZ
 Sampling resolution – EEG Channels .
 Frequency band width 1.1 – 300Hz.
 Impedance check capability.
 Patient event switch interface.
 Photic stimulator interfaces.

EEG ACCESSORIES KIT INCLUDES

 EEE electrodes (10mm gold plated) (64).
 AASM compliant.
 Advanced Sleep accessory kit.
 Conductive paste (03) tubes.
 Push button tape measure (01).
Electrode claw (01).

32 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name Skull Base Endoscopy
Clinical Purpose Skull base Endoscopy
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
“The numerical values given are approximate”.
 Punch for resection of the Uncinateprocess with round movable tip, upside backward cutting,
working length 10 cm
 Nasal Forceps, straight, working length 13 cm, size 0
 Nasal Forceps, through-cutting,
 tissue- sparing, extra delicate, working length 13 cm, straight, size 1, 8 mm x 3 mm
 Nasal Forceps, straight, through-cutting, tissue-sparing, , size 0, width 3 mm, working length 13cm
 Nasal Forceps with extra fine flat jaws, through cutting, tissue-sparing, bite 1.5 mm,
 working length 18cm, straight, sheath, jaws 45° Downturned
 Forceps, round cupped jaws, diameter 0.6 mm, extra delicate, straight, working length 18 cm
 Forceps, round cuped jaws, diameter 2.5 mm, straight, working length 18 cm
 Scissors, very delicate, straight, working length 18 cm
 Scissors, very delicate, curved right, working length 18 cm
 Scissors, very delicate, curved left, working length 18 cm
 Insulated Suction Cannula, nasal, length 10 cm
 Insulated Suction Cannula, working length 17 cm, O.D. 3.5 mm, angular
 Insulated Suction Cannula, for nose and epistaxis, angular,
 distal with non-insulated horn for coagulation, O.D. 3.5 mm,
 working length 12 cm, for use with unipolar high frequency cord
 Suction Tube, with cut-off hole and stylet ,
 with calibration markings, working length 15 cm, 3 mm ø, lateral opening right, curved right
 Suction Tube, with cut-off hole and stylet,
 with calibration markings, working length 15 cm, 3 mm ø, lateral opening left, curved left
 Coagulation Ball Electrode, diameter 2 mm, laterally curved, working length 13 cm
 Coagulation Ball Electrode, diameter 4 mm, laterally curved, working length 13 cm
 Sickle Knife, slightly curved, pointed, length 18 cm
 FREER Suction Elevator, with mandrin, length 19 cm
 Punch, circular cutting, for sphenoid, ethmoid and
 choanalatresia, diameter 3.5 mm, working length 18 cm
 Punch, circular cutting for sphenoid, ethmoid and choanalatresia, working length 18 cm, diameter
4.5 mm
 Curette, stirrup-shape, blunt, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round spoon, tip slightly angled, size 3 mm, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round spoon, tip slightly angled, size 2 mm, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Elevator, sharp, slightly curved spatula, tip angled 15°, size 2 mm,
 with round handle, length 25 cm
 Dissector, sharp, round spatula, tip angled 45°, size 3 mm, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Dissector, sharp, round spatula, tip angled 45°, size 2 mm, with round handle, length 25 cm
33 | P a g e
  Suction- Curette, with round wire, ID 7 mm, tip angled 45°, LUER, length 25 cm,
 Suction- Curette, with round wire, ID 5 mm, tip angled 45°, LUER, length 25 cm
 scalpel, with telescopic blade, Micro Knife pointed scalpel, with telescopic blade, Micro Knife
sickle shaped
 Suction, Curette, basket-shape, round wire, size 6.5 mm, rotating tubing-connector, length 25 cm,
with stylet
 Suction, Curette, basket-shape, round wire, size 5 mm, rotating tubing- connector, length 25 cm,
 Curette, hook-shaped to the left, width of hook 2.5 mm, thickness of hook 0.5 mm, round handle,
length 25 cm
 Curette, hook-shaped to the right, width of hook 2.5 mm, thickness of hook 0.5 mm, round
handle, length 25 cm
 Ring-Curette, round wire, ductile, ID 7 mm, tip angled 45°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring-Curette, round wire, ductile, ID 5 mm, tip angled 45°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring-Curette, round wire, ductile, ID 3 mm, tip angled 45°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, ID 7 mm, tip angled 45°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, ID 5 mm, tip angled 45°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, ID 3 mm, tip angled 45°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, ID 7 mm, tip angled 90°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, Id 5 mm, tip angled 90°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring- Curette, round wire, ID 3 mm, tip angled 90°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring- Curette, round wire, ID 7 mm, tip laterally angled 90°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, ID 5 mm, tip laterally angled 90°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring- Curette, round wire, ID 3 mm, tip laterally angled 90°, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, ID 7 mm, distally curved shaft, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, ID 5 mm, distally curved shaft, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Curette, round wire, ID 3 mm, distally curved shaft, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring- Curette, vertical, round wire, ID 7 mm, long curved, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring- Curette, round wire, ID 5 mm, vertical long curved, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring- Curette, horizontal, round wire, ID 7 mm, long bended, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Ring- Curette, horizontal, round wire, ID 5 mm, long curved, with round handle, length 25 cm
 Take apart Bipolar Forceps, delicate jaws, width 1 mm, distally angled 45°, size 3 mm, working
length 20 cm,
 Irrigation Sheath, O.D.5,0mm, working length 24cm, for use with Telescope 30 degree
 Forward-Oblique Telescope 30°, enlarged view,
 diameter 4 mm, length 18 cm, autoclavable, Fiber optic light, transmission incorporated,
 Irrigation Sheath, O.D.5,0mm, working length 24cm, for use with Telescope 0 degree
 Straight Forward Telescope 0°, enlarged view, diameter 4 mm,
 length 18 cm, autoclavable, Fiber optic light transmission incorporated,
 Unipolar HF cable universal end
 Bipolar HF cable universal end
 Holding System, autoclavable, with fastener: Lock,
 Lens clear Irrigation System for Telescopes,
 power supply:
34 | P a g e
  100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

OPTIONAL:

Camera input:
 Maximal resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Automatic Gain Control: Microprocessor controlled
 Connection: Module link cable to video processor module.

Features:
 Modular design: For use with a video processor module and a compatible 3-chip
 FULL HD camera head in combination with a compatible with 3-chip camera head
 Following modes to be activated without special light source or filter
 Color inversion by spectral color shift.
 Brightening of dark areas in the endoscopic image.
 Contrast enhancement.
 Compatible with special FULL HD microscopy camera head.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Progressive scan for an extremely smooth image without flickering and noise.
 Compatible camera heads. Changes in visualization modes, device control,
 Digital zoom, brightness, video capture, still image capture and direct print
 Orders, picture-in-picture mode, image direction, white balance and setup setting
 Can be performed in sterile area via camera head buttons.

Digital 3-chip Camera Head.

 Programmable
 Image sensor: 3x 1/3" CCD Chip
 Pixels: 1920 (H) x 1080 (V) pixels per chip
 CCD chip supports; 16:9 input format
 Minimum light sensitivity: 1.17 Lux

Features:
 3-chip technology.
 Image acquisition in format 16:9, with 1920 x 1080 pixels and progressive scan.
 Freely programmable camera head buttons.
 Compatible with systems with integrated, innovative visualization technology for surgery by
shifting the color spectrum and via homogeneous illumination and contrast enhancement
 Suitable light sources are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable insufflators are controllable by camera head buttons.

35 | P a g e
  Suitable camera control units can store HD images and HD video clips to
 USB mass storage devises in conjunction with camera head.
 Suitable sterilization tray is available to safely store the camera head during sterilization

Digital FULL HD Video processor Module with integrated documentation:

 Function for image and video capturing for use with 3-chip-FULL HD
 Camera heads,

Technical data:
 Connections: 2 x DVI-D output, 1 x 3G-SDI output, 3 x camera input,
 Max. resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Power supply: 100-120 VAC, 50/60HZ, 200 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
 Optional: USB to ACC adapter for decide control

Features:
 Modular design: For use in combination with at least one camera module.
 Parallel live display of visualization modes besides white light mode (picture-in-picture).
 Up to three different camera modules can be connected to the FULL HD video processor
module.
 Integrated picture-in-picture mode of two different camera modules in five different display
sizes available.
 Primary and secondary signal source change in picture-in-picture mode can be performed easily
via camera head button
 Integrated communication bus for device control and information display of connected devices.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Still image capturing in FULL HD quality.
 Still image capturing can be adjusted by 4 different, time wise variable image
 Freeze selection including picture-in-picture mode.
 Video capturing in FULL HD quality.
 Medical USB printer compatible (plug& play).
 Data capturing functions can be released.
 Automatic adjustment of light intensity of light source via communication bus.
 Control of complete camera system can be realized from camera head from sterile area.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed for improved orientation and communication during surgery.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed individually and together.

27" FULL HD Monitor, With LED Back Light For Low Energy:
 Picture-in-Picture (Pip) And Picture-by-Picture With Medical Grade from manufacturer
36 | P a g e
  Video inputs: DVI,VGA,S-video, Composite / FBAS
 Video outputs: DVI, S- Video, Composite / FABS

Light Source LED :

 With integrated , high-performance LED and one light outlet,
 Operating hours 30,000
 Power supply 110 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery

Generic Name Spinal Endoscope
Clinical Purpose To be used all kind of spinal procedure
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Puncture Needle, including stylet, diameter 1.8 mm, working
 length 18 cm, with 1.3 mm opening for guide wire
 Guide Wire, unsterile, diameter 1.2 mm, length 31 mm,
 package of 10
 Dilation Sleeve, OD5,2mm, ID 1.5 mm, graduated, length 23cm,
 Dilation Sleeve, OD8.9 mm, ID 5.3 mm, graduated, length 21 cm,
 Dilation Sleeve, graduated, inner diameter 9 mm, outer
 Diameter 12.7 mm, length 19 cm,
 Dilation Sleeve, OD14.9mm, ID12.9mm, graduated, length 17cm,
 Dilation Sleeve, OD16.9 mm, ID15.1 mm, graduated, length 15cm,
 Dilation Sleeve, OD18.9 mm, ID17.1 mm, graduated, length 14 cm,
 Dilation Sleeve, OD20.9 mm, ID19 mm, graduated, length 13 cm,
 Trocar, diameter 15 mm, working length 39mm.
 Trocar, diameter 19 mm, working length 40mm.
 Trocar, diameter 23 mm, working length 43 mm,
 Trocar Attachment, diameter 15 mm,
 Telescope Holder, diameter 15 mm,
 Trocar Attachment, diameter 23 mm,
 Telescope Holder, diameter 23 mm,
 Trocar Attachment, diameter 19 mm,
 Telescope Holder, diameter 19 mm,
 Trocar, diameter 23 mm, working length 94 mm, for use with Forward-Oblique Telescope 25°, 4
mm, 11 cm
 Trocar Attachment, diameter 23 mm,
 Telescope Holder, diameter 23 mm,
 Forward-Oblique Telescope25°, eyepiece angled 90°, diameter 4 mm, length 6 cm, autoclavable,
fiber optic
light transmission incorporated.
 Forward-Oblique Telescope 25°, eyepiece angled 90°, diameter 4 mm, length 11 cm, autoclavable,
37 | P a g e
 fiber optic
light transmission incorporated.
 Fiber Optic Light Cable, with straight connector, diameter 3.5 mm, length 230 cm
 KERRISON Bone Punch, dismantling, 90° upbiting, not through-cutting, 2 mm, working length 24 cm
 KERRISON Bone Punch, dismantling, 90° upbiting, not through-cutting, 4 mm, working length 24 cm
 KERRISON Bone Punch, dismantling, 40° upbiting, not through-cutting, 2 mm, working length 24 cm
 KERRISON Bone Punch, dismantling, 40° upbiting, not through-cutting, 4 mm, working length 24 cm
 KERRISON Punch, dismantling, bayonet-shaped, fixed, downbiting 40° forward, 2 mm, working
length 17 cm
 KERRISON Punch, dismantling, bayonet-shaped, fixed, upbiting 40° forward, 2 mm, working length
17 cm
 Hook Scissors, single action jaws, diameter 2.5 mm, working length 25 cm
 Spoon Forceps, dismantling, robust, oval, spoon size 3 x 10 mm, single action jaws, working length
20 cm
 Dissector MORTINI dead hand, bayonet shaped, 3 mm, curved upwards, with round handle, sharp,
working length 16 cm
 Dissector, distal end tapered , bayonet-shaped, working length 15 cm
 Nerve Hook, distal width 3 mm, bayonet-shaped, working length 16 cm
 Nerve Hook, distal width 5 mm, bayonet-shaped, working length 16 cm
 scalpel, with telescopic blade,

Consisting of:
 Handle
 outer tube
 Micro-knife, pointed
 Suction Tube, with distal nerve retractor, with cut-off hole, diameter 2.7 mm, working length
15 cm
 Nerve Retractor, angled 30°, distal width 5 mm, working length 17 cm
 Dissector, sharp, tip angled 15°, with round handle, size 2 mm, length 25 cm
 Palpation Hook, straight, distally 10 mm long and angled 90°, with ball, working length 20 cm
 Nerve Retractor, hook length 2 mm, diameter 4 mm, angled sheath, working length 20 cm
 Bipolar Coagulating Forceps, insulated, bayonet-shaped, tip 0.7 mm, length 23 cm, for use with
bipolar high frequency
 Bipolar Coagulating Forceps, insulated, bayonet-shaped, tip 1.2 mm, length 23 cm,
 Nasal Dressing Forceps, bayonet-shaped, length 20 cm
 Plastic Container for sterilizing, suitable for steam, gas, and hydrogen peroxide sterilization and
storage, perforated,
 With lid, external dimensions (w x d x h): 321 x 90 x 45 mm for use with two rigid endoscopes
up to max. 20 cm working length.
 Plastic Container for Sterilization and Storage of Variable Instrument Sets, perforated, with
transparent lid, with silicone
 Mat, two-level storage, (1 additional insert), external dimensions (w x d x h): 545 x 260 x 115
38 | P a g e
 mm consisting of: 2x 39360 AP Snap-inClip, package of 12 2x 39360 AS Silicone Tie-Downs,
pack.
 Rotation Socket to clamp on the operating table with one already mounted butterfly , for use
with European and United States standard rails, with lateral clamping element for height and
angle adjustment of the articulated stand
 Articulated Stand, reinforced version, only, L-shaped, with one mechanical central clamp for all
five joint functions, height 48 cm,
 Operating range 52 cm, with fastener:
 Bipolar High Frequency Cord, Length 300 cm,

OPTIONAL:

Camera input:
 Maximal resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Automatic Gain Control: Microprocessor controlled
 Connection: Module link cable to video processor module.

Features:
 Modular design: For use with a video processor module and a compatible 3-chip
 FULL HD camera head in combination with a compatible with 3-chip camera head
 Following modes to be activated without special light source or filter
 Color inversion by spectral color shift.
 Brightening of dark areas in the endoscopic image.
 Contrast enhancement.
 Compatible with special FULL HD microscopy camera head.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Progressive scan for an extremely smooth image without flickering and noise.
 Compatible camera heads. Changes in visualization modes, device control,
 digital zoom, brightness, video capture, still image capture and direct print
 orders, picture-in-picture mode, image direction, white balance and setup setting
 can be performed in sterile area via camera head buttons

Digital 3-chip Camera Head.

 programmable
 Image sensor: 3x 1/3" CCD Chip
 Pixels: 1920 (H) x 1080 (V) pixels per chip
 CCD chip supports; 16:9 input format
 Minimum light sensitivity: 1.17 Lux

Features:
39 | P a g e
  3-chip technology.
 Image acquisition in format 16:9, with 1920 x 1080 pixels and progressive scan.
 Freely programmable camera head buttons.
 Compatible with systems with integrated, innovative visualization technology for surgery by
shifting the color spectrum and via homogeneous illumination and contrast enhancement
 Suitable light sources are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable insufflators are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable camera control units can store HD images and HD video clips to
 USB mass storage devises in conjunction with camera head.
 Suitable sterilization tray is available to safely store the camera head during sterilization

Digital FULL HD Videoprocessor Module with integrated documentation:

 function for image and video capturing for use with 3-chip-FULL HD
 camera heads,

Technical data:
 Connections: 2 x DVI-D output, 1 x 3G-SDI output, 3 x camera input,
 Max. resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Power supply: 100-120 VAC, 50/60HZ, 200 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
 Optional: USB to ACC adapter for decide control

Features:
 Modular design: For use in combination with at least one camera module.
 Parallel live display of visualization modes besides white light mode (picture-in-picture).
 Up to three different camera modules can be connected to the FULL HD video processor
module.
 Integrated picture-in-picture mode of two different camera modules in five different display
sizes available.
 Primary and secondary signal source change in picture-in-picture mode can be performed easily
via camera head button
 Integrated communication bus for device control and information display of connected devices.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Still image capturing in FULL HD quality.
 Still image capturing can be adjusted by 4 different, time wise variable image
 Freeze selection including picture-in-picture mode.
 Video capturing in FULL HD quality.

40 | P a g e
  Medical USB printer compatible (plug & play).
 Data capturing functions can be released.
 Automatic adjustment of light intensity of light source via communication bus.
 Control of complete camera system can be realized from camera head from sterile area.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed for improved orientation and communication during surgery.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed individually and together.

27" FULL HD Monitor, With LED Back Light For Low Energy:
 Picture-in-Picture (Pip) And Picture-by-Picture With Medical Grade from manufacturer
 Video inputs: DVI,VGA,S-video, Composite / FBAS
 Video outputs: DVI, S- Video, Composite / FABS

Light Source LED :

 with integrated , high-performance LED and one light outlet,
 operating hours 30,000
 power supply 110 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery

Generic Name Stereotactic Frame
Clinical Purpose To be used in Cranial Surgery with 1mm precision for use of Biopsy,
lesion Generation and DBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
STEREOTACTIC FRAME CARTESIAN COORDINATE SYSTEM:
 The stereotactic system should be Centre of Arc/Arc centered with a 190mm more or less
radius, and be based on a Cartesian coordinate system.
 Open Stereotactic system that can be used with CT and MRI scanners.
 The Cartesian coordinate system shall conform to the X-, Y-, and Z- nomenclature used in CT-
and MR –scanning.
 The total accuracy of the system should be minimum 0.7mm or Less then (with accuracy
certification)
 There shall be sterilization trays tailored for the frame and arc system included in the delivery.
 The principal components of the stereotactic system shall include a Cartesian coordinate frame
and an arc with counter scale/ Target point verification tool.
 There should be three options of lengths of the posterior posts (long, medium, short)
 The guide and stop inserts should be able to split into two parts to enable effective cleaning.
 The stereotactic system should include CT and MR adapters/Localizer to secure and support the
patient’s head during scanning ensuring accurate imaging.
 Should be supplied with all reusable instruments for biopsy,
 Hematoma evacuation and catheter placement and other functional neurosurgery accessories.

41 | P a g e
  The base frame of stereotactic system should have the capability to be utilized as a head holder
for micro-surgical applications (adapter for Microsurgical Accessories, Fork and Clamp type.)
 Frame must have the ability for 3-point fixation to the patient to enable fixation even in cases
where a bone flap is limiting a 4-point fixation to the skull (Slotted front piece.)
 The stereotactic system should provide the ability for rigid 3 or 4 fixation of the frame to the
operating table (Frame Fixation)
 The CT and MR Indicator box should not be a limitation for how low the frame may be mounted
(Open MR Indicator, Open CT Indicator).

SURGICAL PLANNING SYSTEM FOR USE IN STEREOTACTIC AND FUNCTIONAL NEUROSURGERY:

 The system shall allow the user to virtually place entry and target points directly within images
of the patient’s brain acquired from CT, MR and Angiography.
 The system shall allow to interactively visualize and examine the tissue that the surgical
pathway will affect.
 The system shall allow to avoid critical structures such as blood vessels, cranial nerves or other
critical structures by adjusting the virtual surgical pathway prior surgery.
 It shall be possible to simulate any number of surgical pathways.
 The system shall be able to import and display CT, MR, PET and Angiographic images.
 Images should be possible to import directly from CT, MR and PET scanners via hospital
networks or CD.
 Imported images shall be automatically scaled and quality controlled.
 Target should be possible to outline semi-automatically or manually, and non-continuous
regions should be allowed.
 3D visualization of the images shall be possible using different 3D renderings, including open
book and cut box, and with all defined objects displayed.
 It must possible to define the AC-PC line whether or not it lies with a single image plane.
 The system should enable co-registration of frame-bases and frameless images.
 It should be possible to design a workspace that displays more than 4 image window.
 System with up gradation of software for fifteen years.

ACCESSORIES:
 Titanium /Aluminum Alloy head ring unit
 CT/MR Compatible, consisting of 3 head fixing posts, artifact free head ring holder for
Mayfield, applicable for titanium ring or frame
 Head ring, target point adjusting unit for X. Y. Z axis
 Sterilization box
 CT/MR localization set for titanium and aluminum ring
 Screw set for CT and MR localizer
 Universal CT and MR adapters
 Aiming bow with carriage sled with micrometer advance, instrument holder and sterilization
box.

MICRO DRIVE:

42 | P a g e
  Micro drive should have working distance channel of 40mm to integrate completely with the
stereotactic frame with a mechanical resolution of 50µm and be designed for optimal.
 Positioning of electrodes in the brain when performing MER, macro stimulation and lead
electrode implantation.
For the optimal accuracy, the system should have the guide and stop holders.
 The system should be able to hold up to five electrode(s) simultaneously and enable to record
Multiple single tracks using any one of the five positions, without adjusting the arc.
 Should enable the surgeon to operates with micro electrodes, combined micro-macro
electrodes, macro electrodes and lead electrodes.
 Should have manual control which allows continuous recording during movement of the
electrode(s). The system should be compatible with all MER systems available in the market.
 System should be fully autoclavable and should be supplied with all necessary dedicated
sterilization trays and components.
 All necessary universal Guide tubes, microdrive bipolar lesion electrode kit, and other DBS
guide tubes should also be provided.

ACCESSORIES :
 Micro Drive
 Electrode Holder for DBS Electrodes
 Screw Set for Micro drive
 Hex Wrench for Micro drive
 Cleaning Brush
 Long and short fixing screw
 Screw for electrode holder
 Micro Macro electrode 0.6mm with depth stop,
 Macro electrodes 0.8mm with depth stop,
 Recording cable 5 channel for Micro Macro electrodes
 Guide tube for Micro Macro; electrodes
 Guide tube for DBS electrodes
 Universal guide tube Micro Drive

Clinical Specialty Neuro Surgery

Generic Name Neuro-Surgery Operating Table with Transferrable Table Top
Clinical Purpose Neuro- Surgery
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING TABLE COLUMN:
 To attach operating table tops.
 Electrical motor-driven adjustment of height,
 Lateral tilt and Trendelenburg/ anti-Trendelenburg.
 Wireless remote control operation,
43 | P a g e
  optional cable remote control or foot pedal control possible
 Additional operating panel on column.
 The maintenance-free batteries which are integrated in the column,
 ABS / Stainless-steel covers.

UNIVERSAL OPERATING TOP:

 Two-piece table top segment with 4 electrical motors for adjusting the segments,
 Consists of seat and lower back section;
 longitudinal shift with electrically motorized adjustment,
 plus manually adjustable coupling points for the lower back section (head end).
 Integrally foamed (bi-colored as well) or viscous elastic pads.
 Table top frame, coupling points and standard rails are resistant to disinfectant agents and
constructed with stainless steel.

TABLE TOP IS CONSISTING OF FOLLOWING:

 Head Section (Double Joint Adjustable)
 Upper Back Section
 Lower Back Section
 Seat Section
 Two Part Leg Section

SHUTTLE (TRANSPORTER):
 Transporter for maneuvering the operating table tops either by themselves or together with
the mobile operating table column
 Trendelenburg/ anti-Trendelenburg continuously adjustable by crank
 special stainless steel transfer unit is resistant to disinfectants
 The chassis is made of disinfection-resistant aluminum alloy / equivalent.

TECHNICAL DETAILS: (APPROXIMATE)

 Length (coupling to coupling) 995 mm
 Width over standard rails: 600 mm
 Pad width: 545 mm
 Adjustment range Height 520mm to 1070mm
 Adjustment range Lift 550mm
 Rotation 330°
 Trendelenburg / Anti Trendelenburg +45°
 Tilt +30°
 Leg section: + 90°, electrically motorized, individually and parallel
 Lower back section: + 85° / -55°, electrically motorized
 Upper back section: + 90° / -55°, manual
 Longitudinal shift: 350 mm, electrically motorized
 Maximum patient weight: 360 kg.
44 | P a g e
Accessories:
 Crossbar attachment
 Adapter for head positioning
 Basic unit neuro
 Skull clamp adapter
 Multipurpose skull clamp
 Skull pin holders
 Head support
 Skull pins for adults & Children

HORSESHOE-SHAPED, HEAD REST:

 Head rest, horseshoe-shaped
 Adapter for head positioning
 Central holder for head rest system
 Connection holder with joint short
 Cross joint
 Head rest horseshoe-shaped two parts
SPINE SURGERY ACCESSORIES:

Spinal cord positioning device:

 To attach at foot end;
 used to position Patient knees during spinal column surgeries;
 with crank for height Adjustment;
 motorized leg section joints drive up and down movements;
 Radiolucent via C-arm; pad electrically conductive,
 soft and detachable;
 Velcro-fastened pad;
 stainless steel load-bearing
 structure Height adjustment: 300 mm
 Trolley for positioning and transport of spinal cord positioning devices; during column or
shuttle use; stainless steel
 Iliac Roll with Lateral Support Adjustable to table top width; lateral supports can be adjusted to
body width; pads integrally foamed, electrically conductive and soft; stainless steel frame
Height adjustment: 400 mm
 Cushion To support the patient's thorax; foam pad
 Spine Bridge Wilson Frame, Adjustable flexion range; with crank for height adjustment;
unrestricted radiolucency
 Pad for operation at in vertebral disc large Foam pad is electrically conductive
 Pad for Prone Positioning Device

Optional:

45 | P a g e
Radiolucent Skull Clamp System For Neurosurgery
 Radiolucent Swivel adapter
 Radiolucent Retainer
 Radiolucent Coupling piece
 Radiolucent Adapter 3-joint narrow
 Radiolucent Head rest system
 (Any other head holding system to be specify by end user.)

Optional:
 Dedicated Carbon Table Top,
 One-part operating table top made of carbon fiber with electrically motorized adjustment of
longitudinal and transversal shift; with coupling point at head end for attaching head
positioning accessories; 360° radiolucent; with Velcro;
 Dimensions (L x W): 90.1 in x 22.0 in (2290 mm x 560 mm)
 Dimensions side rail: 0.89 in x 0.39 in (25 mm x 10 mm)

Clinical Specialty Ultrasonic Bone Cutter

Generic Name Ultrasonic Bone Cutter
Clinical Purpose Laminectomy/ laminotomy for degenerative disease or other
extradural pathology Laminectomy for intradural pathology
Facetectomy with or without adjacent laminectomy for TLIF
Anterior cervical corpectomy Anterior thoracolumbar corpectomy
Cranial. Unique surgical device in that it offers a gentler osteotomy as
compared to standard bone cutting tools it efficiently slices
crystalline bone while leaving elastic soft tissues largely unaffected
during incidental contact.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Ultrasonic Console.
 Two handpieces with wrenches.
 Footswitch and system accessories.
 Console 200-240V, 50Hz.
 Autoclave able Probe cover.
 For hard tissue tips.
 Autoclave able Probe cover.
 For soft tissue tips.
 Irrigation Tube set.
 Ultrasonic OsteoSurgery.
 Ultrasonic Debridement and Cleansing.
 Ultrasonic Console.
 Two handpieces with wrenches.

46 | P a g e
  Footswitch and system accessories.

Clinical Specialty ULTRASONIC SURGICAL ASPIRATOR

Generic Name Ultrasonic Surgical Aspirator (CUSA)
Clinical Purpose Specifically used in brain and spinal tumors for their removal without
giving traction on normal Nervous tissues
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ULTRASONIC SURGICAL ASPIRATOR (CUSA)
 For use in different brain and spinal operations.
 Electric Ultrasonic aspirating system should have 100 Watt output power or more.
 Irrigation flow maximum 25 ml to 50 ml/min.
 Suction pressure 0-0.6 bar or better.
 Steam autoclavable hand pieces.
 Ultrasonic Surgical Aspirator system on mobile trolley with 4 wheel castors.
 Variable energy and control aspiration.
 Tissue selection mode.
 Integrated cooling and suction facility.
 Compatible module for electrosurgical unit.
 Inclosing of the following accessories and hand pieces of :
 One Console
 Magnetostrictive Technology/ Piezo Electric and water cool hand pieces
 Ultrasonic Surgical Aspirator with foot switch control system.
 One Hand Piece straight with resonance frequency 23 kHz or more
 One Hand Piece angled with resonance frequency 23 kHz or more
 Sterilization case for each hand piece
 Ultrasonic bone sculpting saber tip
 Micro Tip for transphenoidal work
 Biopsy collection Trap
 Irrigation Built in

OPTIONAL:
One Hand Piece Angled With Resonance Frequency 36 Khz (Procuring Agency To Specify)

Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery

Generic Name Aneurysm Clips and Appliers set
Clinical Purpose To be used in all kind of Procedures in Neurosurgery
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Aneurysm Clips and Appliers set:
1 CASPAR APPLIER F/MINI TI-CLIPSSTR146MM
2 CASPAR APPLIER F/STD TI-CLIPSSTR146MM
3 YASARGIL APPLIER F/MINI TI-CLIPS170MM
47 | P a g e
 4 YASARGIL CLIP APP. F/MINI TI-CLIPS205MM
5 YASARGIL CLIP APPL. F/MINI TI-CLIP225MM
6 YASARGIL CLIP APP. F/MINI TI 15DEG90MM
7 YASARGIL CLIP APP. F/MINI TI 15DEG 110MM
8 YASARGIL APPLIER F/STD TI-CLIPS 170MM
9 YASARGIL CLIP APP.R F/STD TI-CLIPS205MM
10 TITANIUM CLIP APPLIERF/STD254MM
11 YASARGIL CLIP APP. F/STD TI 15DEG90MM
12 YASARGIL CLIP APP. F/STD TI 15 DEG 110MM
13 XS MINI CLIP APPLYING FCPS TI 90MM
14 XS MINI CLIP APPLYING FCPS TI110MM
15 XS STD CLIP APPLYING FCPS TI 90MM
16 XS STD CLIP APPLYING FCPS TI110MM
17 YASARGIL TI PERM CLIP 3.5MM FEN 3/8.1
18 YASARGIL TI PERM CLIP 3.5MM FEN 4/9.1
19 YASARGIL TI PERM CLIP 3.5MM FEN 5/10.1
20 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP3.5FENSTR6MM
21 YASARGIL TIPERM STD-CLIP3.5FENFDANG5MM
22 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP FWD-ANG6.1MM
23 YASARGIL TIPERM STD-CLIP3.5FENFDANG5MM
24 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP3.5FENSTR9MM
25 YASARGIL CLIP STD.PERMANENT 9.0MM
26 YASARGIL TI PERM STD3.5FENFDANG 7.5MM
27 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP FWD-ANG 8MM
28 YASARGIL TIPERM STDCLIP3.5FENRTANG7.5MM
29 YASARGIL TIPERM STD-CLIP 3.5FENSTR 12MM
30 YASARGIL TIPERM STDCLIP3.5FENFDANG10MM
31 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPFWD-ANG10.6MM
32 YASARGIL CLIP STD.PERMANENT 10.6MM
33 YASARGIL TI PERM CLIP 5.0MM FEN 3/98
34 YASARGIL TI PERM CLIP 5.0MM FEN 4/10.8
35 YASARGIL TI PERM CLIP 5.0MM FEN 5/11.8
36 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP5.0FENSTR6MM
37 YASARGIL TI STD-CLIP 45DG 5.0FEN 5MM
38 YASARGIL TIPERM STDCLIP5.0FENRTANG 5MM
39 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP5.0FENSTR9MM
40 YASARGIL TIPERM STDCLIP5.0FENFDANG7.5MM
41 YASARGIL TIPERM STDCLIP5.0FENRTANG7.5MM
42 YASARGIL TIPERM STDCLIP5.0FENFDANG 10MM
43 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP STRNARR3MM
44 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIPSLT-CVDNARR
45 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP STRNARR5MM
46 YASARGIL TI PERM MINISLT-CVDNARR4.7MM
47 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP CVDNARR4MM

48 | P a g e
 48 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP STR 3MM
49 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP STR 5MM
50 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP SLT-CVD 4MM
51 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIPSLT-CVD4.7MM
52 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIPLGT-CVD4.0MM
53 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP CVD 3.9MM
54 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP LAT-ANG 5MM
55 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIPLAT-CVD6.3MM
56 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP STR 7MM
57 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIPLGT-CVD6.6MM
58 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP CVD 5MM
59 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIPLGT-CVD5.2MM
60 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP BAYO 4MM
61 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP BAYO 7MM
62 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP STR 7MM
63 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPSLT-CVD 6.5MM
64 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP CVD 5.4MM
65 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP LAT-ANG 7MM
66 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPLAT-CVD 8.6MM
67 YASARGIL CLIP STD.PERMANENT 8.6MM
68 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP BAYO 7MM
69 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP STR 9MM
70 YASARGIL CLIP STD.PERMANENT 9.0MM
71 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPSLT-CVD 8.3MM
72 YASARGIL CLIP STD.PERMANENT 8.3MM
73 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP CVD 6.4MM
74 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP BAYO 9MM
75 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP BAYO 12MM
76 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP STR 11MM
77 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPLAT-ANG11.4MM
78 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPSLT-CVD10.2MM
79 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPFWD-ANG11.8MM
80 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP CVD 8MM
81 YASARGIL TI PERM STDRT ANG 2.5BAYO 5MM
82 YASARGIL TI PERM STDRT ANG 3.5BAYO 5MM
83 YASARGIL TI PERM STDRT ANG 4.5BAYO 5MM
84 YASARGIL TI PERM STE-CLIP LAT-ANG7.8MM
85 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP STR 15MM
86 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPSLT-CVD13.7MM
87 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP CVD 10.3MM
88 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPSLT-CVD15.3MM
89 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP STR 20MM
90 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP STR 17.5MM
91 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIP FWD-ANG 7MM

49 | P a g e
 92 YASARGIL TI PERM MINI-CLIPLAT-ANG4.7MM
93 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPFWD-ANG 9MM
94 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP RT-ANG 5MM
95 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP RT-ANG 7MM
96 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP RT-ANG 10MM
97 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPSTRG-CVD7.4MM
98 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIPSTRG-CVD8.4MM
99 YASARGIL TI PERM STD STRG-CVD 10.5MM
100 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP OVER-ANG 7MM
101 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP SPOON 9.3MM
102 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP SPOON 11.3MM
103 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP UP-ANG 6.7MM
104 YASARGIL TI PERM STD-CLIP UP-ANG 9MM
105 T-BAR CLIP STD.PERM.JAWS 5MM 45°
106 T-BAR CLIP STD.PERM.JAWS 9MM 45°
107 T-BAR CLIP STD.PERM.JAWS 5MM 90°
108 T-BAR CLIP STD.PERM.JAWS 9MM 90°
109 T-BAR CLIP STD.PERM.JAWS 13MM 90°
110 YASARGIL TI BOOSTER CLIP
111 YASARGIL CLIP STD.PERM.WINDOW 5/3MM
112 YASARGIL CLIP STD.PERM.FENESTRATED 3.0MM
113 YASARGIL CLIPS STD.PERMANENT 7.0MM
114 YASARGIL CLIP STD.PERM.WINDOW 5/3.0MM
115 YASARGIL CLIPS STD.PERMANENT 6.8MM
116 YASARGIL CLIPS STD.PERMANENT 9.0MM
117 YASARGIL CLIPS STD.PERMANENT 11.0MM
118 YASARGIL CLIPS STD.PERMANENT 15.0MM
119 YASARGIL CLIPS STD.PERMANENT 20.0MM
120 YASARGIL CLIPS STD.PERMANENT 17.5MM
121 YASARGIL CLIPS STD.PERMAN.7.0MM UPWARDS
122 STORAGE TRAY FOR APPLYING FORCEPS
123 CLIP TRAY

STERILIZATION CONTAINER SYSTEM:

 BOTTOM FOR CONTAINER, 592 x 274 x 120 OR BETTER
 PRIMELINE LID FOR CONTAINER BOTTOM
 STERILIZATION WIRE BASKET, 536X253X70MM OR BETTER
 LUBRICATION OIL SPRAY
 SILICONE PAD 470X230X30MM
 IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR CONTAINER

50 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery
Generic Name Craniotomy Electric Drill System
Clinical Purpose To be used in all kind of Procedures in Neurosurgery
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Craniotomy Electric Drill System:
1 MICRO SPEED ELECTRIC CONTROL UNIT BUTTON /TOUCH SCREEN WITH IRRIGATION PUMP
2 MAIN CABLE 5M LONG
3 DOUBLE PEDAL FOOT CONTROL
4 HIGH SPEED MOTOR 80 THOUSANDS RPM FOR ALL HANDPEICES
5 LOW SPEED MOTOR
6 MOTOR CABLE 3M
7 CRANIOTOME
8 DURA GUARD SMALL
9 DURA GUARD MEDIUM
10 ANGLE H/P SMALL
11 ANGLE H/P MEDIUM
12 ANGLE H/P LARGE
13 STRAIGHT H/P SMALL
14 STRAIGHT H/P MEDIUM
15 STRAIGHT H/P LARGE
16 HUDSON CHUCK
17 CRANIAL PERFORATOR 6/9 MM HUDSON SHANK
18 CRANIAL PERFORATOR 9/12 MM HUDSON SHANK
19 SPARE CUTTERS SMALL
20 SPARE CUTTERS LARGE
21 CRANIOTOME BURR SMALL
22 CRANIOTOME BURR LARGE
23 ROUDED BURRS
24 CONICAL BURRS
25 DIAMOND BURR

STERILIZATION CONTAINER SYSTEM:

 BOTTOM FOR CONTAINER, 592 x 274 x 120 OR BETTER
 PRIMELINE LID FOR CONTAINER BOTTOM
 STERILIZATION WIRE BASKET, 536X253X70MM OR BETTER
 LUBRICATION OIL SPRAY
 SILICONE PAD 470X230X30MM
 IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR CONTAINER

Clinical Specialty Neuro Surgery

Generic Name Shunt – Scope

51 | P a g e
Clinical Purpose Endoscopic – Assisted shunt placement
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Endoscopic - Assisted placement of the ventricular chatter of shunts
 For shunt surgery in the treatment of hydrocephalus under endoscopic control.
 Miniature straight forward telescope 0 degree Diameter 1mm, length 16 cm with
 remort eyepiece and light connection including protective tube.
 Examination tube diameter 1.3mm working length 16 cm
 Blunt Obturator
 Mattel Tray for sterlization and storage of telescope.
 Fiber Optic light cable diameter 2.8mm length 250 cm.
 VITOM Straight Forward telescope 0 degree working distance 25cm dia 10mm working length
10cm
 Mechanical holding system

Optional:

Camera input:
 Maximal resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Automatic Gain Control: Microprocessor controlled
 Connection: Module link cable to video processor module.

Features:
 Modular design: For use with a video processor module and a compatible 3-chip
 FULL HD camera head in combination with a compatible with 3-chip camera head
 Following modes to be activated without special light source or filter
 Color inversion by spectral color shift.
 Brightening of dark areas in the endoscopic image.
 Contrast enhancement.
 Compatible with special FULL HD microscopy camera head.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Progressive scan for an extremely smooth image without flickering and noise.
 Compatible camera heads. Changes in visualization modes, device control,
 digital zoom, brightness, video capture, still image capture and direct print
 orders, picture-in-picture mode, image direction, white balance and setup setting
 can be performed in sterile area via camera head buttons

Digital 3-chip Camera Head.

 programmable
 Image sensor: 3 x 1/3" CCD Chip
 Pixels: 1920 (H) x 1080 (V) pixels per chip
52 | P a g e
  CCD chip supports; 16:9 input format
 Minimum light sensitivity: 1.17 Lux

Features:
 3-chip technology.
 Image acquisition in format 16:9, with 1920 x 1080 pixels and progressive scan.
 Freely programmable camera head buttons.
 Compatible with systems with integrated, innovative visualization technology for surgery by
shifting the color spectrum and via homogeneous illumination and contrast enhancement
 Suitable light sources are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable insufflators are controllable by camera head buttons.
 Suitable camera control units can store HD images and HD video clips to
 USB mass storage devises in conjunction with camera head.
 Suitable sterilization tray is available to safely store the camera head during sterilization

Digital FULL HD Videoprocessor Module with integrated documentation:

 function for image and video capturing for use with 3-chip-FULL HD
 camera heads,

Technical data:
 Connections: 2 x DVI-D output, 1 x 3G-SDI output, 3 x camera input,
 Max. resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels
 Power supply: 100-120 VAC, 50/60HZ, 200 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
 Optional: USB to ACC adapter for decide control

Features:
 Modular design: For use in combination with at least one camera module.
 Parallel live display of visualization modes besides white light mode (picture-in-picture).
 Up to three different camera modules can be connected to the FULL HD video processor
module.
 Integrated picture-in-picture mode of two different camera modules in five different display
sizes available.
 Primary and secondary signal source change in picture-in-picture mode can be performed easily
via camera head button
 Integrated communication bus for device control and information display of connected devices.
 Highest possible FULL HD resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels.
 Still image capturing in FULL HD quality.

53 | P a g e
  Still image capturing can be adjusted by 4 different, time wise variable image
 Freeze selection including picture-in-picture mode.
 Video capturing in FULL HD quality.
 Medical USB printer compatible (plug& play).
 Data capturing functions can be released.
 Automatic adjustment of light intensity of light source via communication bus.
 Control of complete camera system can be realized from camera head from sterile area.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed for improved orientation and communication during surgery.
 Grid and pointer can be displayed individually and together.

27" FULL HD Monitor, With LED Back Light For Low Energy:
 Picture-in-Picture (Pip) And Picture-by-Picture With Medical Grade from manufacturer
 Video inputs: DVI,VGA,S-video, Composite / FBAS
 Video outputs: DVI, S- Video, Composite / FABS

Light Source LED :

 With integrated , high-performance LED and one light outlet,
 Operating hours 30,000
 Power supply 110 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Clinical Specialty Neurosurgery

Generic Name: Radio Frequency Lesion Generator
Clinical Purpose: To be used in Radio Frequency Thermo Lesions in Neurosurgery and
Pain Treatment.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Constant Current or Constant Voltage Stimulator
 Thermal Lesion, Pulse or Pulse Dosed radio frequency capabilities.
 Impedance Measurement.
 Temperature Control.
 Temperature Adjustable from 20-105 Degrees centigrade or more.
 At least two independent RF Channels.
 Stimulation Frequency: 1-200Hz or more.
 Pulse Duration: 0.1-3ms or more.
 Constant Voltage: 0-10V or more.
 Constant Current: 0-8mA or more.
 Power Supply: Ac 110-240V, 50-60Hz
 Rated Power 100Watts or more.

Accessories:

54 | P a g e
  Complete Set of Monopolar and Bipolar electrodes.
 Pain Electrodes.
 Stimulation Cable.
 Disposable Cannulas.
 All other standard accessories.

55 | P a g e
SPECIALIZED HEALTH CARE AND
MEDICAL EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT

GOVERNMENT OF THE PUNJAB

PRODUCT VOCABULARY MEDICAL

STORE (PVMS) OF PATHOLOGY
AND BLOOD BANK

Volume - I , 2016
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. ANAEROBIC JAR POLYCARBONATE ................................................................................................ 1

2. ANAEROBIC JAR SS LARGE .............................................................................................................. 2
3. ANAEROBIC JAR SS SMALL ............................................................................................................... 3
4. CONTINUOUS FLOW APHRESIS SYSTEM .......................................................................................... 4
5. INTERMITTENT FLOW APHRESIS SYSTEM ........................................................................................ 6
6. BASIC AUTOMATIC TISSUE PROCESSOR........................................................................................... 8
7. ADVANCED AUTOMATIC TISSUE PROCESSOR................................................................................ 10
8. AUTOMATED COAGULOMETER ..................................................................................................... 12
9. AUTOMATED SPERM COUNTER/ ANALYZER.................................................................................. 13
10. AUTOMATIC MEDIA PREPARATION SYSTEM ................................................................................. 15
11. AUTOMATIC MICROTOME ............................................................................................................. 16
12. AUTOMATIC SLIDE STAINER ........................................................................................................... 18
13. AUTOMATIC TISSUE MICRO ARRAY MACHINE WITH TMA SOFTWARE ......................................... 19
14. BENCH TOP CRYOSTAT MACHINE .................................................................................................. 21
15. BILIRUBINOMETER INVASIVE WITH CENTRIFUGE MACHINE ......................................................... 22
16. BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET Class II Type A2 .............................................................................. 24
17. BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET Class II B1 Type .............................................................................. 25
18. BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET Class II B2 Type .............................................................................. 26
19. BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET Class III ........................................................................................... 27
20. BLOOD BAG SHAKER ...................................................................................................................... 28
21. BLOOD BAG TUBE SEALER.............................................................................................................. 29
22. BLOOD CELL COUNTER................................................................................................................... 30
23. BLOOD CULTURE SYSTEM .............................................................................................................. 31
24. BLOOD GAS ANALYZER................................................................................................................... 32
25. BLOOD GAS ANALYZER WITH ELECTROLYTES ................................................................................ 34
26. BLOOD STORAGE CABINETS ........................................................................................................... 36
27. THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG TRANSPORTATION LARGE SIZE ....................................... 37
28. THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG TRANSPORTATION MEDIUM SIZE................................... 38
29. THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG TRANSPORTATION SMALL SIZE ...................................... 39
30. THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG TRANSPORTATION LARGE SIZE IN VEHICLES .................. 40
31. THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG TRANSPORTATION MEDIUM SIZE IN VEHICLES .............. 41
32. CENTRIFUGE MACHINE .................................................................................................................. 42
33. CO2 INCUBATOR ............................................................................................................................ 43
34. COLONY COUNTER ......................................................................................................................... 44
35. COMPACT WATER PURIFICATION SYSTEM .................................................................................... 45
36. AUTOMATIC SLIDE CYTOSEDIMENTATION MACHINE.................................................................... 46
37. DEEP FREEZER (LOCAL) .................................................................................................................. 48
38. DE-IONIZER..................................................................................................................................... 49
39. DIGITAL HOT AIR OVEN .................................................................................................................. 50
40. DIGITAL PATHOLOGY IMAGE CAPTURING INTEGRATION, ANALYSIS AND COLLABORATION
SYSTEM .......................................................................................................................................... 51
41. DIGITAL WEIGHING BALANCE ........................................................................................................ 52
42. ELECTRIC PLATE SHAKER ................................................................................................................ 53
43. ELECTROLYTE ANALYZER ................................................................................................................ 54
44. ELECTRONIC BLOOD COLLECTION MONITOR ................................................................................ 55
45. ELECTROPHORESIS EQUIPMENT WITH ACCESSORIES ................................................................... 56
46. EMBEDDING STATION .................................................................................................................... 58
47. HIGH END FULLY AUTOMATIC RANDOM ACCESS CHEMISTRY ANALYZER .................................... 60
48. LOW END FULLY AUTOMATIC RANDOM ACCESS CHEMISTRY ANALYZER ..................................... 62
49. MEDIUM END FULLY AUTOMATIC RANDOM ACCESS CHEMISTRY ANALYZER .............................. 64
50. FULLY AUTOMATIC MULTI WASH AND ELISA TEST READER.......................................................... 66
51. HAEMATOLOGY ANALYZER (3 Part) ............................................................................................... 67
52. HAEMATOLOGY ANALYZER (5 Part) ............................................................................................... 68
53. HAEMATOLOGY ANALYZER (6 Part) ............................................................................................... 69
54. HYBRIDIZATION SYSTEM ................................................................................................................ 71
55. IMMUNOASAY ANALYZER .............................................................................................................. 73
56. INOCULATION HOOD ..................................................................................................................... 75
57. LABORATORY INCUBATOR ............................................................................................................. 76
58. LABORTARY STERLIZER LARGE ..................................................................................................... 77
59. LABORTARY STERLIZER SMALL..................................................................................................... 78
60. MEDICAL REFRIGERATOR WITH FREEZER ...................................................................................... 79
61. BI-HEAD MICROSCOPE ................................................................................................................... 80
62. BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE ............................................................................................................. 82
63. MICROSCOPE MULTI-HEAD............................................................................................................ 83
64. TRINOCULAR MICROSCOPE ........................................................................................................... 85
65. LABORATORY MICROWAVE OVEN GENERAL PURPOSE................................................................. 87
66. LABORATORY MICROWAVE OVEN FOR HISTOLOGY ...................................................................... 88
67. MYCOBACTERIAL DETECTION SYSTEM .......................................................................................... 89
68. MAGNETIC STIRRER WITH HOT PLATE (STIR PLATE) ...................................................................... 91
69. DUAL CHANNEL WHOLE BLOOD / OPTICAL / LUMI AGGREGOMETER .......................................... 92
70. DUAL CHANNEL WHOLE BLOOD AGGREGOMETER ....................................................................... 93
71. PH METER....................................................................................................................................... 94
72. PHARMACEUTICAL OR LABORATORY REFRIGERATOR LARGE SIZE ................................................ 95
73. PHARMACEUTICAL OR LABORATORY REFRIGERATOR SMALL SIZE ............................................... 96
74. PLASMA STORAGE FREEZER ........................................................................................................... 97
75. PLATELET SHAKER .......................................................................................................................... 98
76. PLATELET INCUBATOR WITH AGITATOR ........................................................................................ 99
77. REAL TIME PCR MACHINE ............................................................................................................ 100
78. REFRIGERATED CENTRIFUGE MACHINE (FOR BLOOD PRODUCTS PREPARATION)...................... 102
79. REFRIGERATOR LARGE SIZE.......................................................................................................... 103
80. ROLLER MIXER.............................................................................................................................. 105
81. SEMI -AUTOMATIC CLINICAL CHEMISTRY ANALYZER .................................................................. 106
82. SEMI AUTOMATIC COAGULOMETER ........................................................................................... 107
83. SEMI-AUTOMATAIC WASH AND ELISA TEST READER .................................................................. 108
84. SPECTROPHOTE METER ............................................................................................................... 110
85. THERMOSTATIC WATER BATH ..................................................................................................... 111
86. ULTRA LOW FREEZER ................................................................................................................... 112
87. CONTACT SHOCK FREEZER (BLAST FREEZER) ............................................................................... 113
88. HIGH TECH URINE ANALYZER ....................................................................................................... 114
89. STANDARD URINE ANALYZER....................................................................................................... 115
90. VORTEX MIXER ............................................................................................................................. 116
91. WATER DISTILLATION PLANT ....................................................................................................... 117
92. WATER PURIFICATION SYSTEM.................................................................................................... 118
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name ANAEROBIC JAR POLYCARBONATE
Clinical Purpose Anaerobic jar is an instrument used in the production of an
anaerobic environment. This method of anaerobiosis as others is
used to culture bacteria which die or fail to grow in presence of
oxygen

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
No catalyst required
Polycarbonate base which is secured to the lid by 4 clips.
These clips are designed to allow venting in the unlikely event of a positive pressure build-up
occurring i.e. by allowing lid to lift and reseal to maintain correct conditions.
A carrying handle for the safe transportation of the jar from bench to incubator
Vacuum Relief Screw to overcome any vacuum which may occasionally occur
Separate plate carriers available

User Adjustable Settings:

Capacity: 2-3 Liters or more
Capacity (Petri Dishes): 10-12 plates

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 10 Plate Petri Dish Rack
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Pair of Chuck and Clips
Dial Manometer Mounted on Chuck

1|Page
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name ANAEROBIC JAR SS LARGE
Clinical Purpose Anaerobic jar is an instrument used in the production of an anaerobic
environment. This method of anaerobiosis as others is used to culture
bacteria which die or fail to grow in presence of oxygen

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
For simple culture of anaerobic and microaerophillic organisms
Material: Stainless steel anaerobic jars are robust and easy to use
Jar can be fitted with a conversion kit to link to the Jar Gassing System for growing anaerobes and
microaerophiles
They have a positively located lid fitted with the unique Valve System and carrier clips for Oxide
Low Temperature Catalyst Sachets.
They can be used with either gas generating envelopes or cylinders of anaerobic gas mixture and
will vent automatically if excess pressure is applied.

User Adjustable Settings:

Capacity: 10 Liters or more
Capacity (Petri Dishes): 48

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 48 Plate Petri Dish Rack
 Oxide Low Temperature Catalyst Sachet (pack of 5)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Pair of Chuck and Clips
Dial Manometer Mounted on Chuck

2|Page
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name ANAEROBIC JAR SS SMALL
Clinical Purpose Anaerobic jar is an instrument used in the production of an anaerobic
environment. This method of anaerobiosis as others is used to culture
bacteria which die or fail to grow in presence of oxygen

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
For simple culture of anaerobic and microaerophillic organisms
Material: Stainless steel anaerobic jars are robust and easy to use
Jar can be fitted with a conversion kit to link to the Jar Gassing System for growing anaerobes
and microaerophiles
They have a positively located lid fitted with the unique Valve System and carrier clips for
Oxide Low Temperature Catalyst Sachets.
They can be used with either gas generating envelopes or cylinders of anaerobic gas mixture
and will vent automatically if excess pressure is applied.

User Adjustable Settings:

Capacity: 3 Liters or more
Capacity (Petri Dishes): 9-10

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 10 Plate Petri Dish Rack
 Oxide Low Temperature Catalyst Sachet (pack of 5)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Pair of Chuck and Clips
Dial Manometer Mounted on Chuck

3|Page
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name CONTINUOUS FLOW APHRESIS SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Apheresis (aphairesis “a taking away”) is a medical technology in
which the blood of a donor or patient is passed through an
apparatus that separates out one particular constituent and returns
the remainder to the circulation. It is thus an extracorporeal therapy.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Aphresis system for cell therapy, therapeutic aphresis, stem cells and transfusion medicine
Microprocessor controlled
Both for adults and paeds applications
Continuous flow centrifuge system with low extracorporeal volume
Dual & single needle platelet collection system
Dual & single needle therapeutic plasma exchange system
Red blood cell exchange capability
White blood cell collection and depletion, lymphoplasma exchange
Automatic regulation of platelets and plasma volume
RS 232/USB port for data output
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

programmable
Control of infusion rate of anti-coagulant
Control of patient fluid balance, volume of replacement and remove RBC volume, patient HCT
Control procedure run time
Selectable adjustable reference range for all parameters
Safety for automatic centrifuge shut down between any pause
Platelet concentration monitor

Displayed Parameters:
Monitoring of infusion rate of anti-coagulant
Digital display of patient fluid balance, volume of replacement and remove RBC volume,
patient HCT
Digital display of procedure run time
Alarm for low donor platelet

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

4|Page
 Optional:

5|Page
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name INTERMITTENT FLOW APHRESIS SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Apheresis (aphairesis “a taking away”) is a medical technology in
which the blood of a donor or patient is passed through an
apparatus that separates out one particular constituent and returns
the remainder to the circulation.
It is thus an extracorporeal therapy.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Aphresis system for cell therapy, therapeutic aphresis, stem cells and transfusion medicine
Microprocessor controlled
Both for adults and paeds applications
Intermittent flow centrifuge system with low extracorporeal volume
Single needle platelet collection system
Single needle therapeutic plasma exchange system
Red blood cell exchange capability
White blood cell collection and depletion, lymphoplasma exchange
Automatic regulation of platelets and plasma volume
RS 232/USB port for data output
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

programmable
Control of infusion rate of anti-coagulant
Control of patient fluid balance, volume of replacement and remove RBC volume, patient HCT
Control procedure run time
Selectable adjustable reference range for all parameters
Safety for automatic centrifuge shut down between any pause
Platelet concentration monitor

Displayed Parameters:
Monitoring of infusion rate of anti-coagulant
Digital display of patient fluid balance, volume of replacement and remove RBC volume,
patient HCT
Digital display of procedure run time
Alarm for low donor platelet

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

6|Page
  Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

7|Page
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Histopathology
Generic Name BASIC AUTOMATIC TISSUE PROCESSOR
Clinical Purpose Tissue processing of biological biopsies and samples for
histopathology

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Tissue Processor for use in histopathology
Bench top unit, moveable on rollers
One basket operation/ standard tissue basket without vacuum/without fume control
Carousel-type construction with 12 processing stations: 10 reagent stations, 2 wax baths.
Connection for optional third wax bath. Glass beakers / White Polyacetal, solvent resistant and
dishwasher proof, with beaker carriers and minimum/maximum filling marks.
Aluminum standard tissue basket.
Locking key /password protection to prevent inadvertent changing of programmed parameters.
Appropriate drain time between stations for reduced carry-over.
Automatic heating of wax before basket transfer to a wax bath.
Crank for manual raising and rotation of carousel-for immediate tissue basket removal or transfer
to the next stations.
Automated in-process reagent rotation
Exhaust system with active carbon filters with transparent fume hood
100-240V, 50/60Hz

User Adjustable Settings:

Cassette capacity: up to 300 cassettes Storage temp of reagents should be ambient to 35deg C
Reagent temperature in processing chamber from Ambient to 55 deg C
Paraffin processed in chamber at a temperature of 60 deg C to 75 deg C
Paraffin melt time from pellets should be 4-5 hours
Battery back-up with up to four hours operation

Displayed Parameters:
Indication of station and program parameters such as number of tissue baskets, remaining
infiltration time, real time, start time (delayed start time), Overall run time and end of runtime.
Audible alarms, error messages and warning codes
Manual and automatic mode of operation.
Varity of freely selectable programs, Individually programmable for each station.
It should have a touch screen interface for easy check of status
Reaction chamber viewing window for visual verification of samples
At least Eight customized programs and eight flush options
Suitable for xylene-free processing
Access code protection to secure settings from unauthorized access
Accessories:
 Up to 12 glass beakers (2 Liters)

8|Page
  Up to 12 beaker carrier
 Up to 12 replacement glass beakers
 2 wax baths, 1.8 Liters
 Up to 2 standard tissue basket
 1 set of replacement fuses 2 x T 10.0 A
 1 set of Power cords
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a soft copy
 Service manual with a soft copy
Optional:

9|Page
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Histopathology
Generic Name ADVANCED AUTOMATIC TISSUE PROCESSOR
Clinical Purpose Tissue processing of biological biopsies and samples for
histopathology

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Automatic Tissue Processor for Processing the biological Tissue for Histopathology
Automated in-process reagent rotation
Quality of first reagent alcohol automatically monitored
Three distinct fill levels in processing chamber
Circular chamber design with continuous agitation
Downdraft ventilation system and Potassium permanganate and charcoal filters to protect
operator from fumes.
USB data transfer system for faster transfer of logs and protocols.
Should have RS232 and RJ45 connectivity options.
100-240V, 50/60Hz
Battery back-up with up to four hours operation in case of power outage.

User Adjustable Settings:

Capacity of reagent containers should be 3.8 to 5 liters.
Storage temp of reagents should be ambient to 35 C.
Reagent temperature in processing chamber needs to be ambient to 55 C.
Processing Chamber fill time should be less than 70 seconds.
Processing Chamber drain time should be less than 180 Seconds
Should have at least 3 nos. of wax baths.
Wax bath capacity should not be less than 5.6 Liters.
Paraffin should be processed in chamber at a temperature of 45C to 65C.
Paraffin melt time from pellets should not be more than 4 hours.

Displayed Parameters:
It should have a touch screen interface for easy check of status.
Systematic logging and reporting of quality control data
At least Eight customized programs and eight flush options
Suitable for xylene-free processing
Remote alarms and LIMS interfacing
Access code protection to secure settings from unauthorized access.

Accessories:
 Reaction chamber viewing window for visual verification that samples are immersed.
 Novel wax system with unique disposable waste wax trays.
 Convenient wax pack system, pre-packed with waste wax trays
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes

10 | P a g e
 (Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a soft copy
 Service manual with a soft copy

Optional:

11 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology
Generic Name AUTOMATED COAGULOMETER
Clinical Purpose Blood clotting tests are the tests used for diagnostics of the
homeostasis system. Coagulometer is the medical laboratory
analyzer used for testing of the hemostasis system. Modern
coagulometers realize different methods of activation and
observation of development of blood clots in blood or in blood
plasma

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Throughput: 50 Tests /hr
Random access system fully automated
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Up to 6 Reagent Positions on board
Minimum 24 Samples Positions on board for tubes and cups
On Board storage capacity

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for results

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
1. Built-in or External Laser Printer
2. Compatible Computer, LCD Monitor
3. Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
4. Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
5. Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK

Clinical Specialty Microbiology

12 | P a g e
 Generic Name AUTOMATED SPERM COUNTER/ ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose Automated Sperm Counter and Analyzer System is used for
accurate, repetitive and automatic assessment of the following
sperm parameters: motility, concentration, morphology, DNA
fragmentation and vitality.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Parameters:
Measurement Chamber:
Sources of Radiant energy
Two LEDs for motility and spectrophotometry channels
Detector System:
1-3 photo detectors
Motility and Optical Density
Sample Type: Fresh, washed, frozen & post-vasectomy
Signal output: PAL (Standard) with Zoom System
Interface Video output (RCA), RS-232 cable plug in
Power Supply: 220 V AC, 50Hz

User Adjustable Settings:

Specificity:
Concentration : 83-87% motility: 78 – 82 % normal
Morphology (WHO 5th): 90% post vasectomy: 95% of motile cells
Sensitivity:
Concentration: 90%, motility: 85% normal morphology
(WHO 4th ): 65%

Displayed Parameters:
Display: LCD (16 lines x 40 characters) or better
Memory: 400 – 600 tests
Visualization Chamber:
White LED illumination system
CCD, 325- 335 TV lines
Objective: 20x (Standard)

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 All required accessories for sample testing,
 Capillary tubes, slides, cover slips and plastic
 Built In, Dot matrix or Compatible laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

13 | P a g e
  Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

14 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name AUTOMATIC MEDIA PREPARATION SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose An automated culture media preparation system. The range of
solutions places automation at the heart of your laboratory and
improves your workflow, from media to sample preparation.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor control, 8 Preset programs
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Programmable Peristaltic Pump, Accuracy +/- 1%
Auto preparator for sterilizing culture media from 1 to 9 liters

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for the results
Selectable adjustable reference range for all parameters

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

15 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Histopathology
Generic Name AUTOMATIC MICROTOME
Clinical Purpose For Section Cutting of Histopathology Specimen Sample

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detailed Requirements:
 Fully automated rotary microtome
 Automated sectioning can be operated via velocity knob
 Accidental start prevented by double click operation
 Ergonomic removable control panel can be located on either side of the microtome
 Memory function for specimen positioning
 Touch-pad keyboard to select section thickness sectioning mode, speed and memory
function
 Easy switch between thickness setting for TRIM and
 SECTION/FINE
 X/Y fine orientation with reproducible zero positioning
 "Rocking mode" speeds up the trimming process by transmitting the movement of the hand
sheel directly to the object
 Automatic brake following motorized action
 Easily accessible emergency stop button
 4 motorized modes of operation (single section, interval, multi sections, and continuous
 Programmable cutting window
 Motorized specimen advance
 Specimen retraction / can be deactivated
 Longest stroke length available (60-70mm) allows high quality sections even of Macro /
Super Mega cassettes
 Large removable section waste tray covers the entire working area
 User Adjustable Setting:
 Cutting Stroke: 60-70mm
 Total Specimen Advance: 28mm
 Section Thickness Range: 0.5 - 100µm
 Trim Thickness Range: 5 - 300µm or more
 Retraction : 40µm
 Sectioning Speed: 0 - 450mm/s

Accessories:
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 100ml Para/Guard TM or equivalent, Standard tools, brushed aluminum cover plate, dust
cover
 Universal Cassette quick release Clamp orienting head

16 | P a g e
  Disposable blade holder
 Disposable Microtome blades Pk/50
 Operating Manual with a soft copy
 Service manual with a soft copy

Optional:
Foot Paddle

17 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Histopathology
Generic Name AUTOMATIC SLIDE STAINER
Staining for Microscope Slide for Use in cytology, hematology and
Clinical Purpose histology laboratories

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Fully Automated IHC & ISH Stainer Analyzer
Convertible Technology
Parallel Automation
Continuous processing
High throughput and rapid turnaround
Designed for single load, double load and continuous throughput
Bench top unit features user-specified water stations to match your routines
Operating voltage 220V, 50 Hz
User Adjustable Settings:
Slide capacity 30-60 finished trays (10 sliding tray may be replaced continuously)
Reagent container capacity: 7 ml - 30 ml
Number of reagent containers: 24-36
Bulk reagent container capacity: 2 - 10 l
Hazardous waste container capacity: 2 to 10 l
External bulk waste container capacity: 2-10 l
Turntable rotates for convenient access to stations at the rear of the unit
Turntable Diameter : 34" (86 cm)

Accessories:
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 2 hours minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Vertical Slide Carrier (60 position) -2 supplied
 Staining Trough -25.3 ft. oz. (750ml) -24 supplied
 Water Wash Trough - 4 supplied
 Water Inlet and Outlet Hose - 9.8 ft (3m) long fitted
 Operating Manual with a soft copy
 Service manual with a soft copy

Optional:

18 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Histopathology
Generic Name AUTOMATIC TISSUE MICRO ARRAY MACHINE WITH
TMA SOFTWARE
Clinical Purpose Automated Tissue Microarrayers provide the finest solutions for high-
speed automated preparation of tissue microarrays. Tissue
microarrays (TMAs) possess significant advantages over traditional
histological approaches including the analysis of many patient
samples simultaneously, complete automation, conservation of
precious tissue samples, improved internal experimental control,
reduced consumption of antibodies and other reagents, and wide
applicability to many molecular techniques including mRNA and
protein expression analysis, immunohistochemistry, in
situ hybridization, FISH and in situ PCR.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Automatic Block 5 or better virtual slide matching
Automatic slide localization on case center section number prediction based on core volume
measurement
Core extraction for molecular analysis with (inbuilt PCR)
Automated Tissue Microarrayers
Analysis of many patient tissue samples simultaneously
Conserves tumors, biopsies and other precious biological samples
Conserves antibodies and other expensive reagents
Improves assay precision through sample and patient multi-plexing
Applicable to mRNA and protein expression analysis
Miniaturize and automate immunohistochemistry, in situ hybridization, FISH, and in situ PCR
High-speed preparation of tissue microarray blocks
Maintains tissue integrity during embedding
Standardized block configuration simply image analysis
Rotary print tip control

TMA EVALUATE SOFWARE

Tissue microarray analysis.
Project based, multi user, multi slide.
Flexible gallery uses measurement data from the image quantification applications
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Up to 300 tissues slices per donor block
Prepare up to 240 tissue cores per hour

19 | P a g e
 Core placement success rate >99%
Tissue preparation cycle time of 15-18 secs
Positional accuracy of 5 µm at donor blocks
Fully automated 5 axis computer control

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
Three print tip sizes of 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0 mm (TMM)
Four print tip sizes of 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 mm (TMMP)
New 500 µm (0.5 mm) Print Tip Option prints into 20 x 16 (320 well) recipient blocks
Donor block capacity of 10 blocks
Recipient block capacity of 2 blocks
Recipient blocks contain 320 x 0.5 mm wells (20 x 16), 120 x 1 mm wells (12 x 10), 60 x 2 mm
wells (6 x 10) and 30 x 3 mm wells (5 x 6)
Number of CCD cameras: Two, full color
TMM CCD camera chips: 1,280 x 1,024 pixels (higher resolution for TMMP)
TMM CCD camera pixel size: 2.2 x 2.2 µm
Camera resolution: 5 µm at recipient block and 30 µm at donor block
Number of LED illumination modules: Two
Complete line of recipient blocks and consumables available
Personal computer control with Intel Dual Core 2.2 GHz, 1 GB RAM and 160 GB HD
TMM computer operating system and software: Windows XP PRO and Microsoft Excel
TMMP computer operating system and software: Windows 7 and Microsoft Excel
Computer monitor: touch screen LCD with 15" and 1,024 x 768 pixel display
Cassette and slide printer with tags
Built-in or External Laser Printer
Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 2 hours minutes (Emerson, Liebert,
Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

20 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Histopathology
Generic Name BENCH TOP CRYOSTAT MACHINE
Clinical Purpose A cryostat (from cryo meaning cold and stat meaning stable) is a
device used to maintain low cryogenic temperatures of samples or
devices mounted within the cryostat. Low temperatures may be
maintained within a cryostat by using various refrigeration
methods, most commonly using cryogenic fluid bath such as liquid
helium. Hence it is usually assembled into a vessel, similar in
construction to a vacuum flask or Dewar. Cryostats have numerous
applications within science, engineering, and medicine.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Portable Bench Top Cryostat Machine
Thermostatically controlled temperature
Chamber Temperature up to -35 Degree Centigrade or more
Hand wheel or lever operated microtome and blade holder
Used disposable blades and incorporates the antiroll plate with lateral adjustment
Easily transportable with heavy duty trolley with big wheel locking system (SS) Local
Automatic defrosting system
High precision manual rotary microtome
Automatic feeding of selected sections thickness agitator each and wheel revelation
Quick freeze shelf
220V, 50Hz
Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for temperature
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 2 hours
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 5 pack of low profile disposable blades containing 50 blades per pack
 Embedding media - 5 bottles, 5 boxes low profile disposable blades each containing 50
blades Intenerated heat extractor , frost free insulation glass
 Brush, cryostat oil, embedding media - 5 bottles,
 Standard knife holder
 Orientation of specimen holder in three planes
 6-8 specimen preparation positions
 Specimen stages 4-6 different shapes
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

21 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name BILIRUBINOMETER INVASIVE WITH CENTRIFUGE
MACHINE
Clinical Purpose A device that measures Bilirubin (formerly referred to as
hematoidin) is the yellow breakdown product of normal heme
catabolism. Heme is found in hemoglobin, a principal component of
red blood cells. Bilirubin is excreted in bile, and its levels are
elevated in certain diseases. It is responsible for the yellow color of
bruises and the yellow discoloration in jaundice.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Bilirubinometer:
Detailed Requirement:
Measurement of total serum bilirubin in mg/dL or micro mol/L invasively
Method of Measurement: Dual Wavelength
Detector: Silicon Photocell or Equivalent
Light Source: LED or 6V, 1.5A Tungsten Lamp
USB Interface connection for Computer
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Warm up Time should not be more than 60 seconds
Measurement time should be I sec or better
Measurement Range (Total Bilirubin): 0 – 30 mg/dL
Sample Volume: 50 – 60 uL

Displayed Parameters:
LCD Display
Accuracy: (+/-) 5% or Better

Centrifuge Machine:
Detailed Requirement:
Bench top Mini Centrifuge Machine with horizontal rotor
Brushless motor
Noiseless and vibration free
Rotor Imbalance detection
Lid safety interlock
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Speed up to 500 - 14,000 rpm or more
RFC 18000 g or better

22 | P a g e
 Digital control of Timing up to 30min
Maximum capacity 24 x 2/1.5 ml

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display of speed, timing

Accessories
Bilirubinometer:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Sample Container Capillary Tubes Heparinized, Redl
 Sample Container Capillary Tubes Plain, Blue
 Clay Sealer (Wax Plate or Equivalent):
 Standard Solution ABY or Equivalent:
 Spare Lamp 6V, 1.5A Tungsten Lamp
 USB Cable with Software
 AC/DC Adapter
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Centrifuge Machine:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Sample Container Capillary Tubes
 Compatible Online Imported UPS with at least 30 minutes back up time
 Operating Manual (Hard Copy and Soft Copy)
 Service Manual (Hard Copy and Soft Copy)

Optional:

23 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Microbiology
Generic Name BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET Class II Type A2
Clinical Purpose Class II, Type A2 Biological Safety Cabinets offer personnel, product,
and environmental protection to obtain optimum control over
product quality while reducing the potential for exposure of both
product and personnel to airborne biological or particulate
chemical agents in low to moderate risk-hazard research and drug
preparation or product operations.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Stand mounted Biological Safety Cabinet for use in cytotoxic reconstitution with product,
operator and environmental safety with filter exhaust.
Internal construction of stainless steel and acrylic front and side panels
Rigid and rust proof construction of electro-galvanized steel, abrasive resistance, oven baked
powder coating finish
Centrifugal blower for negative pressure plenum with variable speed controller
Electrical fittings
Fitting with Ultraviolet (UV) Light and fluorescent light
Gas and water valves
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Size: 6 ft
Airflow: 70% Recirculated / 30% Exhausted
Airflow Control: Airflow Sensor
Window Access Opening: 8", 10"or 12”
Hepa filter with efficiency of min. 99.99% against particles of 0.3µm
Low noise level of less than 65 dB

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

24 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Microbiology
Generic Name BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET Class II B1 Type
Clinical Purpose Type B1 Biological Safety Cabinets exhausts 70% of airflow. The B1
Biosafety Cabinet may be used for work treated with minute
quantities of volatile toxic chemicals and trace amounts of
radionuclides required as an adjunct to microbiological studies if
work is done in the direct exhausted portion of the cabinet, or if the
chemicals or radionuclides will not interfere with the work when
recirculated in the down flow air.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Stand mounted Biological Safety Cabinet for use in cytotoxic reconstitution with product,
operator and environmental safety with filter exhaust.
Style of Cabinet: Bench top/console with optional base stand
Internal construction of stainless steel and acrylic front and side panels
Rigid and rust proof construction of electro-galvanized steel, abrasive resistance, oven baked
powder coating finish
Centrifugal blower for negative pressure plenum with variable speed controller
Electrical fittings
Fitting with Ultraviolet (UV) Light and fluorescent light
Gas and water valves
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Nominal Size: 6 ft.
Sash Height: 8" (200 mm)
Inflow Velocity: 105 fpm (.53 m/s)
Down flow Velocity: 60 fpm (0.30 m/s)
Light Intensity foot-candles (LUX): 90 - 120 (960 - 1290)
Hepa filter with efficiency of min. 99.99% against particles of 0.3µm
Low noise level of less than 65 dB

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

25 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Microbiology
Generic Name BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET Class II B2 Type
Clinical Purpose Class II, Type B2 Biological Safety Cabinets feature down flow air
drawn from within the laboratory or outside air. No down flow air is
drawn from the cabinet exhaust air. All down flow and inflow air is
exhausted through a HEPA filter without recirculation within the
cabinet. All contaminated ducts and plenums are maintained at
negative pressure. The Type B2 Biological Safety Cabinet may be
used for work with volatile toxic chemicals and radionuclides as
required as adjuncts to microbiological studies.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Stand mounted Biological Safety Cabinet for use in cytotoxic reconstitution with product,
operator and environmental safety with filter exhaust.
Style of Cabinet: Bench top/console with optional base stand
Internal construction of stainless steel and acrylic front and side panels
Rigid and rust proof construction of electro-galvanized steel, abrasive resistance, oven baked
powder coating finish
Centrifugal blower for negative pressure plenum with variable speed controller
Electrical fittings
Fitting with Ultraviolet (UV) Light and fluorescent light
Gas and water valves
220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Nominal Size: 6 ft.
Sash Height: 8" (200 mm)
Inflow Velocity: 105 fpm (.53 m/s)
Down flow Velocity: 60 fpm (0.30 m/s)
Light Intensity foot-candles (LUX): 90 to 120 (960 to 1290)
Hepa filter with efficiency of min. 99.99% against particles of 0.3µm
Low noise level of less than 65 dB
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK

26 | P a g e
 Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Microbiology
Generic Name BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET Class III
Clinical Purpose A biosafety cabinet (BSC) also called a biological safety cabinet or
microbiological safety cabinet is an enclosed, ventilated laboratory
workspace for safely working with materials contaminated with (or
potentially contaminated with) pathogens requiring a
defined biosafety level. Class III Biosafety Cabinet provides
maximum protection of the environment and user when working
with highly infectious microbiological agents.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
The Class III Glove Box is designed for maximum personnel protection against high-risk
pathogenic agents for research applications in BSL-3 and BSL-4 laboratories by creating a
vacuum relative to the room, preventing contamination.
The Class III cabinet, generally only installed in maximum containment laboratories
The enclosure is gas-tight, and all materials enter and leave through a dunk tank or double-
door autoclave Gloves attached to the front prevent direct contact with hazardous materials
(Class III cabinets are sometimes called glove box).
These custom-built cabinets often attach into a line, and the lab equipment installed inside
A single shell, high grade stainless steel, fully welded cabinet eliminates potential leaks that
may occur through failures of gaskets and cabinet seams
Class III Glove Boxes working with infectious agents, emerging diseases, chemical
carcinogens, equipment producing high volume aerosols, or high concentrations of low to
moderate risk agents in microbiology, bacteriology, virology, culture analysis and more.
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Low Vacuum Alarm
Bag-in Bag-Out HEPA Filter Exchange
Cool White Fluorescent Lighting
Duplex Outlets
Germicidal Ultraviolet Light
Custom Solutions

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Base Stand Options
Motor Speed Control

27 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name BLOOD BAG SHAKER
Clinical Purpose Blood Bag Shaker is compact unit that provide safe and smooth
action to ensure mixing of blood and anticoagulant without
damaging blood cells during collection of blood from a donor

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Accept all major brands of bag available in the local market
Mixing of blood bags
LCD/LED Display of parameters
Self Calibration
Measuring and shaking of blood bags
Battery operated

User Adjustable Settings:

Weight range 1-999 gr/ml

Displayed Parameters:
Accuracy +/- 2 %
Error Indication

Accessories:
With all Standard Accessories

Optional:
Bi-directional communication

28 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name BLOOD BAG TUBE SEALER
Clinical Purpose Blood bag tube thermo sealers are used to seal the pilot tubing of
bags used for collecting and processing blood. Some designs include
radio frequency systems that can seal a tube in less than 2 or even
1 second, without causing haemolysis or leakage

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
For electric handling and processing of blood bags in the blood donor area for 5 mm tubes
Microprocessor controlled high frequency generator unit
Adjustable sealing time up to 5 sec or less
Rechargeable battery operated unit with charging unit
Hand held sealer with 2 meter cable
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Battery backup for 500 sealing

Displayed Parameters:
Digital Display of Temperature, No. of Sealing etc
Over temperature alarms

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

29 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology
Generic Name BLOOD CELL COUNTER
Clinical Purpose Digital differential Blood Cell Counter is used in Haematology to
classify and count white blood cells

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Unit to count blood cell for blood analysis
Possibility for correction
Audible guided keys
Main and battery driven
RS232/USB interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

14 or more inputs per program

Displayed Parameters:
4 lines or more LCD display
Possibility to have entered data displayed as partial, total, and absolute or in percentage

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

30 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name BLOOD CULTURE SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Blood culture system is a fully automated microbiology growth and
detection system designed to detect microbial growth from blood
specimens

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Fully automated testing
System will be non-radiometric
Continuous-monitoring instrument
Automated quality control to ensure precise and reliable operation
Advanced algorithms for rapid detection of pathogens in blood culture like individual bottle
types, like low blood volume, paediatric specimens, or to detect slow growing organisms
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Reagent bottles will be tested every 10 minutes
Internal temperature of 70°F to 85°F
Average capability of approximately 20-25 specimens per day
Data management systems with bar-code scanning
Long term data storage and historical trending with bi-directional interface to an LIS

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for results
Results will be displayed as positive/negative and numerical growth units

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

31 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name BLOOD GAS ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose An arterial blood gas (ABG) test is a blood gas test of blood from an
artery; it is thus a blood test that measures the amounts of certain
gases (such as oxygen and carbon dioxide) dissolved in arterial
blood.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor based Blood gas Analyzer to measure, blood gases
Principal: Assay technology: Potentiometric and Amperometric electrodes (pH & O2
electrode), and a range of Ion-selective electrodes.
Sample Type: Whole blood (syringe and capillary) with recommended anticoagulant.
Test menu: pO2, pCO2, O2 saturation, pH,
Easy changing access to electrodes and reagents.
Automatic sample recognition and sampling.
Possibility of upgrade for data management
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Throughput: 24- 30 or more samples/hour
Sample Volume should be <100 μl
Analysis Time: Not more than 80 seconds nominal
Control panel with easy setting and monitoring of pCO2, pO2, pH
Measuring range:
pCO2: 5 - 200 mmHg
pO2: 0 - 800 mmHg
pH: 6.000 - 8.000 pH

Displayed Parameters:
LCD display for results
Large storage memory for minimum of 250 results or more
System should be capable of two point calibration along with manual calibration
Calibration history at least 24 hours
System should have at least 3-4 programs for quality control

32 | P a g e
 Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Consumables, reagents, calibrators, controls for startup.
 Initial calibration and quality control up to the full satisfaction of end user
 One roller mixer, spare lamps, fuses, dust cover etc.
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Note:
The firm must submit the cost of consumables/kits and details of reagent consumption and
approximate cost per cycle along with the tender. It should also submit maintenance cost
(per annum) as required after completion of warranty period.

Optional:

33 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name BLOOD GAS ANALYZER WITH ELECTROLYTES
Clinical Purpose An arterial blood gas (ABG) test is a blood gas test of blood from an
artery; it is thus a blood test that measures the amounts of certain
gases (such as oxygen and carbon dioxide) dissolved in arterial
blood.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor based Blood gas Analyzer to measure, blood gas and electrolytes
Principal: Assay technology: Potentiometric and Amperometric electrodes (pH & O2
electrode), and a range of Ion-selective electrodes.
Sample Type: Whole blood (syringe and capillary) with recommended anticoagulant.
Plasma/Serum for electrolytes only.
Test menu: pO2, pCO2, O2 saturation, pH, Na+, K+, Cl- and HCT.
Easy changing access to electrodes and reagents.
Automatic sample recognition and sampling.
Possibility of upgrade for data management
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Throughput: 24- 30 or more samples/hour
Sample Volume should be <100 μl
Analysis Time: Not more than 80 seconds nominal
Control panel with easy setting and monitoring of pCO2, pO2, pH
Measuring range:
pCO2: 5 - 200 mmHg
pO2: 0 - 800 mmHg
pH: 6.000 - 8.000 pH

Displayed Parameters:
LCD display for results
Large storage memory for minimum of 250 results or more
System should be capable of two point calibration along with manual calibration
Calibration history at least 24 hours
System should have at least 3-4 programs for quality control

34 | P a g e
 Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Consumables, reagents, calibrators, controls for startup.
 Initial calibration and quality control up to the full satisfaction of end user
 One roller mixer, spare lamps, fuses, dust cover etc.
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Note:
The firm must submit the cost of consumables/kits and details of reagent consumption and
approximate cost per cycle along with the tender. It should also submit maintenance cost
(per annum) as required after completion of warranty period.
Optional:
Measurement of Glucose, Lactic Acid, Total Hemoglobin

35 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name BLOOD STORAGE CABINETS
Clinical Purpose The Blood storage cabinet is extensively used to store the blood
and its related product in hospitals and blood banks
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Stainless Steel Interior
Automatic closing of the door
Controlled fan cooling
Key operated power switch
Safety door lock
Interior lighting
Integrated RS485/USB interface
LAN Converter
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Gross volume: 400L
Net capacity : minimum 240 blood bags of 450ml
Non modifiable temperature set point of +4°C
200-250 min hold over time at +25C ambient temperature
Safety thermostat

Displayed Parameters:
Digital temperature display
Temperature recording and online monitoring
Acoustical and visual alarm for temperature and power failure
Alarm system with battery backup
low and high alarm
Door opening alarm

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Seven day chart recorder
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK

36 | P a g e
 Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG
TRANSPORTATION LARGE SIZE
Clinical Purpose For transport of blood and pharmaceutical products

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
A plastic reinforcement at the bottom of the container allows the removable steel compartment
to be held in place
Large enough to accommodate blood and pharmaceutical products in their original packaging, as
well as a substantial amount of plasma.
Material outer casing: Polyethylene. Material inner container: Polyethylene

User Adjustable Settings:

An excellent isolated transport box of 44 l
Cold life at +32°C: up to 109 h
Cold life at +43°C: up to 74 h

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

37 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG
TRANSPORTATION MEDIUM SIZE
Clinical Purpose For transport of blood and pharmaceutical products

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Standard-equipped with a removable steel compartment as well as 12 icepacks, 3 of which are
constantly in use
Large enough to accommodate blood and pharmaceutical products in their original packaging, as well
as a substantial amount of plasma
Material outer casing: Polyethylene. Material inner container: Polyethylene

User Adjustable Settings:

An excellent isolated transport box of 24 l
Cold life at +32°C: up to 96 h
Cold life at +43°C: up to 56 h
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

38 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG
TRANSPORTATION SMALL SIZE
Clinical Purpose For transport of blood and pharmaceutical products

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Specially designed for the transport of blood
Made of rotomoulded polyethylene, a virtually indestructible plastic
Excellent mechanical resistance, as proven by drop tests
No subject to corrosion
Material outer casing: Polyethylene. Material inner container: Polyethylene
CFC & HCFC Free: Standard

User Adjustable Settings:

An excellent isolated transport box of 8 l
Cold life at +32°C: up to 46 h
Cold life at +43°C: up to 32.5 h

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

39 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG
TRANSPORTATION LARGE SIZE IN VEHICLES
Clinical Purpose For transport of blood and pharmaceutical products in Vehicles

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
The Container range is designed for the transportation of temperature sensitive products in
vehicles.
Vehicle plug-in for operation.
Easy to install in non-modified standard vehicles.
No additional fuel consumption due to the refrigeration system
Self-sufficient refrigeration
Body and door made of laminated polyester and white lacquered exterior, food quality for the
framework.
White lacquered paneling and food quality stainless steel interior.
Easy to clean using professional detergent or disinfectant
High-performance thermal insulation made from CFC-free expanded polyurethane foam.

User Adjustable Settings:

Maximum Volume: 400 L

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

40 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name THERMO CONTAINER FOR BLOOD BAG
TRANSPORTATION MEDIUM SIZE IN VEHICLES
Clinical Purpose For transport of blood and pharmaceutical products in Vehicles

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
The Container range is designed for the transportation of temperature sensitive products in
vehicles.
The units are completely self-sufficient and do not require a 230V mains supply or a vehicle plug-
in for operation. They are easily loaded into standard vehicles.
Easy to install in non-modified standard vehicles.
Several containers can be loaded onto the same vehicle, allowing products at different
temperatures to be transported.
No additional fuel consumption due to the refrigeration system
Self-sufficient refrigeration, even when the vehicle is stopped.
Body and door made of laminated polyester and white lacquered exterior
White lacquered paneling and food quality stainless steel interior
Easy to clean using professional detergent or disinfectant
High-performance thermal insulation made from CFC-free expanded polyurethane foam.

User Adjustable Settings:

Maximum Volume: 150 L

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

41 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Microbiology, Immunology
Generic Name CENTRIFUGE MACHINE
Clinical Purpose A centrifuge is a piece of equipment that puts an object in rotation
around a fixed axis (spins it in a circle), applying a potentially strong
force perpendicular to the axis of spin (outward). The centrifuge
works using the sedimentation principle, where the centripetal
acceleration causes denser substances and particles to move
outward in the radial direction. At the same time, objects that are
less dense are displaced and move to the center. In a laboratory
centrifuge that uses sample tubes, the radial acceleration causes
denser particles to settle to the bottom of the tube, while low-
density substances rise to the top

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Bench top centrifuge machine with angle rotor
Built in speedometer, variable speed control, lid locking and braking device
Maintenance free motor
Lid safety interlock
Noiseless and vibration free
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Speed 4500–5000 rpm.
Maximum capacity 8/12 x 15ml
Digital control of Timing up to 60min

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display of speed, timing
Rotor Imbalance detection

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

42 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name CO2 INCUBATOR
Clinical Purpose CO2 Incubator is a device which guarantees ideal, reproducible
growth conditions for cell cultures

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
CO2 Incubator to control in processing various cell cultures
Advanced technology for unprecedented temperature and CO2
Long-term performance, extremely reliable and viable
In order to prevent contamination, CO2 incubators employ copper enriched stainless steel
interior chamber Ultraviolet lamp system
The proven air jacket system and latest technology eliminate the risk of condensation
Up to 140 - 180°C hot-air sterilization, bacteria and spores are eliminated
Or H2O2 (Hydrogen Peroxide) decontamination system
The unique deep-drawn obstruction free chamber makes cleaning very easy
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Capacity and size 50-75 liters
Temp. Range from +5 Deg C above ambient to 50 Deg C approx

Displayed Parameters:
With temperature alarm monitor, CO2, humidity and temp
Control over temp. and under temp audible & visual alarm system

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 CO2 cylinders (2xD-type with one regulator)
 S.S shelves
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

43 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name COLONY COUNTER
Clinical Purpose In microbiology, a colony-forming unit (CFU) is a unit used to
estimate the number of viable bacteria or fungal cells in a sample.
Viable is defined as the ability to multiply via binary fission under the
controlled conditions. Counting with colony-forming units requires
culturing the microbes and counts only viable cells, in contrast with
microscopic examination which counts all cells, living or dead. The
visual appearance of a colony in a cell culture requires significant
growth, and when counting colonies it is uncertain if the colony
arose from one cell or a group of cells. Expressing results as colony-
forming units reflects this uncertainty.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Unit to record each pulsed with 2x minifying glass
With inbuilt Illuminator
Removable plates for housing varying sizes of Petri dishes
Unit should accommodate reversible contrast plates
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Should have facility to record up to 999 counts with beep for each count
Acquisition time: 10 min

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for counts

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Centering Device of different sizes
 Grid of different sizes
 Clickable permanent marker
 Stainless contact pointer
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

44 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology, Histopathology
Generic Name COMPACT WATER PURIFICATION SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Remove impurities & contaminates with a reverse osmosis water
treatment system

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Space saving device
For water purification conductivity less than 10µs with reservoir, automatic pressure control
and pumping machine, capacity 20 liters/hr
Reverse Osmosis Unit
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Average water consumption: 20 L/hour
Built-in Pure Water Storage Tank of 30 L with water level sensor to automatic operate the
unit

Displayed Parameters:
The purity of the deionized water should be so that the conductivity is 0 TDS as Final Product
There must be a conductivity meter on the final product
The water pressure at OUTPUT should be in range 7 to 57 psi
Quality control of RO permeate in all units
Reduction rate for particles and bacteria > 99 %

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

45 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology, Histopathology, Cytology
Generic Name AUTOMATIC SLIDE CYTOSEDIMENTATION MACHINE
Clinical Purpose Cytocentrifuge is an Important diagnostic tool for any diagnostic or
research laboratory. It is used for retrieving cells or microorganisms
from body fluids directly on the microscopic slides. Ordinary routine
centrifuges are not capable of doing this function. Suitable for
complete range of body fluids like CSF, Pleural fluid, putum, urine,
synovial fluids, Peritoneal fluids, Bronchial washings, Fine needle
aspirates etc.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Auto - Locking Plastic outer lid
Autoclavable sealed head
Disposable sample chambers with caps
Wipe clean control panel
The Cytospin protects the operator before, during and after sample Preparation
The ability to load the Cytospin Sealed Head in a microbiological cabinet is the ultimate safety
procedure
The Standby Mode is a power saving mode
220V, 50 Hz

User Adjustable Settings:

The Speed window displays the programmed spinning speeds from 200 to 2000 rpm
Acceleration Control
The 3 Acceleration buttons allow the operator excellent flexibility and exceptional protection
for fragile samples

Displayed Parameters:
The Time window displays the programmed time Remaining run time from 1 to 99 minutes
Auto Fixation Mode Control
Program Key Pad
Easy touch design allows for easier keystrokes and more intuitive Programming
Protected Program Memory
Up to 23 routines can now be stored for instant recall and protected from power loss
Safety alarms that protects users and specimens

Accessories:
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson, Liebert,
Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Kit, Clipped Funnel Starter
 Operating Manual with a soft copy
 Service manual with a soft copy

46 | P a g e
47 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology,
Histopathology
Generic Name DEEP FREEZER (LOCAL)
Clinical Purpose In Deep Freezer pharmaceutical items can be quickly frozen and
kept for long periods at a very low temperature as low as –4°C

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Vertical type
Temperature Control
Control of temperature for freezer with interior light
Powerful cooling
Fan cooled condenser
Better cooling retention
Rust resistant body
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Deep Freezer Temperature Range: -4 Deg C
Capacity: 12 CFT

Displayed Parameters:

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 3-4 shelves adjustable polyurethane/Nylon coated wire shelves
 Handle with lock
 Front drain
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

48 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name DE-IONIZER
Clinical Purpose Deionizers, demineralizers and DI systems are different names for
the same equipment. Another process, electrode ionization (EDI),
utilizes ion exchange resins and electricity to produce ultra pure
deionized water.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Capacity more than 10 liter per hour with R.O. System
RO Production rate at 15°C: 10 l/hr
RO Production rate at 20°C: 11 l/hr
RO Production rate at 25°C: 13 l/hr
Rejection rate for ions: 98%
Rejection rate for bacteria: 99%
Rejection rate for particles: 99%
Permeate conductivity: <0.1 µS/cm
Bacteria: <1 cfu/ml
Particles > 0.2 µm: <1 per ml
220V 50 Hz, AC
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 30 l Extension storage tank
 60 l Extension storage tank
 Wall bracket ET30 for 30 l tank
 Wall bracket ET60 for 60 l tank
 CO2 Degassing unit (max. 150 l/h)
Firm must quote the frequency of replacement and cost of the following consumables;
 Replacement Pre-treatment module AMB
 Replacement RO Module 10 l/h
 Replacement DI Cartridge VMD
 Sterile filter 0.2 µm with endotoxin retention (pack of 3 filters)
 Sterile filter 0.2 µm (pack of 3 filters)
 Vent Filter for built-in 7 l storage tank (pack of 3 filters)
 CO2 Trap CT1 with Vent Filter VT1 Kit for 30 and 60 l tank
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

49 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name DIGITAL HOT AIR OVEN
Clinical Purpose Hot air ovens are electrical devices which use dry heat to sterilize.
They were originally developed by Pasteur. Generally, they can be
operated from 50 to 300 °C, using a thermostat to control the
temperature.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor based PID control
Inner stainless steel and outer powder coated
Stainless steel chamber with adjustable shelves and a tough ended glass inner viewing door
At least two shelves made of stainless steel with adjustable height positions
The outer cabinet is to be rust resistant
Fitted with circulation fan
Chamber Capacity: 50-60 Liters or more
Power Source 220V, 50HZ AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Adjustable temperatures from ambient +5C up to 250C
Stability: 0.25C
Insulated control box

Displayed Parameters:
Temperature Control for accurate results
Digital display to show the chamber temperature and time
Indicator lamps to show when the heater is active and if an over temperature condition exists
The over temperature safety cutout to be set by the user

Accessories:
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

50 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Virtual Microscopy
Generic Name DIGITAL PATHOLOGY IMAGE CAPTURING INTEGRATION,
ANALYSIS AND COLLABORATION SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Digital Pathology is an image-based information environment which
is enabled by computer technology that allows for the management
of information generated from a digital slide. Digital pathology is
enabled in part by virtual microscopy, which is the practice of
converting glass slides into digital slides that can be viewed,
managed, and analyzed on a computer monitor. With the advent of
Whole-Slide Imaging, the field of digital pathology has exploded and
is currently regarded as one of the most promising avenues of
diagnostic medicine in order to achieve even better, faster and
cheaper diagnosis, prognosis and prediction of cancer and other
important diseases

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Automatic whole slide scanning system with;
Z Stack and extended focus
Motorized objective changer for 2 objective 20X and 40X
12 slide hardware
Software for membrane,nuclear,Histo,TMA,Telepathology
Compatible, reporting facility staining intensity/density
220V, 50Hz

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Compatible camera
 Compatible PC and LCD Monitor
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 2 hours
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

51 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name DIGITAL WEIGHING BALANCE
Clinical Purpose Weighing scales (or weigh scales or scales) are devices to measure
weight or calculate mass of different objects

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Top loading balance
Changeable Battery

User Adjustable Settings:

Capacity 200 gm
Sensitivity 1mg

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display
Set zero or calibration

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Spare Battery
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

52 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name ELECTRIC PLATE SHAKER
Clinical Purpose A shaker is a piece of laboratory equipment used to mix, blend, or
to agitate substances in tube(s) or flask(s) by shaking them, which is
mainly used in the fields of chemistry and biology. A shaker
contains an oscillating board which is used to place
the flasks, beakers, test tubes, etc. Although the magnetic
stirrer has come to replace the uses of shaker lately, the shaker is
still a preferred choice of equipment when dealing with such
large volume substances, or simultaneous agitation is required.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor controlled
Desktop type with silicon Rubber plate
Its rollers and glides allow the drawer storage platform to agitate smoothly
Sturdy, one piece perforated drawer of uniform air circulation
The drawer will be removable type
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Speed range 30 – 300 rpm
Timer minimum for 24 hours

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display and alarm function
Motion alarm system

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Spring rack / holder
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

53 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name ELECTROLYTE ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose Automated microprocessor-controlled electrolyte system that uses
ISE (Ion Selective Electrode) technology to make electrolyte
measurements i.e. combinations of Na+, K+, Cl–, Li+, Ca++, and pH in
whole blood, serum, plasma, or urine

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
ISE System, For measuring electrolytes Na+, K+, in plasma, Serum and Urine
System should accept Whole Blood, Serum, Plasma, Urine as sample
System should be capable of automatic two point calibration along carrying out one-point
and two-point calibration manually
System should have 2 or more levels of quality controls
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Sample Volume Range: Serum/Plasma/Blood <100 ul, Urine <300 ul
Throughput 60 samples/hour or more
Analysis Time: Serum/Plasma/Blood/ Urine = 60 sec
Result storage capacity: 150 - 200 samples

Displayed Parameters:
Simultaneous digital display for the results
Selectable adjustable reference range for all parameters

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Measurement of;
1. Cl–
2. Li+
3. Ca++
4. pH

54 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name ELECTRONIC BLOOD COLLECTION MONITOR
Clinical Purpose A blood collection monitor is a device used to monitor the
collection of a blood donation to protect against over or under
bleeding of the patient. The devices are extensively used in
hospitals, research clinics, and pharmaceuticals industries to ensure
the anticoagulation and addition of blood when necessary, without
blood cells being damaged during the collection procedure.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Small size and extremely light weight
High portability for mobile use
Increased efficiency
Battery operated system
Easy to clean and maintain
Outstanding stability and long life time
USB connection

User Adjustable Settings:

Both with scale and mixing function
Blood Collection Monitor is developed to take a predefined blood donation and mix the
product in a three-dimensional way
For quality assurance, it monitors the entire blood donation and registers all significant
events that may occur during the process

Displayed Parameters:
Digital Display for measured values of blood
Bi-directional communication
Data management capability

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 SD card
 Rechargeable Battery with Charger
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
 Wireless connection (option)

PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK

55 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Haematology
Generic Name ELECTROPHORESIS EQUIPMENT WITH ACCESSORIES
Clinical Purpose Electrophoresis Apparatus is used for protein and nucleic acid
applications designed for research, agarose gel electrophoresis
equipment

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
H. B. Electrophoresis
Fully automatic computer controlled agarose gel electrophoresis system
Dry temperature controlled migration chamber
High efficiency peltier driven temperature
Automatic sample application, migration and staining
Distaining and result interpretation
User interface software with up-gradation facility
USB Connectivity
220V, 50Hz

Detailed Requirement:
Electrophoresis apparatus including following:
Electrophoresis tank
Densitometer
Bridges and applicator
Power supply
To scan all standard electrophoresis media in absorbance or fluorescence mode
Fractions selected automatically or manually
Edit function for all separations

Electrophoresis Tank
For cellulose acetate strips, Cellulose acetate plates, and Agarose gels.
Tank made of highly resistant white ABS material.
Both compartment marked with (Negative/Cathode) & + (Positive/ anode).
Fitted with 2 Platinum electrodes.
Built in safety device for no current unless cover is placed on top.
Densitometer
For identification of serum proteins, & Lipoproteins fractions
Capable of storing 5 personalized, programs, Haemoglobins, Iso enzymes, etc.
Average optical value as additional check for result acceptability
Supports both transparent and non transparent gels and strips
Scan length: up to 50 mm
Height graph normalization, minimum singling out, protein and lipid fractions identifications
Elimination and / or minima added albumin value correction.
Up to 8 fractions can be identified
Repeatability more than 0.3 %
Bridges & Applicator
1 Bridge for cellulose acetate strips, 140 x 57 mm

56 | P a g e
1 Bridge for cellulose acetate plates and agarose gels
1 sample applicator for 0.9 ul, 4 samples / strips
Tip set
Complete with housing.

Power supply:
For constant voltage
Digital display of voltage, current and timer, safety features over rides in case of excess load
220V, 50 Hz with regulated PS of range 0-500V, 100 mA
User Adjustable Settings:
Flexible migration chamber 2 or 3 electrodes
Memory minimum of approx 2 gels/20 racks
Assay: serum proteins, B1-B12, immunofixation violet-blue, penta valent and Bence Jones
Immunofixation , HR protein, HDC, Alkaline and acidic Hemoglobin. Lipoproteins, LDH, CK, ALP
Isoelectric focusing of the CSF

Displayed Parameters:
Results in IU/l; g/l; g/dl; mg/dl & rel%
Colour Touch Screen Monitor or Integrated Monitor with Key Board
Result report format: Quantitative(value) qualitative(bands with graph)

Accessories:
 Disposable sample plate
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 2 hours (Emerson, Liebert,
Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a soft copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

57 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Histopathology
Generic Name EMBEDDING STATION
Clinical Purpose An instrument used to melt paraffin to embed on tissue cassette.
Embed routine tissue samples into paraffin blocks for microtome
sectioning.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Hot station
An instrument used to melt paraffin to embed on tissue cassette.
Paraffin tank holding 3 liters of paraffin
Activation of paraffin flow manually via a rotating, height-adjustable clip.
Paraffin flow controllable, 2 pre-heated removable paraffin trays.
Ample easily clean heated space with politer spot for super mega cassettes.
Removable heated forceps holder for up to 6 forceps
Extra better illumination with adjustable lamp.
RS-232/USB Interface
Power Supply: 220V, 50Hz

User Adjustable Settings:

Optimum temperature choice: 55 C to 75 C
Paraffin: 3 liters
Paraffin trays: 1.5 liters
Cassette warmer: 100 cassettes

Displayed Parameters:
Program
Temperature: Paraffin tank, steel moulds section, Operating area
Temperature choice: 55 C to 75 C
Time: Days, Starting-Ending Time, Present etc.
Constant temperature indication
Programmable start and end times

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Paraffin reservoir lid
 Filtering screen
 Paraffin collecting trays
 2 Removable cassette and mold baths
 02 removable lid for cassette and base molds
 Removable holder for 6 forceps
 Paraffin scraper
 Illumination stand

58 | P a g e
  Replacement Bulb
 Set of fuses
 Set of power cords
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

59 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name HIGH END FULLY AUTOMATIC RANDOM ACCESS
CHEMISTRY ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose Chemistry Analyzers are used to determine the concentration of
certain metabolites, electrolytes, proteins, and/or drugs in
samples of serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, and/or other
body fluids.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Microprocessor controlled fully automated chemistry analyzer
User programmable with built in bar code reader
Sample type: Serum, Plasma, Body Fluids etc.
Capability to re-run with automatic on board sample dilution
Automatic Sample Quality Analysis for Lipemia, Hemolysis, Icterus
CD/USB Storage System
RS 232 interface for on line computer
220V, 50 Hz operated

User Adjustable Settings:

Minimum 40 tests on panel including ISE
Minimum 60 sample/QC positions and continuous loading of samples
500 tests/hr or above for a range of chemistries (Other than ISE i.e. Na+, K+, Cl–)
Spectral Range 320-690 nm
Diffraction grating wavelength 340, 405, 492, 505, 546, 578, 630 nm or more / Filter
Wavelength 340, 405, 492, 505, 546, 578, 630 nm, one free position
Sample volume 2-50 µl

Displayed Parameters:
Touch Screen Display Monitor
On board reagent refrigeration of 2-8 Degree Centigrade / On board reagent refrigeration
compatible with the kits.
Facility to display actual temperature of reagent
Temperature control for assays at 37C
Self calibrating against known standards + Storage of QC results
Independent stat capability, facility of reflex testing
Automatic calibration of curves and results
Automatic flagging of results outside user defined limits
Data entry by keyboard, bar code reader & LIS
Bubble and sample level detector/Liquid Level Sensing on both Reagent and Sample Probe
Minimum data storage 10,000 tests
Parameters to be decided by the procuring agency as per requirements of end user

60 | P a g e
 Accessories:
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Compatible RO System (If required) to operate the Chemistry Analyzer
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional (If any):

61 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name LOW END FULLY AUTOMATIC RANDOM ACCESS
CHEMISTRY ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose Chemistry Analyzers are used to determine the concentration of
certain metabolites, electrolytes, p proteins, and/or drugs in
samples of serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, and/or other
body fluids.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Microprocessor controlled fully automated chemistry analyzer
User programmable with built in bar code reader
Sample type: Serum, Plasma, Body Fluids etc.
Capability to re-run with automatic on board sample dilution
Automatic Sample Quality Analysis for Lipemia, Hemolysis, Icterus
CD/USB Storage System
RS 232 interface for on line computer
220V, 50 Hz operated

User Adjustable Settings:

Minimum 30 tests on panel including ISE
Minimum 35-45 sample/QC positions and continuous loading of samples
130 tests/hr or above for a range of chemistries (Other than ISE i.e. Na+, K+, Cl–)
Spectral Range 320-690 nm
Diffraction grating wavelength 340, 405, 492, 505, 546, 578, 630 nm or more / Filter
Wavelength 340, 405, 492, 505, 546, 578, 630 nm, one free position
Sample volume 2-50 µl

Displayed Parameters:
LCD Display Monitor
On board reagent refrigeration of 2-8 Degree Centigrade / On board reagent refrigeration
compatible with the kits.
Temperature control for assays at 37C
Self calibrating against known standards + Storage of QC results
Independent stat capability, facility of reflex testing
Automatic calibration of curves and results
Automatic flagging of results outside user defined limits
Data entry by keyboard, bar code reader & LIS
Bubble and sample level detector/Liquid Level Sensing on both Reagent and Sample Probe
Minimum data storage 10,000 tests
Parameters to be decided by the procuring agency as per requirements of end user

62 | P a g e
Accessories:
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Compatible RO System (If required) to operate the Chemistry Analyzer
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional (If any):

63 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name MEDIUM END FULLY AUTOMATIC RANDOM ACCESS
CHEMISTRY ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose Chemistry Analyzers are used to determine the concentration of
certain metabolites, electrolytes, p proteins, and/or drugs in
samples of serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, and/or other
body fluids.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Microprocessor controlled fully automated chemistry analyzer
User programmable with built in bar code reader
Sample type: Serum, Plasma, Body Fluids etc.
Capability to re-run with automatic on board sample dilution
Automatic Sample Quality Analysis for Lipemia, Hemolysis, Icterus
CD/USB Storage System
RS 232 interface for on line computer
220V, 50 Hz operated

User Adjustable Settings:

Minimum 40 tests on panel including ISE
Minimum 60 sample/QC positions and continuous loading of samples
300 tests/hr or above for a range of chemistries (Other than ISE i.e. Na+, K+, Cl–)
Spectral Range 320-690 nm
Diffraction grating wavelength 340, 405, 492, 505, 546, 578, 630 nm or more / Filter
Wavelength 340, 405, 492, 505, 546, 578, 630 nm, one free position
Sample volume 2-50 µl

Displayed Parameters:
Touch Screen Display Monitor
On board reagent refrigeration of 2-8 Degree Centigrade/ On board reagent refrigeration
compatible with the kits.
Facility to display actual temperature of reagent
Temperature control for assays at 37C
Self calibrating against known standards + Storage of QC results
Independent stat capability, facility of reflex testing
Automatic calibration of curves and results
Automatic flagging of results outside user defined limits
Data entry by keyboard, bar code reader & LIS
Bubble and sample level detector/Liquid Level Sensing on both Reagent and Sample Probe
Minimum data storage 10,000 tests
Parameters to be decided by the procuring agency as per requirements of end user

64 | P a g e
Accessories:
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Compatible RO System (If required) to operate the Chemistry Analyzer
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional (If any):

65 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Microbiology, Immunology
Generic Name FULLY AUTOMATIC MULTI WASH AND ELISA TEST READER
Clinical Purpose Plate readers, also known as micro plate readers or micro plate
photometers, are instruments which are used to detect biological,
chemical or physical events of samples in microtiter plates
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Open system fully automated Microprocessor Controlled Micro Plate/Batch ELISA Analyzer with
LCD Monitor and data recording system
Unit with automatic sample identification, dilution, incubation, conjugation, washing and
reading facility
(The Reader should be open and programmable, selectable interpretation facility with LCD
display, Optical density 3.0 or more)
System should have programmable incubation and micro-plate shaking
System Should be able to work in sessions
At least 3 integrated liquid buffer tanks
The washer should be of have multiple heads
LAN/ WLAN port to share the data with hospital network
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Programmable for 4 Plates of 96 wells with filters 405-620 nm with at least 6 filters
Throughput 4x96 samples test i.e. Infectious profile, Hormones Profile, Auto antibodies, Vit-D
level, Immunoglobulin, Tumor markers, Auto immuno panel
12 or more assays for micro-plate
Up to 12 assays profile
Unit based on at least 2 micro-plate principal and 2 incubation positions
System should have possibility to detect clot and to check volume intake
The facility for Auto clot detection, sensor probes for reagent and samples have been added
System should have possibility to run 24 or more controls with 18 or more position for reagents
8 or more suction channels and at least 8 dispensing channel
Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for results
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson, Liebert,
Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

66 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty HAEMATOLOGY
Generic Name HAEMATOLOGY ANALYZER (3 Part)
Clinical Purpose Hematology Analyzers are computerized, highly specialized and
automated machines that count the number of different kinds of
white and red blood cells in a blood sample. The results they
provide are collectively known as complete blood counts (CBCs) or
complete blood count with differentiation of cells (CBCs with diff)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Automated Hematology Counter
Auto probe cleaning/wiping
RS232/USB interface
220V, 50 Hz operated

User Adjustable Settings:

Through put 60 samples/hour or more
3-Part differential with minimum 20 parameters
Histograms for WBC, RBC and Platelet
Sample Volume: Max 120 ul of whole blood or less

Displayed Parameters:
Digital LCD display
Auto calibration programme
Patient data entry and specimen recognition by keyboard/LCD Touch Screen/Bar Code
Patient data and results storage of 5,000 Results or more

Accessories:
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Consumables, reagents, calibrators, controls for start up
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Note:
Availability of Reagents and Kits must be ensured and guaranteed by the supplying firm in the
local market.
Optional:

67 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty HAEMATOLOGY
Generic Name HAEMATOLOGY ANALYZER (5 Part)
Clinical Purpose Hematology Analyzers are computerized, highly specialized and
automated machines that count the number of different kinds of
white and red blood cells in a blood sample. The results they
provide are collectively known as complete blood counts (CBCs) or
complete blood count with differentiation of cells (CBCs with diff)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Automated Hematology Counter
Auto probe cleaning/wiping
RS232/USB interface
220V, 50 Hz operated

User Adjustable Settings:

Through put 60 samples/hour or more
Minimum 24 parameters 5-Part differential including Hb, WBC, RBC, Hct, PLT, and derived
values
Histograms for WBC, RBC and Platelet
Sample Volume: Max 120 ul of whole blood or less

Displayed Parameters:
LCD display with touch screen
Patient data entry and specimen recognition by keyboard/LCD Touch Screen/Bar Code
Patient data and results storage for 10,000 Results or more

Accessories:
With specimen mixer and auto sampler;
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Consumables, reagents, calibrators, controls for start up
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Note:
Availability of Reagents and Kits must be ensured and guaranteed by the supplying firm in the
local market.

Optional:

68 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty HAEMATOLOGY
Generic Name HAEMATOLOGY ANALYZER (6 Part)
Clinical Purpose Hematology Analyzers are computerized, highly specialized and
automated machines that count the number of different kinds of
white and red blood cells in a blood sample. The results they
provide are collectively known as complete blood counts (CBCs) or
complete blood count with differentiation of cells (CBCs with diff)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Fully Automated Microprocessor Controlled.
Fluorescence Flow Cytometry to perform WBC, WBC 6 DIFF, RET.
Hydrodynamic focusing DC Detection Method for RBC, PLT.
Cynide Free SLS method for HGB.
License for PLT-F, Ret-He and strong scatter gram identification for MP
Auto Rerun, Repeat & Reflex functions.
Specific Body Fluids Analysis.
Sample Mode, Low WBC Mode, Pre-dilution Mode
Sample Auto Loading
Reagent Management Capacity
Random Access Retics Analysis with Reportable IRF, LFR, MFR.
RS232/USB interface
220V, 50 Hz operated

User Adjustable Settings:

Through put 60 samples/hour or more
Reportable Parameters: Minimum 40 parameters 5-Part differential including HGB, RBC, HCT,
MCV, MCH, MCHC, RDW-SD, RDW CV, MPV,WBC, NEUT%, LYMPH%, MONO%, EO%,
BASO%,IG%,NEUT#, LYMPH#,MONO#, EO#, BASO#,IG#,PLT-I, PLT-O, P-LCR, PDW, PCT, IPF #,
IPF, RET%, RET#, LFR, MFR, HFR, IRF, RET-He, WBC-BF, RBC-BF, MN%, MN#, PMN%, PMN#, TC-
BF#
Sample Volume: Max 70 ul or less

Displayed Parameters:
LCD display with touch screen
Patient data entry and specimen recognition by keyboard/LCD Touch Screen/Bar Code
Patient data and results storage for 10,000 Results or more

Accessories:
With specimen mixer and auto sampler;
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Consumables, reagents, calibrators, controls for start up

69 | P a g e
  Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Note:
To be used only for specialized care of bone marrow and will be certified by the end user /
procuring agency
Availability of Reagents and Kits must be ensured and guaranteed by the supplying firm in the
local market.

Optional:

70 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Histopathology
Generic Name HYBRIDIZATION SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Hybridization System and its ability to accurately keep the
temperature stable is essential to success of RNA scope Assay.
Hybridization System is a simple, easy-to-use, low-profile bench top
hybridization oven that provides superior conditions for RNA-ISH.
The Oven provides a gasket-sealed, temperature-controlled
humidifying chamber necessary for optimized RNA scope assay
performance.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Hybridization System
Rotating Oven, Rotator and Hybridization Cassette
Internal rotator easily drops in and lifts out without tools
Unique convection heating system eliminating hot/cold spots
Uses simple two-piece 4-slide cassette
Rotators are available for SciGene, Agilent and Robbins Scientific ovens or equivalent
Friction hinged Lid
Four leveling Feet
Small footprint
220V, 50Hz

User Adjustable Settings:

Rotator holds up to 6-8 cassettes (20-30 slides) for rotational mixing during incubation
20-30 slides capacity
Temperature Range: ambient +5 C to 99 C
Temperature Regulation: ± 0.2 C from set point
Up to 20 or 80 RPM
Programmable digital controls

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display of temperature
Calibration mode included to ensure accurate readings

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
1. Hybridization Cassette:
• Two piece design reduces handling errors
• Replaces 4x single slide Agilent SureHyb chambers or equivalent
• Priced 40% less than 4x Agilent SureHyb chambers or equivalent
• Automation compatible – micro plate footprint
2. Jog switch adjusts rotator position for easy cassette loading

71 | P a g e
 3. Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 2 hours
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
4. Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
5. Operating Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

72 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology, Immunology
Generic Name IMMUNOASAY ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose An immunoassay is a biochemical test that measures the presence
or concentration of a macromolecule or a small molecule in a
solution through the use of an antibody (usually) or
an antigen (sometimes). The molecule detected by the
immunoassay is often referred to as an "analyte" and is in many
cases a protein, although it may be other kinds of molecules, of
different size and types, as long as the proper antibodies that have
the adequate properties for the assay are developed. Analytes in
biological liquids such as serum or urine are frequently measured
using immunoassays for medical and research purposes.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Fully automatic Random Access Analyzer for routine and specialized immunoassays
Chemilumiscence based System
Qualitative and quantitative analysis assays
Onboard reagent Refrigeration
Automatic Rerun Facility for out of range results
Bar Code Reader for Reagents and Samples
The reagent vials with caps close automatically, no reagent evaporation
Automatic sample clot detection and rejection in each sample to ensure every sample is clear
Automated operation, no manual loading of test units / test cartridges etc.
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Sample type: Serum , plasma or urine
Sample volume: 150 to 250 ul test dependent
Through put min 80 tests/hr or more
Sample Capacity should be at least 50 samples with continuous loading platform
Up to 24 Reagents on-board at a time
Parameters to be decided by the procuring agency as per requirements of end user

Displayed Parameters:
Automatic assays of analytes related to Cancer,
Infectious diseases, Cardiovascular disease,
Thyroid disease, Fertility/Hormones, Polio & Vitamins
Hepatitis markers

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;

73 | P a g e
  Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson, Liebert,
Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

74 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name INOCULATION HOOD
Clinical Purpose The inoculation hood is used to create bacteria, fungae free
atmosphere in the chamber with ultra violet germicidal light and it
is used in bio logical culture studies

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detailed Requirement:
Tabletop model with viewing glass
Inoculation hood with size around 3’
Made of Stainless Steel with clear fixed window for viewing
Two opening ports for insertion of hands
Two door on two sides to keep Glassware. Almost air tight chamber.
220V 50 Hz, AC

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Fluorescent light
 UV light
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

75 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Molecular Biology
Generic Name LABORATORY INCUBATOR
Clinical Purpose An incubator is a device used to grow and maintain microbiological
cultures or cell cultures. The incubator maintains
optimal temperature of the atmosphere inside. Incubators are
essential for a lot of experimental work in cell
biology, microbiology and molecular biology and are used to culture
both bacterial as well as eukaryotic cells.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor controlled unit/ Thermostatically controlled
Unit should have four side heating option
Unit should be made of Stainless Steel from inside and outside
Glass door for inner viewing
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Adjustable temperature range of +5 °C above ambient up to +80 °C or more
Accuracy: (+/-) 1 deg C
Capacity and size 100 liters or more

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display of temperature and time
Fitted with thermostat, thermometer, digital timer

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Two shelves
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

76 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name LABORTARY STERLIZER LARGE
Clinical Purpose Steam sterilizers (sometimes referred to as steam autoclaves, or
just autoclaves) are an essential part of the decontamination and
sterilization process performed by Central Sterile Services
Departments (CSSD) in healthcare facilities

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
High pressure Vertical/Horizontal Steam Sterilizer
Built in Electric Steam Generator and connection for external steam supply
Fully automatic, programmable, micro processor type
Automatic one door/Manual
Chamber and Door Material SS 304L/316L or equivalent
Should be provided with over pressure safety valve
Safety interlock
Automatic heat exchanger and Air detector
Door should be hinged type
Door sealing assisted with high quality silicon Gasket
Steam Generator provided with Automatic Water feeding for continuous operation
3 phase, 380V, 50Hz.

User Adjustable Settings:

Capable of taking both packets and containers of all standard sizes
Chamber volume 100 Ltr or more
Time cycled, working temperature 121 degree C & 134 Degree C

Displayed Parameters:
Temperature & Pressure recorder
Chamber pressure indicator
Cycle indicator to determine the phase of sterilization cycle
Automatic Cycle completion indicator or buzzer
Program/Cycle selection

Accessories:
Complete with standard accessories;
 Removable shelves
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

77 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology, Haematology
Generic Name LABORTARY STERLIZER SMALL
Clinical Purpose Steam sterilizers (sometimes referred to as steam autoclaves, or
just autoclaves) are an essential part of the decontamination and
sterilization process performed by central sterile services
departments (CSSD) in healthcare facilities

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
System should be fully automatic microprocessor controlled horizontal steam sterilizer high-
speed pre & post vacuum treatment
The door system should be automatic with locking device.
The system should be based on a screw and a self-aligning nut
The sterilizer’s framework, piping and housing should be made up of stainless steel quality
Sterilizer should be equipped with a diaphragm vacuum pump, combined with a heat
exchanger, and should be a pre-vacuum and post vacuum sterilizer
The sterilizers should be equipped with 2 Water Reservoirs one for the tap water and one for
drain water
The Sterilizers should be equipped with an Energy Saving Mode which should be activated
when the unit is not in use for a certain period of time

User Adjustable Settings:

Capacity: 20-25 litter or more
Built-in steam generator
Programmable Temperature range of 121 and 137 Degree Centigrade
Pressure up to 2.3 bars (34 psi)

Displayed Parameters:
The system should have a 5” or more digital touch-screen graphic display , communication,
self and remote diagnosis and PC connection for external documentation and printing
The sterilizer should show’s real time graph of cycles while it’s running
The Sterilizer should be equipped with 5 Pre-programmed cycle and 2 test cycles
Memory for at least last 10 cycles

Accessories:
Complete with standard accessories;
 The unit should be supplied with an integrated impact printer
 A disposable air filter (HEPA) should be provided for filtering the atmospheric air
before entering in the chamber
 Removable shelves of SS or equivalent
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

78 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology,
Histopathology
Generic Name MEDICAL REFRIGERATOR WITH FREEZER
Clinical Purpose The Medical Refrigerators of complete and integrated solutions for
pharmaceuticals, medicines and temperature sensitive biologicals,
but also suite the stable and reliable laboratory requirements. The
refrigerators provide an ideal temperature environment for clinical,
pharmaceutical and industrial research.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Temperature Control
Control of temperature for individual refrigerator and freezer compartments
Interior light in refrigerator compartment
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

(Refrigerator) +2 to +12 Deg C
(Freezer) -10 to - 30 Deg C
Capacity: 10-12 CFT or more

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 3-4 adjustable polyurethane/Nylon coated wire shelves
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

79 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name BI-HEAD MICROSCOPE
Clinical Purpose A microscope is an instrument used to see objects that are too
small for the naked eye. The science of investigating small objects
using such an instrument is called microscopy. Microscopic means
invisible to the eye unless aided by a microscope. The most
common (and the first to be invented) is the optical microscope,
which uses light to image the sample.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Bi- Head Microscope
Standard microscope with infinity color corrected optics
Trinocular head, adjustable inter papillary distance
Tube head with an inclination of 30 Degree or more
Rotating quadruple/quintuple nose piece
2-layer with mechanical sliding stage, XY moving range
Condenser carrier, vertically/horizontal adjustable
Bright field condenser, N.A. of 1.25
Aperture iris diaphragm
LED illumination
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Coaxial coarse and fine focusing system, with focusing stop mechanism
Variable intensity control system
Eyepiece lenses:-
10x wide field, focusable, FN 20mm
4xScanning lens,
10X
20X
40x
100x oil immersion

Accessories:
 Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Carrying case
 Dust cover
 Immersion oil
Camera: Built-in or Separate
 C mount type microscope camera
 8 or more frames per second at 5.0MP
 Workable with windows operating system

80 | P a g e
  Medical grade 5 or more mega pixel
 Editable software
 Memory : 8 GB or more
 Compatible PC
 Color LCD Display:
 17”inch or above (locally provided ) HP, Samsung, Sony or Equivalent
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy/
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Polarizing lense/attachment

81 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology, Histopathology, Hematology
Generic Name BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
Clinical Purpose A microscope is an instrument used to see objects that are too small
for the naked eye. The science of investigating small objects using
such an instrument is called microscopy. Microscopic means invisible
to the eye unless aided by a microscope. The most common (and the
first to be invented) is the optical microscope, which uses light to
image the sample

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Standard microscope with infinity color corrected optics
Binocular head, adjustable inter papillary distance
Tube head with an inclination of 30 Degree or more
Rotating quadruple/quintuple nose piece
2-layer with mechanical sliding stage, XY moving range
Condenser carrier, vertically/horizontal adjustable
Bright field condenser, N.A. of 1.25
Aperture iris diaphragm
LED illumination
220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Coaxial coarse and fine focusing system, with focusing stop mechanism
Variable intensity control system
Eyepiece lenses:-
10x wide field, focusable,
Objective lenses (Achromat):-
4xScanning lens
10X
20X
40x
100x oil immersion

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Carrying case
 Dust cover
 Immersion oil
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Polarizing lense/attachment

82 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name MICROSCOPE MULTI-HEAD
Clinical Purpose A microscope is an instrument used to see objects that are too
small for the naked eye. The science of investigating small objects
using such an instrument is called microscopy. Microscopic means
invisible to the eye unless aided by a microscope. The most
common (and the first to be invented) is the optical microscope,
which uses light to image the sample

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Multi Head Microscope with five heads
Standard microscope with infinity color corrected optics
Trinocular head, adjustable inter papillary distance
Tube head with an inclination of 30 Degree or more
Rotating quadruple/quintuple nose piece
2-layer with mechanical sliding stage, XY moving range
Condenser carrier, vertically/horizontal adjustable
Bright field condenser, N.A. of 1.25
Aperture iris diaphragm
LED illumination
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Coaxial coarse and fine focusing system, with focusing stop mechanism
Variable intensity control system
Eyepiece lenses:-
10x wide field, focusable, FN 20mm.
4xScanning lens,
10X
20X
40X
100X oil immersion

Accessories:
 Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Carrying case
 Dust cover
 Immersion oil
Camera: Built-in or Separate
 C mount type microscope camera
 8 or more frames per second at 5.0MP

83 | P a g e
  Workable with windows operating system
 Medical grade 5 or more mega pixel
 Editable software
 Memory : 8 GB or more
 Compatible PC
 Color LCD Display:
 17”inch or above (locally provided ) HP, Samsung, Sony or Equivalent
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Polarizing lense/attachment

84 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology, Histopathology, Haematology
Generic Name TRINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
Clinical Purpose A microscope is an instrument used to see objects that are too
small for the naked eye. The science of investigating small objects
using such an instrument is called microscopy. Microscopic means
invisible to the eye unless aided by a microscope. The most
common (and the first to be invented) is the optical microscope,
which uses light to image the sample

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Trinocular microscope 360° rotating, inclined at 30°
Wide Field 10X / 20 mm
Quadruple/Quintuple nose piece
2-layer with mechanical sliding stage, XY moving range
LED Illumination
1.25 N.A. Abbe type Condenser
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Coaxial coarse and fine focusing system, with focusing stop mechanism
Achromatic 4x, 10x, 40x and 100x (oil immersion)
4xScanning lens,
10X
20X
40X
100X Oil Immersion

Accessories:
 Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Carrying case
 Dust cover
 Immersion oil
Camera: Built-in or Separate
 C mount type microscope camera with progressive scanning
 8 or more frames per second at 5.0MP
 Workable with windows operating system
 Medical grade 5 or more mega pixel
 Editable software
 Memory : 8 GB or more
 Compatible PC
 Color LCD Display:
 17”inch or above (locally provided ) HP, Samsung, Sony or Equivalent

85 | P a g e
  Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Polarizing lense/attachment

86 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name LABORATORY MICROWAVE OVEN GENERAL PURPOSE
Clinical Purpose General-purpose laboratory microwave oven featuring high-
performance fume extraction. Excellent for general laboratory use
(slide drying, histology staining, etc.)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor based PID control
Stainless steel interior & exterior for easy maintenance, long life
High-performance vent system with standard 4” output; connect to fume hood or vent stack
Microwave stirrers (no carousel necessary) for even microwave distribution, no “hot spots”
Tall chambers, for tall containers and vessels
Illuminated interiors with stain-resistant ceramic floors
Power Source 220V, 50HZ AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Vent system output: 100cfm
Presets available: 20
Number of power settings: 5

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display to show the time
Digital countdown timer, accurate to 1 second

Accessories:
A full line of accessories including ;
 Racks
 containers
 Tray carriers
 Microwave leakage detector
 8' Ventilation Hose
 Microwave Companion
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
 Temperature Control for accurate results
 Digital display to show the chamber temperature

87 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Histopathology
Generic Name LABORATORY MICROWAVE OVEN FOR HISTOLOGY
Clinical Purpose Histology laboratory microwave oven ever, featuring high-
performance fume extraction. Excellent for histology use (slide
drying, histology staining, etc.)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor based PID control
Stainless steel interior & exterior for easy maintenance, long life
High-performance vent system with standard 4” output; connect to fume hood or vent stack
Microwave stirrers (no carousel necessary) for even microwave distribution, no “hot spots”
Tall chambers, for tall containers and vessels
Illuminated interiors with stain-resistant ceramic floors
Adjustable air agitation ensures even temperature and reagent dispersion for all specimens
Preset & variable time entry
Power Source 220V, 50HZ AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Vent system output: 100 cfm
Presets available: 40
Number of power settings: Full scale variable power (0-100%)

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display to show the time
Digital countdown timer, accurate to 1 second

Accessories:
A full line of accessories including ;
 Racks
 containers
 Tray carriers
 Microwave leakage detector
 8' Ventilation Hose
 Microwave Companion
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
 Temperature Control for accurate results
 Digital display to show the chamber temperature

88 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name MYCOBACTERIAL DETECTION SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Automated system for high-volume mycobacteria growth,
detection and susceptibility testing.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Automated mycobacteria growth detection & sensitivity testing system having photo
detectors measuring fluorescence levels.
Designed to meet the needs of medium and high volume laboratories
Walk-away/automated mycobacteria growth detection & automated sensitivity of TB drugs
including streptomycin, ionized, rifampicin, ethambutol & pyrazinamide
TB culture and sensitivity of Anti TB drugs.
Mycobacteria culture tubes containing fluorescent sensors that respond to oxygen
concentration in the culture medium & Anti TB drugs sensitivity-testing kits.
Susceptibility Test for Mycobacterium Tuberculosis to PZA
A non-radiometric system with Mycobacteria Growth Indicator Tube system having media
and patented sensors, making efficient use of advanced fluorometric technology which
permits highly accurate detection of O2 consumption without sharps.
On-board incubation means no sharps, and no need to handle or transfer tubes once the
system is loaded - thus reducing labor requirements and adding on an extra layer of operator
safety.
Automated quality control is performed continuously to ensure precise and reliable
operation. Results are provided as positive/negative and numerical Growth Units
Built-in computer; liquid crystal display key pad; floppy disk drive or CD/DVD Drive
System should automatically direct the placement of each tube within the instrument and
indicates positives with both a visual and an audible signal as they occur
USB/RS-232 Interface
Input voltage, 220 volts AC. 50 Hz.

User Adjustable Settings:

960 tubes capacity or more
Throughput: 8000 specimens per year

Displayed Parameters:
LCD display for results
Continuous monitoring identifies positives as they occur.
Faster results can improve patient care and lower healthcare costs by reducing hospital stays
and optimizing equipment and staff utilization
Bar code scanning for eliminating potential errors
Data Management System to perform statistical analyses and accommodates different
customer preferences.

89 | P a g e
 It also provides simple specimen tracking along with a flexible and dynamic reporting system
for more in-depth data management needs
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Mycobacteria Growth Indicator Tube Plastic Tubes
 Mycobacteria Growth Indicator Tube SIRE Kit
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Built-in Printer or compatible printer
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

90 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology, Bio Chemistry
Generic Name MAGNETIC STIRRER WITH HOT PLATE (STIR PLATE)
Clinical Purpose A magnetic stirrer or magnetic mixer is a laboratory device that
employs a rotating magnetic field to cause a stir bar (also called
"flea") immersed in a liquid to spin very quickly, thus stirring it. The
rotating field may be created either by a rotating magnet or a set of
stationary electromagnets, placed beneath the vessel with the
liquid.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement
Speed and temperature adjustable, controlled by microprocessor.
Membrane push-button control.
Removable plates to be able to replace itself in case of deterioration.
Plate Material Stainless steel AISI 304 or equivalent
Plate Diameter 154 mm with one Teflon coated STIR BAR 8 x 30mm
220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Volume 15 Liters
Speed Range 300-1500 RPM
Temp Range 37-400 C

Displayed Parameters:
Display of LCD/LED’s with indication of the selected values

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

91 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology
Generic Name DUAL CHANNEL WHOLE BLOOD / OPTICAL / LUMI
AGGREGOMETER
Clinical Purpose An instrument for measuring platelet aggregation by monitoring
over time the changes in optic density of a platelet suspension
treated with aggregating agents (ADP, collagen, epinephrine).
The definition information for aggregometer is provided by
Stedman's. You can search our medical dictionary here.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement
Whole Blood (Disposable and Reusable Electrodes)
Optical (turbidometric) Aggregation in PRP
Luminescence measurement of ATP release in WB & PRP.
Variable Speed Stirring
Internal Computer Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Starter Kit Reagents & Supplies, Software package
 Including AGGRO/LINK8 and Vw Cofactor Software
 Compatible Latest Computer with Printer
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

92 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology
Generic Name DUAL CHANNEL WHOLE BLOOD AGGREGOMETER
Clinical Purpose An instrument for measuring platelet aggregation by monitoring
over time the changes in optic density of a platelet suspension
treated with aggregating agents (ADP, collagen, epinephrine).
The definition information for aggregometer is provided by
Stedman's.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement
Fixed Stirring Speed (1000 RPM)
Automatic baseline and gain setting,
Built –in timer
Front panel digital display of test result
Internal AGGRO/LINK Interface with software
(AGGRO/LINK-WBA)
220V 50 Hz, AC

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Compatible Latest Computer with Printer
 Starter Kit of Reagents and Supplies
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

93 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name PH METER
Clinical Purpose A pH Meter is a scientific instrument that measures the hydrogen-
ion concentration (or pH) in a solution, indicating
its acidity or alkalinity. The pH meter measures the difference in
electrical potential between a pH electrode and a reference
electrode. It usually has a glass electrode plus a calomel reference
electrode, or a combination electrode. In addition to measuring the
pH of liquids, a special probe is sometimes used to measure the pH
of semi-solid substances.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
PH meter with auto and manual temperature from 0 to 99.9 °C
System should have auto buffer recognition system for 3 bugger
PH 4, pH 7 and pH9.21.
Connectivity for computer and printer
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

PH range: 0-14 or more
Mv range +/-1999 or better
Ta (C) 0 to 99.9 or better

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for measured values

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Temperature sensor
 pH Electrode
 Electrode’s support stand
 Consumables, reagents, calibrators, controls for start up
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:
 Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer

94 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology,
Histopathology
Generic Name PHARMACEUTICAL OR LABORATORY REFRIGERATOR LARGE SIZE
Clinical Purpose The Medical Refrigerators of complete and integrated solutions for
pharmaceuticals, medicines and temperature sensitive biologicals, but also
suite the stable and reliable laboratory requirements. The refrigerators
provide an ideal temperature environment for clinical, pharmaceutical and
industrial research.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
For storage of specimens, diagnostic kits, reagents and Anti serum
Internally and externally made of made of stainless steel with insulation thickness of 65-75mm
or better, Door must be made of same material
Controlled fan cooling system
Glass door with safety insulation
Safety thermostat
Fan based refrigeration system
220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Temperature control should be available on panel with 2 levels of security
Temperature Set Ranges: +2 to +12 Degree Centigrade
Alarm Settings: +15 Degree Centigrade
Ambient Temperature Range: +10 to +32 Degree Centigrade
Gross Volume: 500 Liters or more
Hold over Time: 30 Minutes
Displayed Parameters:
Color display for temperature and settings
Digit audible and visual alarm for door ajar, power failure, automatic defrosting system,
temperature indicator, digital temperature display alarm, silence button, lights switch & temp
Alarms must be battery driven
Door opening alarm
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Three shelves
 Internal light
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:
 Door Lock
 Chart Recorder

95 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology,
Histopathology
Generic Name PHARMACEUTICAL OR LABORATORY REFRIGERATOR SMALL
SIZE
Clinical Purpose The Medical Refrigerators of complete and integrated solutions for
pharmaceuticals, medicines and temperature sensitive biologicals, but
also suite the stable and reliable laboratory requirements. The
refrigerators provide an ideal temperature environment for clinical,
pharmaceutical and industrial research.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
For storage of specimens, diagnostic kits, reagents and Anti serum
Internally and externally made of made of stainless steel with insulation thickness of 75mm
or better, Door must be made of same material
Controlled fan cooling system
Glass door with safety insulation
Safety thermostat
Fan based refrigeration system, 220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Temperature control should be available on panel with 2 levels of security
Temperature Set Ranges: +0 to +15 Degree Centigrade
Alarm Settings: +15 Degree Centigrade
Ambient Temperature Range: +10 to +32 Degree Centigrade
Gross Volume: 200 Liters or more
Hold over Time: 30 Minutes
Displayed Parameters:
Color display for temperature and settings
Digit audible and visual alarm for door ajar, power failure, automatic defrosting system,
temperature indicator, digital temperature display alarm, silence button, lights switch & temp
Alarms must be battery driven
Door opening alarm
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Three shelves
 Internal light
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:
 Door Lock
 Chart Recorder

96 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name PLASMA STORAGE FREEZER
Clinical Purpose Plasma Freezer provides an ideal freezing environment for the
preservation of vaccines, blood plasma, test samples and
specimens. Biomedical Plasma Freezer has a storage environment
with excellent safety features, easy operability, and a lot of other
features. Biomedical Plasma Freezer offers unsurpassed reliability
and functionality for short or intermediate term storage at
temperatures as low as -40°C.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Stainless Steel Interior
Automatic defrost (hot gas)
Automatic closing of the door
Controlled fan cooling
Key operated power switch
Safety door lock
Interior doors to minimize loss of refrigeration
Integrated RS-485/USB interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Temperature range down to -40°C
Gross volume of 8 cu. ft or more
Net capacity : minimum 120 plasma bags of 450ml
200-250 min hold over time at +25 C ambient temperature

Displayed Parameters:
Digital temperature display
Acoustical and visual alarm for temperature and power failure
Alarm system with battery backup
Door opening alarm

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

97 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name PLATELET SHAKER
Clinical Purpose Widely used in blood banks and clinical research laboratories, a
platelet shaker (also referred to as platelet agitator) serves as
platelet storage in motion, typically at a fixed speed. Platelet
agitators offer a wide range of storage capacities. A platelet shaker
is composed of a number of tray levels, which allows for air
circulation and ventilation to allow oxygen transfer to the platelets.
Platelet shakers can be used with platelet incubators or stand-alone
units

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor controlled
Desktop type with silicon rubber plate
Its rollers and glides allow the drawer storage platform to agitate smoothly
Sturdy, one piece perforated drawer for uniform air circulation
The drawer will be removable type, 220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Capacity to hold at least 48 bags
Speed range 30 – 300 rpm
Timer minimum for 24 hours

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display and alarm function
Motion alarm system
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Spring rack/holder
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

98 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank
Generic Name PLATELET INCUBATOR WITH AGITATOR
Clinical Purpose Widely used in blood banks and clinical research laboratories, a
platelet incubator provide accurate and stable storage conditions
for platelets, small cell fragments most commonly known for
playing a role in wound repair/blood clotting. Platelet incubators
are available in compact units for small institutions to large floor
models for maximum capacity. Most models feature built-in
agitators, motion failure alarms, and circular chart recorders.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Internal made of stainless steel
Dual Pane, Tempered glass door
Bacteria resistant
Forced air circulation
Key Lock
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

40-50 Bags Storage
Continuous control of temperature

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for temperature
Motion Failure Alarms

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Chart Recorder
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

99 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name REAL TIME PCR MACHINE
Clinical Purpose The thermal cycler (also known as a thermocycler, PCR machine or
DNA amplifier) is a laboratory apparatus most commonly used to
amplify segments of DNA via the polymerase chain reaction (PCR)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Automated Diagnostic PCR System
Both Qualitative and Quantitative Test assay
Simultaneous amplification and detection without operator intervention
Active heating /cooling device of the thermo block Peltier elements
Excitation source LED
Detector CCD matrix camera
Number of channels of measuring fluorescence 4
Excitation /detection wavelengths, nm 470/520, 530/570, 590/630, 630/670
Multipurpose flexibility and high sensitivity
High sensitivity, optimal signal/noise ratio and a low inter channel cross talk ensured by the
unique design of the optical track including a separate light source for each channel and a
matrix CCD camera.
Board dynamic range of detection achieved by employing multiple exposure method, which
takes the optimization of signal registration conditions to a whole new level, greatly
simplifying or even eliminating the need for photometric settings.
Real-time quantification, melting curve analysis, single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs)
genotyping biocenosis and gene expression analysis among key applications.
Light emitting diodes (LED) as a light source that, unlike halogen lamps, does not deteriorate
over the life time of about 100,000 hours and therefore does not require maintenance or
constant monitoring.
Any batch of data can be viewed and analyzed by the user using computer while another
amplification program is being executed.
The device is an open system and is not limited for use with specific reagents or plastic.
Can be easily integrated in any laboratory information system (LIS) as the device can save all
data in standard graphic or test formats ready to be loaded into databases.
Power Sources 220V, 50HZ AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Thermal block format test tubes for 0.2 ml (12x8), microtiter plates, in 48, 96 or 384 well
formats
Type of test tube 0.2-ml PCR tubes (separate, in strips of 8x12 or PCR micro plates)
Sample Size: 15-100 µl
Temperature range of the thermo block 4 – 100dg C
Temperature setting increment 0.1 dg C
Precision of temperature maintenance 0.3 dg C
Heating ramping rate, 2.5 – 3.5 dg Co /sec.

100 | P a g e
 Cooling ramping rate, 1.4 – 2.2 dg C
Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for the results

Accessories:
 One Latest Version Branded Computer with 19” LCD with the system
 One other computer for reporting purpose i7 Latest Version Branded with 19” LCD
 Printer Laser 2000 series HP or compatible
 Two Centrifuge machine up to 14000 rpm with Digital Display made for 24 wells of
1.5 ml tubes in the single circle
 One Dry Heat Block with 48 wells for 1.5 ml Tube
 One Vortex Mixer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 3 hours (Emerson, Liebert,
Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Firm must quote the regents to make the system functional
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

101 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Microbiology, Immunology
Generic Name REFRIGERATED CENTRIFUGE MACHINE (FOR BLOOD
PRODUCTS PREPARATION)
Clinical Purpose Refrigeration constitutes an important added feature to any
laboratory centrifuge. A refrigerated lab centrifuge comes in a
number of configurations, including swing bucket or fixed-angle
types, or both. These centrifugation systems utilize centrifuge tips
and tubes or well-plates for use in a number of applications, with
capacities reaching 4 x 500 ml. Refrigerated centrifuges offer the
added benefit of cooling to protect from sample degradation
caused by heat generated by the action of spinning.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Floor type Refrigerated Centrifuge machine
Swing out rotor for blood bags
Brushless motor
Noiseless and vibration free
Imbalance detection
Lid safety interlock
220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Integrated refrigeration system with a temperature range of -10C to +40C
Maximum speed 200-12,000 rpm
Relative centrifugal force (RCF) not less than 15,000 or better x g
Maximum capacity 4 x 500ml
Timing 0 to 60 minutes; continuous
Displayed Parameters:
Programmable
Digital display of programme speed, timing, braking
Self diagnostic with error display
Over temperature alarm
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Compatible Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

102 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology,
Histopathology
Generic Name REFRIGERATOR LARGE SIZE
Clinical Purpose In Refrigerator pharmaceutical items can be kept for long periods at
a very low temperature

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Medical grade type
Interior and Exterior made of Stainless steel
Tropical type
Laboratory use with interior light, magnetic door, adjustable shelves
CFC free refrigerant
LAN Converter
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

20 cu.ft. capacity
150-200 min hold over time at +25 C ambient temperature

Displayed Parameters:
Variable temperature and alarm setting range
Alarm system with battery backup

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

103 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology,
Histopathology
Generic Name REFRIGERATOR MEDIUM SIZE
Clinical Purpose In Refrigerator pharmaceutical items can be kept for long periods at
a very low temperature

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Medical grade type
Digital temperature controlled
Tropical type
Laboratory use with interior light, magnetic door, adjustable shelves.
CFC free refrigerant.
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

10 Cubic feet vertical
60-80 min hold over time at +25 C ambient temperature

Displayed Parameters:
Variable temperature and alarm setting range.
Alarm system with battery backup
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

104 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology, Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name ROLLER MIXER
Clinical Purpose The Roller (tube) mixer provides a gentle but highly efficient rocking
and rolling motions, ideal for mixing blood samples, viscous
substances and liquid-solid suspensions. Used in a variety
applications, prevention of blood coagulation and immune
precipitation etc.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Roll mixer for biological and hematological fluids with 6 or more rollers
Double action system for rolling and rocking should be available
6 roller rocking and rolling motion for complete mixing
Continuous or timer operation
Drip tray contains accidental spillages
Can be used in cold rooms or incubators
DC brushless motor is quiet and maintenance free
Cold room and incubator compatible
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Selectable speed from 10-70 RPM
Digital speed control
Unit should be capable of handling tubes up to 35mm

Displayed Parameters:
LCD display
Speed and timer can be viewed simultaneously

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

105 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name SEMI -AUTOMATIC CLINICAL CHEMISTRY ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose Chemistry Analyzers are used to determine the concentration of
certain metabolites, electrolytes, proteins, and/or drugs in samples
of serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, and/or other body
fluids.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirements:
Semi automatic clinical chemistry analyzer
Facility for multiple standards for one parameters
Freely programmable against all commercially available chemistries
Temperature controlled cuvette compartment
220V, 50 Hz operated

User Adjustable Settings:

Wavelength selectable via individual filters in the range of 340 – 630 nm End Point, two
points kinetic + kinetic modes
Minimum Sample Volume: 400-500 ul or test dependent

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for showing values
Identification of upper and lower limits

Accessories:
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

106 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Haematology
Generic Name SEMI AUTOMATIC COAGULOMETER
Clinical Purpose Blood clotting tests are the tests used for diagnostics of the
hemostasis system. Coagulometer is the medical laboratory
analyzer used for testing of the hemostasis system. Modern
coagulometers realize different methods of activation and
observation of development of blood clots in blood or in blood
plasma

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Semi- automatic 4 channel open system
Optical system for end point reading
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Minimum capacity of 8-10 cuvettes
2-reagents positions

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for results

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:
Complete with automated pipettes and quick start

107 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name SEMI-AUTOMATAIC WASH AND ELISA TEST READER
Clinical Purpose Plate readers, also known as micro plate readers or micro plate
photometers, are instruments which are used to detect biological,
chemical or physical events of samples in microtiter plates

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
With reader and washer

Reader:
Semi Automatic Elisa reader with built-in shaker and incubator
Easy to use internal software or PC control
Ports: USB and Ethernet port
220V 50 Hz, AC

Shaker:
User programmable

Incubator:
In built

Washer:
Inbuilt shaker with soaking and washing time between 3-4 min
Can be connected to computer directly or through USB
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Reader:
Filter range: 4 selectable filters
Wave length range: 400 to 750 mm
Linearity (96-well plate, 405 mm) 0 to 3 Abs ± 2% Fast mode, 0 to 3 Abs ± 2% Normal mode
Linearity (384 – well plate, 405 mm) ) 0 to 2.5 Abs ± 2%, Fast mode 0 to 3 Abs ±2% normal
mode
Measuring mode: End point, two-point and kinetic
Measurement speed 6 sec, 96 well plate, Fast mode 12 sec
Linear shaking with three modes, slow, medium, fast
8 position fitter holds with 405, 450 and 620 mm installed
And all other filter also quote as an option
Temperature range ambient +4 up to 40 C

Washer:
Different type of washing 8 or 12 or 16 channels
Wash head 1X8, 1X12, 1X16, 1X8 cell,

108 | P a g e
 Number of wash bottles up to 3
Plate types 96 well, 384 well plates
Cell washing included. LCD color display
Wash volume 5 to 1000 µL (96 well) and 20 to 300 µL (384 well)
Prime volume 5 to 100 ml
Rinse volume 5 to 100 ml
Dispense volume 50 to 400 µL (96well), 20 to 120 µL (384 well)
Residual volume < 1.5 µL

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display for Reader and Washer for all operations and results
Data storage capacity: 100 for Reader
Data storage capacity of at least 40- 50 programs for Washer
Accuracy 405 mm ± 1 % (0.3 to 03 Abs) ± (2 to 4 Abs)
Precision 405 mm CV ≤0.2% (0.3 to 03 Abs), CV≤ 1.0% (3 to 4 Abs)

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

109 | P a g e
 Sr. No. 78: PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name SPECTROPHOTE METER
Clinical Purpose A spectrophotometer is commonly used for the measurement of
transmittance or reflectance of solutions, transparent or opaque solids,
such as polished glass, or gases. However they can also be designed to
measure the diffusivity on any of the listed light ranges that usually
cover around 200 nm - 2500 nm using different controls
and calibrations. Within these ranges of light, calibrations are needed on
the machine using standards that vary in type depending on
the wavelength of the photometric determination.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor based Spectrophotometer
Double beam measuring system for accurate results
Double bulb optical system to cover full range of wave length
Long life bulb
Multi-Wavelength assays facility
RS 232 or USB Interface
220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Auto Lamp and Filter Selection by changing the wavelength setting
Wavelength range of 340 – 1000 nm
Optical path bandwidth of 5-8 nm
Sample volume 1.0mL or less
Measuring range: -0.200 to 3.000ABS
Wave length accuracy of +1.0 nm
Displayed Parameters:
Fully Programmable
Graphic display for display of measured value in terms of table and graphs
Automatic adjustment of maximum sensitivity
Self Test and Calibration.

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Built-in or External Laser Printer
 Spare lamps, fuses, dust cover and two quartz cells.
 Imported Compatible Sine wave UPS for back up of up to 30 minutes (Emerson,
Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

110 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name THERMOSTATIC WATER BATH
Clinical Purpose A water bath is laboratory equipment made from a container filled
with heated water. It is used to incubate samples in water at a
constant temperature over a long period of time. All water baths
have a digital interface to allow users to set a desired temperature.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Microprocessor PID-temperature controller
Exterior body of steel sheet
Double skinned tank, inner case made of stainless steel
Perforated stainless steel bottom tray
Temperature control for regulation of temperature
Gabled lid
Power Source 220V, 50HZ AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Capacity of 20-25 Liters
Adjustable temperature range from +5C above ambient up to 100C
Temperature accuracy of + 1%

Displayed Parameters:
Built in thermometer
Digital display of temperature and time
Adjustable timer for time setting
Fault indication system
Over temperature protection system

Accessories:
 Three Racks of different sizes
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 With drain tap
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

111 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology,
Histopathology
Generic Name ULTRA LOW FREEZER
Clinical Purpose Ultra low–temperature freezers protect the samples requiring
storage temperatures as low as –86°C.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Upright ultra low temperature freezer
Microprocessor based control
Cascade system with two hermetically sealed compressors
Internal material of Stainless steel/aluminum
Exterior construction of painted galvanized steel sheet
Interior doors to minimize loss of refrigeration
Door with lock and key
CFC free refrigeration
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Control via self-diagnostic system
Temperature range down to -80oC
Set temperature range from –50°C to –86°C
Gross Volume of 15 cu. ft or more
150-200 min hold over time at +25 C ambient temperature

Displayed Parameters:
Digital display of all set/ control parameters
Audible and visual alarming facility for;
Power failure
Over/under temperature
Safety settings

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

112 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Blood Bank, Haematology, Chemical Pathology, Microbiology,
Histopathology
Generic Name CONTACT SHOCK FREEZER (BLAST FREEZER)
Clinical Purpose Blast freezer is a freezer which is extremely cold. These can
sometimes be referred to as 'shock freezers.' The concept
behind shock freezers is to quickly reduce the temperature of blood
plasma, biological and pharmaceutical preparations or fresh produce
in order to reduce the metabolic processes significantly.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Horizontal contact shock freezing for blood plasma, biological and pharmaceutical
preparations
Shock freezing of several batches in succession (without intermediate defrosting).
Compressor System with optimized cooling systems.
Air-cooled condense
The preset and operating temperature set point of -50°C for minimizing the risk of bags
rupturing.
Mobility with heavy castors with brakes
High-grade stainless steel housing.
220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Capacity 10-15 Bags at 350 ml or 20-25 bags or more at 350 ml (Procuring agency to select
the capacity)
Fast freezing of plasma and biological samples to a core temperature of -30°C
Automated and transparent freezing process documentation system
Freezing time to core temperature of -30°C for plasma bags of 300 ml each (content 225 ml):
12 units , 20 min
Plasma bags of 1000 ml each (content 850 ml); 8 units , 45 min
Freezing time, depending on load & ambient temperature, 30 - 60 min
Operating temperature (preset), reached within 20min (pre-cooling phase) -45°C (upper &
lower contact plate)
Defrosting , manual via mode switch
Defrosting time duration, safety factor: 8 min
Displayed Parameters:
Digital Display for parameters
Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:
Data Monitoring Network Software Module

113 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name HIGH TECH URINE ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose A urine analyzer is a device used in the clinical setting to perform
automatic urine testing. High tech Urine Analyzer also performs
automated microscopy and automatic image evaluation.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Urine analyzer based on photometer principal with 4 differential wavelengths
Unit analyze check Specific Gravity, Leucocytes, Nitrite, pH, Protein, Glucose, Ketones,
Urobilinogen, Bilirubin, Blood, Creatinine, Albumin and Microalbumin to Creatinine ratio in
urine
Microscopy Analysis: RBC, WBC, Crystals, Yeast Cells, Bacteria, Hyaline Casts, Sperm, Mucus,
Pathological casts, Non-squamous epithelial cells, Squamous epithelial cells
Automatic calibration supported for strip and reference cuvette
Automated Microscopy and automatic image evaluation
Possibility to connect external Key board
Connectivity: Connection to external keyboard or bar code reader
Data transfer: External communication to PC / LIS via RS 232 or USB port
220V 50 Hz, AC
User Adjustable Settings:
Sample Type: Urine and Dialysate
Wave length from 490-650nm or better
Throughput not less than 200 with strip reading and 100 for microscopy
Displayed Parameters:
Digital touch screen display
Data Storage Capacity: 200 measurements

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Consumables, reagents, calibrators, controls for start up
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

114 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology
Generic Name STANDARD URINE ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose A urine analyzer is a device used in the clinical setting to perform
automatic urine testing

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Urine analyzer based on photometer principal
Unit analyze check Specific Gravity, Leucocytes, Nitrite, pH, Protein, Glucose, Ketones,
Urobilinogen, Bilirubin, Blood, Creatinine, Albumin and Microalbumin to Creatinine ratio in
urine
Automatic calibration supported
Possibility to connect external Key board
Connectivity: Connection to external keyboard or bar code reader
Data transfer: External communication to PC / LIS via RS 232 or USB port
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Sample Type: Urine and Dialysate
Wave length from 520-650nm or better
Throughput not less than 100 test per hour

Displayed Parameters:
Digital touch screen display
Data Storage Capacity: 200 measurements

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 With Built-in Thermal Printer or External Laser Printer
 Consumables, reagents, calibrators, controls for start up
 Compatible Imported Online Sine wave UPS with Battery backup for 30 minutes
(Emerson, Liebert, Chloride, MGE, APC or Equivalent)
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy
Optional:

115 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Microbiology, Histopathology
Generic Name VORTEX MIXER
Clinical Purpose A vortex mixer, or vortexer, is a simple device used commonly in
laboratories to mix small vials of liquid. It consists of an electric
motor with the drive shaft oriented vertically and attached to a
cupped rubber piece mounted slightly off-center. As the motor runs
the rubber piece oscillates rapidly in a circular motion. When a test
tube or other appropriate container is pressed into the rubber cup
(or touched to its edge) the motion is transmitted to the liquid
inside and a vortex is created. Most vortex mixers have variable
speed settings and can be set to run continuously, or to run only
when downward pressure is applied to the rubber piece.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Quiet and compact stable design
Vortex tube mixer for biological fluids with surface of at least 6 cm or more
At least two types of mixing modes
Vortex mixer to operate when pressure is applied to the rubber cup which receives the vessel
containing the materials to be mixed
Electronic speed control for constant speed even during changes in load
Steel base, silicone feet for ultra stability and vibration damping
Motor type: Eccentric, oil less bearings
Continuous or touch operation
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Shaking movement: Orbital, 4mm dia
Variable speed control
Frequency of 200-2000 RPM
Accept vessels up to 25mm diameter

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Adapters for tubes etc
 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer with surge protection facility
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

116 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name WATER DISTILLATION PLANT
Clinical Purpose If a liquid such as or water is distilled, it is heated until it changes
into steam or vapour and then cooled until it becomes liquid again.
This is usually done in order to make it pure.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
Internal tank made of stainless steel with at least 4 litter capacity
Safety cut out system In case of insufficient/ low level of water safety cut out
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Distillation capacity: 4 liters per hour

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

117 | P a g e
 PVMS OF PATHOLOGY AND BLOOD BANK
Clinical Specialty Chemical Pathology
Generic Name WATER PURIFICATION SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Remove impurities & contaminates with a reverse osmosis water
treatment system

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Detailed Requirement:
For water purification conductivity less than 10µs with reservoir, automatic pressure control
and pumping machine, capacity 20 liters/hr
Reverse Osmosis Unit
Mixed Bed Resin
The complete water unit in one box with operating Panel
220V 50 Hz, AC

User Adjustable Settings:

Average water consumption: 20 L/hour
The water system should have pre-filter (0.5 micron Filter, Carbon block Cartridge, Granular
Activated Carbon), RO Membrane: along with post filter
0.2 Micron or lower filter after the Mixed Bed Resin
Raw Water Storage Tank of minimum 300 L
Pure Water Storage Tank of minimum 300 L with water level sensor to automatic operate the
unit

Displayed Parameters:
The purity of the deionized water should be so that the conductivity is 0 TDS as Final Product
There must be a conductivity meter on the final product
The water pressure at OUTPUT should be in range 7 to 57 psi
Reduction rate for particles and bacteria > 99 %

Accessories:
Complete with standard and operation accessories;
 Operating Manual with a Soft Copy
 Service Manual with a Soft Copy

Optional:

118 | P a g e
SPECIALIZED HEALTH CARE AND
MEDICAL EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT

GOVERNMENT OF THE PUNJAB

PRODUCT VOCABULARY MEDICAL

STORE (PVMS) OF UROLOGY
EQUIPMENT

Volume - I , 2016
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADULT BASIC UROLOGY SET ....................................................................................................................... 1
LASE CYSTOSCOPE / RESECTOSCOPE ......................................................................................................... 3
PEDIATRIC BASIC UROLOGY SET ................................................................................................................. 4
URS SEMI RIGID SET ..................................................................................................................................... 5
URS Peads Rigid Set...................................................................................................................................... 6
FLEXIBLE URS ADULT .................................................................................................................................... 7
Flexible URS ................................................................................................................................................... 8
Video Cystoscope Uretheroscope .............................................................................................................. 9
Cystco-Urethro-Fiberscope ....................................................................................................................... 10
Bipolar Resectoscope ................................................................................................................................. 11
Pneumatic / Electro kinetic / Ultrasonic Intracorporeal Lithotripsy System ..................................... 12
Intracorporeal Lithotripter ........................................................................................................................ 13
(Combine Unit Of Any Two Energies Pneumatic, Ultrasonic, Electro Hydraulic, Electro Kinetic and
shockwave) .................................................................................................................................................. 13
PCNL Set....................................................................................................................................................... 16
MINI PCNL.................................................................................................................................................... 17
MICRO PCNL ................................................................................................................................................ 18
HOLMIUM: YAG MEDICAL LASER 110 WATT OR ABOVE ...................................................................... 19
HOLMIUM: YAG MEDICAL LASER 20 - 35 WATT OR ABOVE ................................................................. 20
DIODE LASER 180 - 200W OR ABOVE ..................................................................................................... 22
LAPROSCOPY SET WITH HD SYSTEM........................................................................................................ 24
Digital Color Doppler (High End) for urological Applications ............................................................... 26
MORCELLATOR............................................................................................................................................ 29
ELECTRONIC OPERATING TABLE FOR UROLOGY .................................................................................... 30
WIRELESS URODYNAMIC ........................................................................................................................... 31
EXTRACORPOREAL SHOCKWAVE LITHOTRIPTER INTEGRATED TYPE .................................................. 32
EXTRACORPOREAL SHOCKWAVE LITHOTRIPTER MODULAR TYPE ...................................................... 34
General Pediatric Surgery Set ................................................................................................................... 36
HAEMODIALYSIS MACHINE ....................................................................................................................... 43
DIALYZER REPROCESSOR ........................................................................................................................... 44
RO SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................................. 45
DIALYSIS CHAIR ........................................................................................................................................... 46
Flexible Nephroscope System & Accessories ......................................................................................... 47
TRAINING SIMULATOR FOR UROLOGY .................................................................................................... 48
TRAINING SIMULATOR FOR LAPROSCOPY .............................................................................................. 49
CRRT (Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy) ................................................................................... 50
 CONTINUOUS RENAL REPLACEMENT THERAPY
Clinical Specialty Urology

Generic Name ADULT BASIC UROLOGY SET

Clinical Purpose Urology also known as genitourinary surgery, which is the branch of
medicine that focuses on surgical and medical diseases of the male,
female urinary tract system and female reproductive organs.
The organs under the domain of urology include kidneys, adrenal
glands, ureters, urinary bladder, urethra, and the male reproductive organs
testes, epididymis, vas deferens, seminal vesicles, prostate and penis
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cystoscope With Accessories (For Adults)
Telescope 30° Degree, 4mm, Autoclaveable length 30cm
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath 19 to 25 Fr, with Obdurate
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath 17 to 20 Fr, with Obdurate
Telescope Bridge with 1 Lockable instrument channels
Grasping Forceps Compatible Double action jaws, Flexible Length 30 to 40 cm
Resectoscope With Accessories (For Adults)
Telescope 25°- 30° Degree, 4mm, Autoclaveable length 30cm
Working element active / passive.
Resectoscope sheath, including connecting tubes for in and outflow
26Fr, Rotatable inner tube with ceramic insulation
Outer Sheath 26 FR
Inner Sheath 24 FR
Standard Obturator
Visual Obturator
Unipolar High Frequency cord, with 4mm plug, Length 300cm
Glass syringe 100ml to 150ml
Cutting Loop
Urethrotome (For Adults)
Telescope 0° - 12° Degree, 4mm, Autoclaveable length 30cm
Working element active/ passive.
Urethrotome Sheath, 21-22Fr, with channel for Fusiform Boogies
Obturator, for Urethrotome sheath, 21-22Fr
Supplementary Sheath, half round to insert a balloon catheter
To slip on Urethrotome sheath
Set of 4-5 Cold knife
Stone Punch (For Adults)
Stone working element
Sheath for working element
Obturator for Sheath
Evacuator

1|P age
Accessories:
 Fiber Optic Cable
 Length: 3.5mm - 4.2mm
 Sterilization Container
 Inner & Outer Sheath
Optional (if any):

2|P age
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name LASER CYSTOSCOPE / RESECTOSCOPE
Cystoscopy is endoscopy of the urinary bladder via the urethra. It is
Clinical Purpose
carried out with a Cystoscope.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cystoscope With Accessories (For Adults)
Telescope 30° Degree, 4mm, Autoclaveable length 30cm
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Outer Sheath 21 / 23 Fr, with Obturator
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Inner Sheath
Obturator
Resectoscope With Accessories (For Adults)
Telescope 30° Degree, 4mm, Autoclaveable length 30cm
Working element Compatible
Outer Sheath
Inner Sheath
Standard Obturator
Glass syringe 100ml - 150ml

Accessories:

Optional (if Any):

3|P age
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name PEDIATRIC BASIC UROLOGY SET
Clinical Purpose Pediatric urology is a surgical subspecialty of surgery dealing with the
disorders of children's genitourinary systems. Pediatric urologists
provide care for both boys and girls ranging from birth to early adult
age. The most common problems are those involving disorders of
urination, reproductive organs and testes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cystoscope Set for Miniature
Telescope 0° Degree, 1.9mm - 2.7mm
Cystoscope Sheath 7.5 Fr or less
Cystoscope Sheath 9.5 Fr or less
Pediatric Biopsy Forceps Flexible (Compatible with sets)
Button Electrode (Compatible with sets)
HF Cable
Cystoscope Set for Paeds
Telescope 0°/30°/70° Degree, 1.9mm - 2.7mm
Cystoscope Sheath 11 Fr
Cystoscope Sheath 13/14 Fr
Adopter with 1 Instrument port
Insert with Deflector
Biopsy Forceps Flexible 3/4 Fr
Button Electrode 3 Fr
HF Cable
Optical Urethrotome Paeds
Telescope 0° Degree, 1.9 mm
Urethrotome Sheath 8.5FR to 10FR
Instrument port
Working Element
Set of 4-5 Cold Knife
Resectoscope Peads
Telescope 0° Degree, 1.9 mm
Resectoscope Sheath 9FR to 11FR
Instrument port
Working Element
Cutting Loop

Accessories:
 Sterilization Container
 Protection Tube
Optional (if any):

4|P age
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name URS SEMI RIGID SET
Clinical Purpose URS is endoscopy of ureter and pelvis that is used to break the stones.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Urethrorenoscope, Autoclaveable, Semi Rigid
6-9Fr, Angle: 6-12 degree
Working Length: 43cm
5, 2x6, 2Fr
Instrument Channel with lateral offset eye piece or Equivalent
Silicone automatic valve, ø 3.9 mm, 5 pieces / package
Rubber cap for instrument channel
Flexible cleaning brush for instrument channel
Grasping Forceps (Compatible with sets)
Biopsy Forceps (Compatible with sets)
2-3 prong forceps

Accessories:
 Stone Cone / Basket

Optional (if any):

5|P age
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name URS Peads Rigid Set
Clinical Purpose Ureteroureterostomy is end-to-end connection of the two portions of a
transected ureter which is also called ureteroureteral anastomosis and
van Hook operation.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
URS 3-5Fr , 5 0 - 12 0, Length 27 cm or less, 4 Fr working channel or better
Silicone automatic valve, ø 3.9 mm, 5 pieces / package
Rubber cap for instrument channel
Flexible cleaning brush for instrument channel
Grasping Forceps (Compatible with sets)
Biopsy Forceps (Compatible with sets)

Accessories:
 Stone Cone / Basket
Optional (if any):

6|P age
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name FLEXIBLE URS ADULT
Clinical Purpose Endoscopy means looking inside and typically refers to looking inside
the body for medical reasons using an endoscope, an instrument used
to examine the interior of a hollow organ or cavity of the body. Unlike
most other medical imaging techniques, endoscopes are inserted
directly into the organ.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flexible Sensor URS Set with Chip on tip
Comprising of:
Flexible sensor URS
Disposable cleaning brush
Disposable cleaning brush (pack=10 pcs)
Adapter
Leak tester
Pressure equalization valve / clamping element
Pack of 20 with container
TECHNICAL DATA
Distal tip: cylindrical, atraumatic, oblique distal tip 5.2 Fr or above
Sheath diameter: 8.5 to 9.9 Fr or better
Number of working channels: 2 Channel or 1 Channel with two port bridge.
Laser / Irrigation channel diameter: 2.4 Fr or better
Angulations: 180° or better Upward/Downward, Viewing angle: 90°
Working length: 60 – 70 cm
Handle: Integrated LED lighting
Ergonomically contoured handle with axial camera cable

Accessories:
Ureteric access sheath different size(Compatible)

Optional (if any):

 Camera Kit
 Light source LED / Xenon(300 Watt)
 Cable Compatible with light source and instrument

Note: (The specifications mentioned in laparoscope will be used for items mentioned in
optional)

7|P age
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name Flexible URS
Clinical Purpose Endoscopy means looking inside and typically refers to looking inside
the body for medical reasons using an endoscope, an instrument used
to examine the interior of a hollow organ or cavity of the body. Unlike
most other medical imaging techniques, endoscopes are inserted
directly into the organ
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Uretero-Fiberscope
Sensor steerable
Deflection of distal tip 180°-270 / 180- 270°
Direction of view 0°
Angle of view 88° or Above
working channel inner 3.6Fr
Sheath Size 7.5Fr – 8.5Fr or more
working length 70 - 67cm Approx.
Case
Pressure compensation
Cap
Leakage tester, Bulb and manometer
Cleaning brush, flexible for working channel
Diameter 1.2-1.8mm, Double action jaw (Grasper),flexible
Biopsy forceps Compatible, Double action jaw, flexible
Stone basket, Sterile, Disposable, 2.5Fr
Coagulation electrode, 3Fr, Unipolar
Guide wire, 3Fr, with ball end, sterile, package of 10
Sealing for instrument ports
Package of 10 (Single Use)
Cleaning adaptor for instrument ports
Compatible with Laparoscopic System / Existing System

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

 Camera Control Unit
 Light Source LED / Xenon 300 Watt

Note: (The specifications mentioned in laparoscope will be used for items mentioned in
optional)

8|P age
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name Video Cystoscope Uretheroscope
Clinical Purpose Cystoscopy is endoscopy of the urinary bladder via the urethra. It is
carried out with a Cystoscope.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Video Cysto-Urethroscope
Sensor steerable
Specification:
Working channel inner Diameter 6-6.5Fr
Direction of view 0°
Deflection: UP: 200 Deg, Down: 130 Deg
Angle of view 120°
Sheath size 16Fr
Working length 37cm-40 Cm Approx.
Carrying case
Video cysto-urethroscope
Grasping forceps
Biopsy forceps, Compatible
Pressure compensation cap
Leakage tester
Cleaning brush
Adaptor
Coagulation electrode, unipolar, 4Fr., length 73cm
Unipolar high frequency cord, with 4mm plug, length 300cm
Sealing for instrument ports and package of 10, single use recommended
Cleaning brush for instrument ports
Trolley imported
Plastic container for flexible endoscopes,
suitable for gas and hydrogen peroxide sterilization

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

 HD Camera
 HD Monitor
 Light Source LED/Xenon 300 Watt
 Trolley Imported
 Video Processor

Note: (The specifications mentioned in laparoscope will be used for items mentioned in
optional)

9|P age
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name Cystco-Urethro-Fiberscope
Clinical Purpose Cystoscopy is endoscopy of the urinary bladder via the urethra. It is
carried out with a Cystoscope.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Instrument channel 4 - 6Fr or Above
Direction of view: 0°
Angle of view 90° or Better
Working length 37cm – 45 Cm Approx.
Outer Diameter: 14Fr or Above
Deflection: UP: 200 Deg, Down: 130 Deg
Case
Grasping Forceps, Compatible
Biopsy forceps, Compatible
Pressure compensation
Cap
Leakage tester
Cleaning brush
Stone basket, 5Fr.
Coagulation Electrode, Unipolar, 4Fr.
Sealing for instrument ports package of 10, single use recommended
Cleaning adaptor for instrument ports

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

 Light Source

Note: (The specifications mentioned in laparoscope will be used for items mentioned in
optional)

10 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name Bipolar Resectoscope
Clinical Purpose Bipolar resection of Prostate is beneficial for patients with cardiac
problems. The organs under the domain of urology include
the kidneys, adrenal glands, ureters, urinary bladder, urethra, and the
male reproductive organs (testes, epididymis, vas deferens, seminal
vesicles, prostate, and penis)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Straight forward oblique telescope 120 - 300, enlarged view, Ø4mm,
Autoclaveable at 134°C, Incorporated fiber optic light transmission
Compatible adaptors
Working element set including
Working element active / passive
Cutting loop, Bipolar coagulation electrode
Bipolar High frequency cord
Resectoscope sheath, including connecting tubes for in-and outflow, 24/26Fr.
Oblique beak, rotatable inner tube with ceramic insulation
Visual Obturator, for use with sheaths 24/26Fr.
Cutting loop, bipolar, 24/26Fr., for use with telescope
Bipolar high frequency cord, for electro surgical unit (high end)
Length 300cm or more, for use with bipolar Resectoscope

Accessories

Optional (if any):

Bipolar Diathermy
High Frequency 430 KHZ ± 20%
Maximum high Frequency power 320W or Better
Output Modes & Power
PureCut: 300W or Better
BlendCut: 200W
PulseCut Slow: 150W
PulseCut fast: 150W
SoftCoag: 120W
ForcedCoag: 120W
SprayCoag: 120W
Bipolar
BipolarCut: 100W
SalineCut: 100 to 200w
BiSoftCoag: 120W
AutoCoag: 120W
HardCoag: 120W
RFCoag: 220W

11 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Pneumatic / Electro kinetic / Ultrasonic Intracorporeal
Generic Name
Lithotripsy System
Clinical Purpose It is used for fragmentation of urinary stones
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical foot pedal
Power supply cable
Compressed air supply tube
Set of connectors for exhaust
Spare fuses
Pneumatic / Electro kinetic / Ultrasonic Hand piece kit
Standard Probe of all sizes ( 4-5 Qty, End-user to specify the requirement)
Highest security for tissue compared to all other lithotripsy methods due to short stroke
Precise working through low-vibration hand piece
3 intensities, microprocessor controlled
Single and continuous pulses controlled by footswitch
Handle with Integrated rod
Autoclaveable: self-contained unit handle/rod
Low-vibration: secure and sensitive handling possible
Handles with 3 different integrated rods

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

Note:
The variation in specifications according to the type of source quoted by the bidders will be
acceptable as per respective manufacturer standard specifications.

12 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Intracorporeal Lithotripter
Generic Name (Combine Unit Of Any Two Energies Pneumatic, Ultrasonic,
Electro Hydraulic, Electro Kinetic and shockwave)
It is used for fragmentation of urinary stones, the combine unit gives
Clinical Purpose
more power
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Consisting Of:
Dual foot pedal, Compressed air connection, Pneumatic hand piece, ultrasound hand pieces
stone catcher and a selection of a Pneumatic and Ultrasound, hydraulic, kinetic Probes
Technical specification of Pneumatic Lithotripter
Pneumatic + Ultrasound
1 x Main control unit including :
1 x holder for stone fragment catcher
1 x Electric foot pedal :
1 x Spare tube for the pneumatic hand piece without connector
1 x spare fuses
1 x stone catcher Autoclaveable, reusable :
1 x Ultrasound hand piece set :
1 x Pneumatic hand piece set including:
4 x pneumatic probes :
1 x Probe, 2.0 mm, length 425 mm :
1 x Probe, 1.0 mm, length 605 mm :
1 x Probe, 0.8 mm, length 605 mm :
1 x Pneumatic probe 1.0 mm, length 570 mm :
2 x Ultrasound probes, Ø 3.3 x 403 mm :
1 x Vacuum/Suction set incl. :
1 x Suction/vacuum System body :
1 x Suction set for Suction/vacuum System (silicone tubing with 2 connecting pieces) :
1 x Suction/vacuum System tube set including:
1 x Suction tube for Suction/vacuum System, Ø 4.0 mm, length 353 mm (to be combined with
pneumatic probe) :
1 x Suction tube for Suction/vacuum System, Ø 3.5 mm, length 380 mm :
1 x Length adapted pneumatic probe, Ø 1.6 mm, length 453 mm
1 x Suction tube for Suction/vacuum System, Ø 1.6 mm, length 595 mm :
1 x Length adapted pneumatic probe, Ø 0.8 mm, length 668 mm.
1 x roller clamp (set of 2) for adjustment of suction flow in connection.
1 x Compressed air tube 3.0 m for the compressor :
1 x main cord Europe for power supply :
1x Intra corporeal lithotripter pump
1 x Medical Air Compressor
1 x Imported Cart
1 x Double reusable suction jar set of 2 jars with equal capacity

Or

13 | P a g e
EHL + EKL
A rapid discharging of sparks from the probe’s tip produces steep compressional waves (shock
waves) in the liquid, directly in front of the concernment. Mechanical stress is created inside
the concernment which results in the disintegration of the stone.
The repetition rate of the spark discharge should depend on the intensity settings and the type
of EHL-probe being used.
Recognition Of EHL Probes.
The unit should recognize the type of EHL probe being used. The unit should automatically
select the appropriate frequencies depending on the type of probe and the intensity setting in
use.
Should be supplied with 2 probes of user recommended.
Electro Kinetic Lithotripsy (EKL).
The handle of the EKL probes should contain a driving unit that produces a magnetic field with
a high energy density. This shock wave should be transmitted from the probe’s tip to the stone
causing its disintegration.
Different shock wave energies and repetition rates may be selected.
Should be supplied with 4 probes and 2 suction probes of user recommended.
Once the handle has been connected to the probe connector, the unit should automatically
switches to the EKL operation mode. The unit should be able to select the corresponding
frequencies depending on intensity setting.
EHL Discharge Energy (min., max.):
Intensity A / Impulse frequency max. 250mJ / 60 Hz
Intensity B / Impulse frequency max. 500mJ / 50Hz
Intensity C / Impulse frequency max. 900mJ /40Hz
EKL Shock Energy:
Intensity A / Impulse frequency 45mJ/ 3Hz
Intensity B / Impulse frequency 60mJ / 20Hz
Intensity C / Impulse frequency 75mj / 15Hz
"Protection Against Penetration From Water Or Foreign Material:
Handle with protective

DUAL ENERGY INTRACORPOREAL LITHOTRIPSY SYSTEM (SHOCKWAVE + ULTRASONIC)

For fragmentation of urinary tract calculi in the kidney, ureter, and bladder
Dual Action Lithotripsy System with Surgeon Control
Single Probe for dual energy
Intermittent Shockwave (ballistic/mechanical) Energy
Generator operating frequency approximately 21,000 Hz
High-rate of Intermittent Shockwave (ballistic/mechanical) Energy approx. 300 Hz
Large probe inner diameter for better suction
Significant reduction in procedure time benefits the patient, physician and hospital
Transducer Handpiece containing piezoelectric elements
Constant Rapid Oscillation of the Probe to fragment stones to sand / dust
Free-Mass elements sending frequent Shockwaves (~ 300 Hz) down a single probe
Mechanical / ballistic force acting on the stone for quick cracks of the hardest calculus

Delivery Includes:
Shock Pulse Generator

14 | P a g e
Shock Pulse Handpiece
Double Paddle Footswitch
Nose Cone
Cleaning Stylet Small & Large
Probe Wrench

Generator Specifications:
Voltage: 90–264 VAC
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Electro-medical: Class I, Type BF
Frequency: 19,500 Hz - 21,500

Transducer with Nose Cone

Diameter: 2 in (4.8 cm)
Length: 7.7 in (19.6 cm)
Weight: 0.99 lbs (0.45 kg)
Cable Length: 10 ft (3 m)
Validated Lifetime: 100 Reuses
Integrated probes of both ultrasonic + high frequency bursts of mechanical wave energies to
delivered simultaneously from a single probe with suction control
Lithotripsy Probes Set Reusable: 3 different sizes

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

Note:
The variation in specifications according to the type of source quoted by the bidders will be
acceptable as per respective manufacturer standard specifications.

15 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology

Generic Name PCNL SET

Clinical Purpose Percutaneous nephrolithotomy (PCNL) is a minimally-invasive
procedure to remove stones from the kidney by a small puncture
wound (up to about 1 cm) through the skin. It is most suitable to
remove stones of more than 2 cm in size and which are present near
the pelvic region. It is usually done under general anesthesia or spinal
anesthesia.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Percutaneous Nephroscope Set for Adult
PCNL Set
Broad View Telescope with Parallel eye piece, 0/6/12/20/25 Deg.
14 Fr, Or better Instrument channel
Automatic valve with sealing membrane and sealing cap
Sheath 20FR to 27 FR. Or better, automatic locking mechanism
distal tip straight, with swiveling irrigation connector
Obturator Hollow
Telescope dilator 9-27 Fr. Consisting of: 1 hollow guide rod 6 Fr. And telescope
Dilator 30 Fr.
Stone grasping forceps, diameter,. 3.5 mm, working length 30 to 35 CM
Two / Three pronged stone grasper, diam. 3.5 mm, WL 30 to 35 CM

Accessories:

Optional (if any)

 HD Camera
 HD Monitor
 Light Source LED/Xenon
 Trolley Imported
 Video Processor

Note: (The specifications mentioned in laparoscope will be used for items mentioned in
optional)

16 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology

Generic Name MINI PCNL

Clinical Purpose Percutaneous nephrolithotomy (PCNL) is a minimally-invasive
procedure to remove stones from the kidney by a small puncture
wound (up to about 1 cm) through the skin. It is most suitable to
remove stones of more than 2 cm in size and which are present near
the pelvic region. It is usually done under general anesthesia or spinal
anesthesia
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mini PCNL
Consist of telescope 060 - 120 or better with eye piece
Oval instrument channel for auxiliary instrument and irrigation for mini Nephroscope
Continuous irrigation Nephroscope 8-15 Fr or better
operating sheath with Obturator compatible with the Nephroscope and all accessories
stone grasping forceps, mouse tooth
2 / 3 prong stone grasper
grasping forceps with alligator Jaw
Compatible Dilators

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

 HD Camera
 HD Monitor
 Light Source LED/Xenon
 Trolley Imported
 Video Processor

Note: (The specifications mentioned in laparoscope will be used for items mentioned in
optional)

17 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology

Generic Name MICRO PCNL

Clinical Purpose This is further miniaturization of Mini PCNL.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Micro PCNL SET
Semi rigid optic/Telescope modular PCNL 10,000 pixel / 120°
Optic shifter
Micro PCNL Sheath 7.8 Fr or less
Pump for grasping stone
Sterilization Container

Accessories:
 Standard sets of reusable instrument.

Optional (if any):

 HD Camera
 HD Monitor
 Light Source LED/Xenon
 Trolley Imported
 Video Processor

Note: (The specifications mentioned in laparoscope will be used for items mentioned in
optional)

18 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology

Generic Name HOLMIUM: YAG MEDICAL LASER 110 WATT OR ABOVE

Clinical Purpose Used to treat BPH (Holep, Evaproziation), Bladder, tumor, stone and
strictures.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Prostate Enucleation / Evaporization

Prostate Ablation/Holep
Lithotripsy
Excision of bladder tumors
Urethrotomy
Polyps ablation
Nasal treatments
Discectomy
Arthroscopy
Adhesiolysis
LASER DATA
Laser type: Holmium-YAG
Laser control Panel should be of 8.2 inch in touch screen or better
Wave Length: 2.1 µm or more
Emission type should be Pulse Wave
Power up to 110 Watts or better
Energy/Pulse: 0.5 to 3.5 J or more
Pulse Length: up to 800 µs or more
Repletion rate: 5-75 Hz or better
Beam Delivery fiber should be of size from 200 up to 1000 micron
Aiming beam, Green: 532nm, adjustable in steps or better
Built in cooling system

APPLICATORS
Optical fibers: 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000 in micron
Accessories:
Holmium Laser Fibers
20 x Fibers (200,400,600,1000 in micron)
10 x Laser safety goggle for spectacle wearers
6 x Eye protection shield for patients
4x Fiber Cutter
4x Fiber Striper
4 x Repair set fiber steeper
6 x Sterilization tray
Optional (if any): Morcellator

19 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name HOLMIUM: YAG MEDICAL LASER 20 - 35 WATT OR ABOVE
Clinical Purpose Used for stone and strictures.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Tower type
Laser source Ho: YAG
Wave lengths 2.1 micron
Energy per pulse 2-4 joules
Repetition rate 5-20 hertz
Aiming beam green diode, 3 intensities,
Continuous or blinking mode /Pulse mode
Delivery systems over 10 reusable and disposable
Cooling self-contained water-to –air exchanger
Including:
Footswitch
Reusable laser fiber, length 3 m, optical core 365 - 400μm
Reusable laser fiber, length 3m, optical core 550- 600 μm
Reusable laser fiber, length 3.0m, optical core 200-270 μm

Accessories:
 Striper and cutter
 Safety Glasses
Optional (if any):

Note:
The variation in specifications according to the variable watt power quoted by the bidders will
be acceptable as per respective manufacturer standard specifications.

20 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name HOLMIUM: YAG MEDICAL LASER 50 - 80 WATT OR ABOVE
Clinical Purpose Used to treat BPH, Bladder, tumor, stone and strictures.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Tower type
Average power 80 Watt
Laser source Ho: YAG
Wave lengths 2.1 micron
Energy per pulse 0.5-3.5 joules
Repetition rate 5-40 hertz
Pulse Duration up to 800 m seconds
Aiming beam green diode, 3 intensities,
Continuous or blinking model
Delivery Systems Reusable and Disposable
Options 200um, 365um ,550um and 1000um
Cooling self-contained water-to –air exchanger
Including:
Footswitch
User manual
Reusable laser fiber, length 3 m, optical core 365μm
Reusable laser fiber, length 3m, optical core 550μm
Reusable laser fiber, length 3.0m, optical core 200μm

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

Note:
 The variation in specifications according to the variable watt power quoted by the
bidders will be acceptable as per respective manufacturer standard specifications.

21 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name DIODE LASER 180 - 200W OR ABOVE
Clinical Purpose Used for vaporization of prostate.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Palliative and curative treatment of malignant and Benign tumors, especially of benign prostate
Enlargement
Surgical tissue preparations such as resection, Extirpation, ablation and coagulation
Type of Laser: Solid-State Diode Laser
Wavelength: 980nm or better
Peak energy at fiber tip: 200 W or above
Peak energy at fiber tip pulsed: 25 W or better
Pulse duration: 250 µs – 5s or better
Pulse interval: 250 µs – 5s or better
Aiming beam: 632 nm adjustable in 5 intensity levels, flashing or continuous or better
Warning Signal:
Optical
Acoustical; Volume Adjustable
Dose mode: variable by time, applied energy or pulses
Emission Mode
Continuous (CW) Pulse(PM) single (SM), Quasi Continuous (QCW)
Memory Function:
Programmable hot memory keys for storage of treatment parameters
User Interface:
Color Touch Screen
Accessories:
Single use fiber with bare fiber tip (sterile) 10 Pieces
Reprocess able fiber with bare fiber tip (sterile) 10 Pieces
Foot pedal: electric
Laser cooling system:
Air Cooled
Noise Emission:
Max. 60 dB
System Type:
Safety Norms & Standards:

Accessories:
Single use fiber with bare fiber tip (sterile) 10 Pieces
Reprocess able fiber with bare fiber tip (sterile) 10 Pieces
Foot pedal: electric
Laser cooling system:
Air Cooled
Noise Emission:
Max. 60 dB
System Type:
Safety Norms & Standards:

22 | P a g e
Accessories:

Optional (if any):

Note:
 The variation in specifications according to the variable watt power quoted by the bidders
will be acceptable as per respective manufacturer standard specifications

23 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name LAPROSCOPY SET WITH HD SYSTEM
Laparoscopic surgery, also called minimally invasive surgery (MIS),
band aid surgery, or keyhole surgery, is a modern surgical technique in
Clinical Purpose
which operations are performed far from their location through
small incisions (usually 0.5–1.5 cm) elsewhere in the body.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FULL HD MONITOR:
High definitions medical monitor 26” with LED Backlight
Resolution 1920 x 1080 (Full HD) are better
VIDEO SIGNAL INPUTS:
DVI-D
RGBS
S-Video
Composite-Video
VIDEO SIGNAL OUTPUTS:
DVI-D
SDI/HD-SDI
S-Video
FULL HIGH DEFINITION CAMERA HEAD
Fully digital 3 CCD HD camera head with 1080p or better
Camera Resolution 1920 x 1080 or better
Scan Mode should be progressive
3 x 1/3” Lens on Chip CCD Sensor
Two Programmable head keys or better
Zoom Objective f=13-34 mm or better
Highly flexible cable 3m or better
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
With Separate or built-in Recording System Provided by same Manufacturer
Automatic shutter closure
Selectable camera setting or better
10 adjustable user settings or better
Automatic self-test, user menu for all settings
OUTPUTS
1 x HD-DVI
1 x HD-SDI
2 x BNC (FBAS)
Automatic White balance with digital long time memory
LIGHT SOURCE
Lamp type should be LED/Xenon
Light Output 180 Watt or better for Xenon
Color Temperature should be 6500 K or better for Xenon
Full High Definition Light guide cable 4.25mm diameter
INSUFFLATOR

24 | P a g e
Insufflator 40 l/min or better, 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz Gas heating
Insufflation Med CO2
Max. Gas Flow: 40L/min or better
P. Range: 3-25mm Hg
Urology Pump
Automatic Instrument calibration
Precise control of pressure,
Clear visualization of operating site
Technical Data
Pressure 15-150 mmHg or better
Flow range 30-400 ml/min or better
Accessories should be supplied with complete accessories
Laparoscopic Hand Instruments
Laparoscopic Telescope Autoclaveable Ǿ 5.0 MM, 0˚, WL300 MM or Above
Laparoscopic Telescope Autoclaveable Ǿ 10.0 MM, 30˚, WL300 MM or Above
Reducer, Ǿ 10MM-5.5MM
Needle Holder, TC, Straight Handle Wl 300 Mm Or Above, Ǿ5 Mm,
Needle Holder, TC, Straight Handle Wl 300 Mm Or Above, Ǿ10 Mm,
Trocar sheaths complete. With triangular trocar,
WL 95 MM or Above, 5.0 MM OR equalient
Trocar sheaths compl. With triangular trocar,
Wl 101 mm or above, 10 mm or equalient
Clip applying forceps, medium, complete,
Wl 300 mm or above, ǿ 10 mm or equalient
Insufflation needle, veress nl 120 mm or above, ǿ 2 mm
Bipolar coagualation electrode l-hook,
Hook Secissior Forceps 5mm WL 300 or better
Metzenbaun Secissior Forceps 5mm WL 300 or better
Grasping forceps complete, universal, double action, ǿ 5mm
Diss. And grasping forceps. Mixter complete double action, ǿ 5 mm
Biopsy Forceps 5mm WL 300 or better
Bowel Forceps 5 MM
Mery Land Forceps 5 MM
Babcock Forcep 5 MM
Claw Forcep 10 MM
Metallic Suction irrigation tube 5 mm
Bull dog applicator, Bull dogs in different size small, medium and large
Clip Applicator, small , medium, large and extra large

Accessories:
Optional (if any):

25 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Radiological Equipment

Generic Name Digital Color Doppler (High End) for urological

Applications
Clinical Purpose It is immediately available imaging modality with its main use in
obstetrical and antenatal care likewise in conditions when ionizing
radiations are contra indicated.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Color Doppler with Fully Digital Beam former having 2D / M-Mode and Doppler Facilities, (PW,
HPRF, & Color Flow Imaging) with High Resolution Imaging Doppler Signal Quality; having
DICOM Compatibility and Upgradeable to CW and 4D Imaging in Convex, Linear and Endocavity
Probe.
B-MODE Specification:
 Sector Scan Angle Variable in Four Steps.
 Viewing Depth: 30 cm Minimum (Both in B & W and Color)
 Frame Rate: 500 f/sec or more
 Built-in cine loop with ability to vary reverse and slow motion of display; Internal Memory
2000 / 200MB or more Color Images.
 Real time and Freeze Image Magnification at least 10X or more with panning for Real,
Freeze and Memorized Images.
M-MODE SPECIFICATION:
 Magnification: X2 or more.
 Sweep Speed: Slow, Medium and Fast.
 Color Display of M-Mode.
D-MODE SPECIFICATION:
 Pulse-Wave Doppler Measureable Velocity Range.
 HPRF Doppler.
CONTINUOUS-WAVE DOPPLER:
 Measurable Velocity Range: Steerable.
 Must have Doppler Beam Steering and Bi-Directional Stereo-Audio.
 Colorized Spectrum Display.
 Automatic Baseline and Velocity Range Control.
 Live Measurements for Doppler Spectrum.
COLOR DOPPLER MODE SPECIFICATIONS :
 Both CW and PW Doppler must be Continuous Steerable in the Color Blood Flow Image
 Mode in Real Time.
 2D Image with Color, CW and PW Doppler.
 Windows based System for easy usage with Programmable Control Panel Keys.
 Tissue Harmonic Imaging with 4THI or more Frequency.
 Power Doppler.
 Triplex Mode for Simultaneous Display of Color B/M and D-Mode Displays.
 200 db system dynamic range or more.

26 | P a g e
MEASUREMENT PACKAGE:
To provide Comprehensive Software Package for Measurement of Distance, Circumference,
Area, Time Depth, ANGLE, Velocity, Frequency, Heart Rate, Volumes, Nuchal Thickness/
Measurement Software to be Provided as a Standard.
 Tissue Doppler Imaging Mode.
 Pure Wave / Pulse Inversion / Differential Tissue Harmonic Imaging to Enhance Effective
Wide Band Frequency Range to provide Simultaneously Spatial Resolution, Contrast
Resolution and increased Penetration using Two Transmission Pulses at Different
Frequencies Simultaneously and Reception at Harmonic as well as Differential
Component.
 Auto Image Optimization / Quick Scan Imaging for Automatic STC / GAIN and Doppler
Spectrum Adjustment with Optimal Image Quality by using One Touch Operation.
 B-Flow / Dynamic Flow Imaging / E-Flow / Clarify.
 Trapezoid Imaging / Virtual Convex Imaging with Linear Probe.
 Compound / Aplipure Imaging for THI/both Frequency Compounding and Spatial
Compounding in B/W and Color Mode.
 Panoramic / SIESCAPE / Logic view Imaging with Measurements.
 Tissue Contrast Enhancement Software/Spectral Reduction
 N-Sight / Adaptive Suppression / Precision Imaging /Cross beam / XFlow or equivalent to
Enhance B-Mode Imaging, Xress / Ccare / DTCE or equivalent Detailed in Layers and
Boundaries and Sharpened Outlines of the Lesions and reduce Cluttering.
 Micro CPA / Superb Micro Imaging/vascular enhancement/B flow with Color/spectral to
Clearly Show Blood Flow in tiny Vessels.
 Shear wave Elastography with Quantification for body Organs specially Liver with
Convex & Linear Probes to visualize Tissue Stiffness by Generating Images through Shear
Wave Propagation.

SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH FOLLOWING FACILITIES AND ACCESSORIES:

19-Inches Minimum LCD / LED Color Monitor, with Resolution 1280 x 1024 Pixels
minimum.
 Foot-Switch.
 3 to 4 Active Transducer Connector for Tran thoracic Probes DVD / CD Drive for Image
 Storage to be Built-in to the System.
 100 GB or more Hard Disk Drive to be Built-in to the System.
 Built-in DICOM Compatibility. (3.0 with all components)
 Touch Command Screen Control at least 8-inches LCD / TFT or more.
 Full DICOM (Upgradable)
 Probes must be supplied by same manufacturer.
UPGRADEABILITY :

27 | P a g e
  System Software must be Upgradable.
STANDARD PROBES :
 2 – 6 MHz Multi-Frequency Convex Probe for B/M/CDI/PW and Shearwave
Elastography.
 5-9 MHz Multi-Frequency Linear Probe with shearwave elastography.
 TVS/ENDOCAVITORY Color PROBE

NOTE: All Probes must be supplied by same Manufacturer.

Accessories :

 Thermal Printer 256-Gray scale (Sony, Mitsubishi or equivalent)

 UPS: on line with sine waves 2 KVA with thirty minutes back up time. (IMPORTED)
 50 High Density / High Glossy thermal paper Rolls
 Gel: 20 liters
Optional:
 7-14 MHz Multi-Frequency Linear Probe for B/M/CDI/PW
 Fusion Imaging of CT / MRI 3D Volume DATA to Synchronize with Ultrasound Imaging.
Complete with Hardware /needle navigation with tracking system.
 Contrast Harmonic Imaging Upgradable.

28 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name MORCELLATOR
A morcellator is a surgical instrument used for division and removal of
Clinical Purpose
large masses of tissues during laparoscopic surgery.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Electronic Morcellator
12 mm complete system consisting of
Morcellator Power 100-1000 rpm, clockwise or anticlockwise
Footswitch (ON/OFF)
Electronic motor for control unit: 230 /115 /100 Vac
Morcellator hand piece
Sealing unit complete with tissue and instrument seal for 12mm / 15mm / 20mm
Trocar sleeve with automatic flap valve and tissue Positioner for 12mm / 15mm / 20mm
Morcellator cutting tube for 12mm / 15mm / 20mm
Trocar long and short or better
Sealing unit complete with tissue and instrument seal for Myoma screw,
rigid 10 mm , WL 330 mm or better
Claw grasping forceps, double jaw action, 10 mm, WL 310 mm
Grasping forceps, 2/3 claws both jaws opening, 10 mm , WL 310 mm
Needle forceps with active suture holder 2 mm,
WL 160 mm, with irrigation tap to carry suture in to abdomen

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

29 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology

Generic Name ELECTRONIC OPERATING TABLE FOR UROLOGY

Clinical Purpose Operating Tables used to conduct the different kind of surgical
interventions of patients, the dedicated tables provide all the
positions required by the surgeon.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table Top (Radiolucent) With antistatic mattress, 5-6 sections and equipped with X-ray cassette holder.
Sturdy table for minimum patient weight of 450Kgin normal position.

Table must be compatible to be connected with C-ARM.

TABLE TOP IS ARRANGED AS:

 Head plate
 Back plate
 Seat plate
 Two separate leg plates
 Base of the table stainless steel/ABS cover, 4 swivel castors
 Sliding table top up to 270 mm
MOVEMENT (Remote Controlled):
 Up and down movement height range: 700-1000mm
 Trendelenberg/ Reverse Trendelenberg 250/250
 Lateral tilt 200
 Back plate: up 700/Down 40-500
 Leg plate: up 200/down 900
 Operating Voltage: 220V, 50Hz with battery backup and manual override in case of electric
supply failure.
STANDARD ACCESSORIES:
 Arm rest with clamp
 Fixation strap
 Anesthesia screen
 Adjustable leg rest pads
 Large width body strap
 Adjustable bottle holder rod
 Shoulder support
 U Shape head rest for general Surgery
 Kidney elevator/ Flex, Reflex
 Knee crutches with pads
 Liquid basin
 Accessories trolley
Any other accessory to be defined by the end-user.

30 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name WIRELESS URODYNAMIC
Urodynamic testing or Urodynamic is a study that assesses how
Clinical Purpose the bladder and urethra are performing their job of Storing and
releasing urine.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wireless Video Urodynamic System should be able to perform following
Cystometry
Uroflowmetry
Pressure Flow Studies
Urethral Pressure Profile
Video Urodynamics
EMG
Biofeedback with Electro Stimulator
SYSTEM CONTENT
Main Module with 3 each Pressure Channel or more
Wireless USB Module
Wireless Uroflow Transducer
Wireless Peristaltic Pump
Wireless EMG
Wireless Remote Controller
Standard Software CD
Urine beaker
Funnel
Starter Kit
Basic Urology Table for investigations
Wireless UPP Puller
Video urodynamic

Accessories:
 Laser Printer
 Computer with monitor Core i7, RAM 8GB, Hard Drive 1TB

Optional (if any):

31 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
EXTRACORPOREAL SHOCKWAVE LITHOTRIPTER
Generic Name
INTEGRATED TYPE
Clinical Purpose Extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy (ESWL) is a non-
invasive treatment of kidney stones and biliary calculi (stones in
the gallbladder or in the liver) using an acoustic pulse. It is also
reported to be used for salivary stones and pancreatic stones
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Shockwave Lithotripter will be a complete dedicated integrated system; capable of treating
the urinary stones with other special urological applications by using outline / inline/ freeline
localization system of Ultrasound and X-Ray. It can also be used for diagnostic purposes; the
system should be top of the line and latest. The detail of system configuration is as under
SHOCKWAVE SYSTEM:
Type Shockwave generator: Electromagnetic / Electroconductive / Piezoelectric
No. of Shockwave System: One
Triggering Method: Auto & Manual
Selection of Energy Variable
Energy Density 1.27mJ/mm² or better
Penetration depth of waves: Min. 120mm
Focal Pressure: 73 Mpa or better
Rate of Shockwaves: Variable up to 120 / minute or more
Water system: Closed loop, integrated
Control: Both through main console and remote
IMAGING / LOCALIZATION
Modes: X-Ray and Ultrasound
Localization system Inline /freeline localization/Outline
a) X-Rays Image Intensifier
Type: Integrated isocentric C-arm
X-ray Generator: High Frequency inverter type
Output power generator 7.5KW or more / equivalent
Size of I.I: 23cm
Pickup Tube CCD
Fluoroscopy Min.4.0 mA and 120 kV
X-ray tube focal Spot Dual 0.3 / 0.6 mm
Anode Heat Storage capacity 300KHU or more
Memory: LIH
Monitor: 43cm or more
b) Ultrasound
Type: Trolley Mounted
Transducer: Multi frequency, Convex 3.5MHz ( I.O to specify)
Resolution 256 gray levels
Monitor Size: 30 cm/ more

32 | P a g e
Depth 24cm
DIANOSTIIC X-RAY:
The X-ray system will be used for fluoroscopy. The radiation protection measures / accessories
must be provided with the system.
PROCEDURE TABLE:-
Type: Integrated special motorized table
Height : Adjustable
Movements: Four way movements
Patients positioning: Automatic
Table top: Radio translucent
Complete with relevant accessories. Lead Aprons (Size and Qty. I.O to Specify)
Suitable for Litho & Endo urological and diagnostic procedure.
Tiltable, Complete with leg holders and douche tray.
OPERATING CONSOLE:
Control: Control of all functions must be available at the operating console & on table.
Data storage and analysis:
The data will be stored in the main computer system or on separate PC through dedicated
software
MOD / CD /DVD writing system or USB recording
Communication Software: DICOM-3
POWER REQUIREMENT: -
Voltage: Three phase, 50Hz
Accessories:

Optional (if any):

Note:
The variation in specifications according to the type of source quoted by the bidders will be
acceptable as per respective manufacturer standard specifications.

33 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
EXTRACORPOREAL SHOCKWAVE LITHOTRIPTER MODULAR
Generic Name
TYPE
Clinical Purpose Extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy is a non-invasive treatment
of kidney stones and biliary calculi using an acoustic pulse. It is also
reported to be used for salivary stones and pancreatic stones
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Shockwave Lithotripter will be a Modular system; capable of treating the urinary stones with
other special urological applications by using outline/ inline/free line localization system of
Ultrasound and X-Ray. It can also be used for diagnostic purposes. The system should be top of
the line and latest. The detail of system configuration is as under:
SHOCKWAVE SYSTEM:
Type ESWL
Shockwave generator Electromagnetic / Electroconductive / Piezoelectric
No. of Shockwave System: One
Triggering Method: Auto & Manual
Selection of Energy Variable
Energy Density 1.27mJ/mm² or better
Penetration depth of waves: Min. 120mm
Focal spot size: 70mm² or better
Rate of Shockwaves: Variable up to 120 / minute or more
Water system: Closed loop, integrated
Control: Both through main console and remote
IMAGING / LOCALIZATION
Modes: X-Ray and Ultrasound
Localization system Inline /free line localization/Outline
a) X-Rays Image Intensifier
Type: Integrated isocentric C-arm
X-ray Generator: High Frequency inverter type
Output power generator 2 KW or more / Equivalent
Size of I.I: 23cm
Pickup Tube CCD
Fluoroscopy Min.4.0 mA and 120 kV
X-ray tube focal Spot Dual 0.3 to 1.5mm
Anode Heat Storage capacity 300KHU or more
Memory: LIH
Monitor: 43cm or more
b) Ultrasound
Type: Trolley Mounted
Transducer: Multi frequency, Convex 3.5Mhz (I.O to specify)
Resolution 256 gray levels
Monitor Size: 30 cm/ more

34 | P a g e
Depth 24cm
DIANOSTIIC X-RAY:
The X-ray system will be used for fluoroscopy. The radiation protection measures / accessories
must be provided with the system.
PROCEDURE TABLE: -
Special motorized table suitable for litho & Endo urological and diagnostic procedure
Tilt able and Complete with leg holders and douche tray
Height Adjustable
Movements: Four way movements
Patients positing Automatic
Table top: Radio translucent
Complete with relevant accessories. Lead Aprons (I.O to specify size and quantity)
OPERATING CONSOLE:
Control: Control of all functions must be available at the operating console.
Data storage and analysis:
The data will be stored in the main computer system or on separate PC through dedicated
software
MOD / CD /DVD writing system or USB recording
Communication Software: DICOM-3
POWER REQUIREMENT: -
Voltage: Three phase, 50Hz
Accessories:

Optional (if any):

Note:
The variation in specifications according to the type of source quoted by the bidders will be
acceptable as per respective manufacturer standard specifications.

35 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name General Pediatric Surgery Set
Clinical Purpose Pediatric urology concerns urologic disorders in children Such disorders
include cryptorchidism (undescended testes), congenital abnormalities of
the
Genitourinary tract, enuresis, underdeveloped genitalia (due to delayed
growth or delayed puberty, often an endocrinological problem), and
vesicoureteral reflux.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
General Pediatric Surgery Set
Scalpel Handle # 3 125MM
Scalpel Handle .STR. No 4
IRIS Scissors SQ Handle STR S/S 115MM
IRIS Scissors SQ Handle CVD S/S 115MM
Baby Metz Scissors SQ Handle STR 145MM
Baby Metz Scissors SQ Handle CVD 145MM
Kilner Skin Hook Sharp 158MM
Gillies Skin Hook Sharp SM180MM
Hartmann Mosquito FCSDEL STR 100MM
Hartmann Mosquito FCSDEL CVD 100MM
Baby CRILE Forceps DEL STR 140MM
Baby CRILE Forceps DEL CVD 140MM
CRILE Forceps STR 160MM
CRILE Forceps CVD 160MM
Rochester-Ochsner FCPS STR 1x2 140MM
Rochester-Ochsner FCPS CVD 1x2 140MM
Kocher-Ochsner Forceps STR 1X2 200MM
Kocher-Ochsner Forceps CVD 1X2 200MM
Baby-Mixter Forceps CVD 140MM
Baby-Mixter Forceps Heavy CVD 180MM
Backhaus Towel Clamp 110MM
Backhaus Towel Clamp 135MM
FoersterSponge Forcep Serr STR 245MM
FoersterSponge Forcep Serr CVD 245MM
TC Ryder Needle Holderdelserr 135MM
TC Ryder Needle Holderdelserr 175MM
TC Ryder Needle Holderdelserr 195MM
Micro-Adson Forceps Serr 150MM
Adson Dissecting Forcep W/O T.180MM
Dressing Forceps STR 240MM
Dressing Forceps CVD 240MM
Tuttle Lung Forceps 230 MM
Allis Forceps 4X5 155MM
Allis Forceps 5X6 190MM
Allis Forceps 5X6 255MM

36 | P a g e
Babcock Tissue Forceps 155MM
BABCOCK TISSUE FORCEPS 155MM
BABCOCK TISSUE FORCEPS175MM
BABCOCK TISSUE FORCEPS 215MM
BENSON PYLORUS SPREADER 155MM
PAYR INTESTINAL CLAMP 180MM.
PAYR INTESTINAL CLAMP 200MM
PAYR INTESTINAL CLAMP 275MM
PROBE DOUB.ENDED D:3MM W/HOLE 190MM
DBL-ENDED PROBE MALL 3.5MM EYES 250MM
POOL SUCTION CANNULA CHARR.21
POOL SUCTION CANNULA CHARR.30
BABY-ROUX RETRACTOR 135MM
LANGENBECK RETRACTORSOLID30X10MM229MM
LANGENBECK RETRACTORSOLID40X10MM230MM
LANGENBECK RETRACTORSOLID43X13MM229MM
DEAVER RETRACTOR FIG 00 22MM 215MM
DEAVER RETRACTOR FIG 1 25MM300MM
RIBBON RETRACTOR MALL 330X30MM
RIBBON RETRACTOR MALL 330X40MM
RIBBON RETRACTOR MALL 330X50MM
BECKMANN-ADSON RETR 4X4 SHARP 310MM
ADSON LAMIN RETR 5X4 SEMI-S 325MM
BALFOUR-BABY ABDOMINAL RETRACTOR
BALFOUR ABDOMINAL RETRACTOR 155X200MM
MICRO FORCEPS DE'BAKEY 1MM STR.185MM
MICRO FORCEPS DE'BAKEY 1MM STR.210MM
MICRO FORCEPS DE'BAKEY 1MM STR.185MM
MICRO-ADSON FORCEPS SERR 120MM
HAIGHT RIB SPREADER 30X30MM-BLDS
RIB SPREADER FINOCHIETTO-HAIGHT ALUMI.
FINOCHIETTO RIB SPRDR ALUM 31X45 BLDS
FRAZIER SUCTLUER-HUB9FR102MMWRK-LGTH
FRAZIER SUCTLUER-HUB15FR5/102MM LGTH
DESMARRES RETRACTOR 12X16MM 140MM
DESMARRES RETRACTOR 13X18MM 140MM
STERILIZATION CONTAINER SYSTEM COMPLETE SET Consisting of:
BOTTOM FOR 1/1 CONTAINER HEIGHT:120MM
PRIMELINE 1/1 LID RED
SILICONE PAD 470X230X30MM
1/1 SIZE PERF BASKET 540X253X76MM
Peads Cystourethroscope 8Fr, 6 , 1 step, 8to11Fr Autoclaveable with container and accessories
Forceps
Hook Electrode
Ball Electrode
Knife
Injection Needle

37 | P a g e
VASCULAR BASIC SET
FOERSTER SPONGE FCPS SERR STR 245MM
BACKHAUS TOWEL CLAMP 110MM
KIDNEY TRAY STAINLESS STEEL 250MM
LABORATORY DISH 0.16 L
SCALPEL HANDLE #3 125MM
SCALPEL HANDLE #4 135MM
METZENBAUM SCISSORS CVD 145MM
METZENBAUM SCISSORS CVD 200MM
MAYO SCISSORS CVD 170MM
SURGICAL SCISSORS STR S/B145MM
POTTS-DE MARTEL SCISSORS25DGS/S185MM
POTTS-DE MARTEL SCISSORS45DGS/S185MM
POTTS-DE MARTEL SCISSORS60DGS/S185MM
TOENNIS-ADSON SCISS X-DEL CVD 175MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.FCPS 2.0MM STR150MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.FCPS 2.0MM STR 200MM
STANDARD TISSUE FORCEPS 1X2 145MM
STANDARD TISSUE FORCEPS 1X2T.200MM
CUSHING DEL STR FORCEPS 200MM
HALSTED-MOSQUITO FORCEPS DELSTR125MM
HALSTED-MOSQUITO FORCEPS DEL CVD125MM
CRILE FORCEPS STR 140MM
CRILE FORCEPS CVD 140MM
ROCHESTER-PEAN FORCEPS STR 200MM
ROCHESTER-PEAN FORCEPS CVD 200MM
KOCHER-OCHSNER FORCEPS STR 1X2 160MM
KOCHER-OCHSNER FORCEPS STR 1X2 200MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.BULLDOGCLAMP CVD.20/78MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.BULLDOGCLAMP STR.30/90MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.BULLDOGCLAMP CVD.30/86MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.BULLDOGCLAMP CVD.45/97MM
DE'BAKEY-BAINBRIDGE ATR.FCPS STR180MM
DE'BAKEY-BAINBRIDGE ATR.FCPS CVD 180MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.MOSQUITO FCPS STR165MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.MOSQUITO FCPS CVD165MM
PEAN-DE'BAKEY ATR.FRCPS STR155MM
PEAN-DE'BAKEY ATR.FRCPCVD 155.MM
DE'BAKEY ATR.COARCTAT.CLMPSTR65/225MM
DE'BAKEY PERIPHERAL CLAMP 60DG180MM
DE'BAKEY BULLDOG CLAMPRING-HDL45DEG125MM
DE'BAKEY COARCTAT FCPSANG15DEG50/165MM
BABY-SATINSKY CLAMP150MM
SATINSKY CLAMP265MM
SATINSKY CLAMP HVY-CVD SM265MM
DERRA PEDIATRIC FORCEPS 26MM175MM
COOLEY PEDIATRIC CLAMP 60DG 30/160MM

38 | P a g e
BABY-MIXTER FORCEPS HEAVY-CVD180MM
OVERHOLT FORCEPS # 1 CVD209MM
BABY-MIXTER FORCEPS CVD 140MM
ALLIS ATR.FORCEPS 6.2MM 155MM
DIRECTOR W/TONGUE STR 145MM
DOUBLE-ENDED PROBE 1.5MM 145MM
DAVIS VASCULAR SPATULA 245MM
SCHMIDT DISSECTOR BLUNT 235MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 1.0MM 190MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 1.5MM 190MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 2.0MM 190MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 2.5MM 190MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 3.0MM 190MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 3.5MM 190MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 4.0MM 190MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 4.5MM 190MM
DE'BAKEY DILATOR MALL 5.0MM 190MM
PELKMANN FORCEPS CVD SERR261MM
CUSHING VEIN RETRACTOR 10X13MM 203MM
SENN-MILLER RECTOR.SH.8X7/18X5.5MM
FARABEUF RTRCTRS23X16/28X16-20X16/24X16
VOLKMANN RETR4-PRGSEMI-S8.5X19222MM
KOCHER-LANGENBECK RETR 41X11MM216MM
CRILE VESSEL HOOK BLUNT 90DEG 6/200MM
ADSON-BABY RETRACTOR 3X4 BLUNT140MM
ADSON LAMIN RETR 5X4 SEMI-S 325MM
SCHMID IRRIGATING CANNULA MALLEAB.LL.
SCHMID IRRIGATING CANNULA MALLEAB.LL.
HALSEY NEEDLE HOLDER DEL SERR130MM
CRILE-WOOD NDLHLDRFINE-SERR150MM
MAYO-HEGAR NEEDLE HOLDER200MM
TC RYDER NEEDLE HOLDERX-DELSERR155MM
LAHEY FORCEPS LONG-SERR 224MM
LAHEY DISS.A.LIGAT.FORCEPS 230MM
UNIVERSAL TROCAR WITH 4 TIPS
THORACIC RETRACTOR (Mercedes-Retractor)consisting of:
RETRACTOR ONLY
PAIR OF BLADES SMALL 42X65MM
PAIR OF BLADES LARGE 75X75MM
STERILIZATION CONTAINER SYSTEM COMPLETE SET Consisting of:
BOTTOM FOR 1/1 CONTAINER HEIGHT:120MM
PRIMELINE 1/1 LID RED
SILICONE PAD 470X230X30MM
1/1 SIZE PERF BASKET 540X253X76MM

KIDNEY INSTRUMENTS SET

FOERSTER SPONGE HOLD.FORC.,SERRAT.JAWS

39 | P a g e
MAIER SPONGE FORCEPS W/RATCH.CVD.262MM
BACKHAUS TOWEL HOLDING FORCEPS,110MM
SCALPEL HDL.NO.3
SCALPEL HANDLE NO.3L
SCALPEL HDL.NO.4
OP.SCISSORS,STR.,BL/SH,145MM
MAYO SCISSORS STR 170MM
MAYO DISSECT.SCISSORS CVD.170MM
MAYO-HARRINGTON SCISSORS STR 230MM
MAYO HARRINGTON DISSECT.SCISSORS CVD.230
METZENBAUM SCISSORS STR 145MM
METZENBAUM DISSECT.SCISSORS CVD.145MM
METZENBAUM SCISSORS STR 200MM
METZENBAUM DISSECT.SCISSORS CVD.200MM
NELSON-METZENBAUM SCISSORS STR 250MM
NELSON-METZENBAUM SCISSORS CVD 253MM
POTTS-SMITH VESSEL SCISSORS60DG 175MM
POTTS-DEMARTEL SCISSORS 60DG 220MM
JOSEPH SCISSORS STR S/S 150MM
JOSEPH SCISSORS CVD S/S 150MM
CUSHING DISSECT.FORCEPS STR.200MM
DISSECT.FORCEPS W/O T.STD.PATT.200MM
TISSUE FORCEPS,STD.PATT.,1X2 T.,145MM
WAUGH DISSECT.FORCEPS 1X2T.200MM
WAUGH DISSECT.FORCEPS 1X2T.250MM
ALLIS INTESTINAL FORCEPS DELIC.PATT.
ALLIS ATRAUMATIC FORCEPS 8,4MM 255MM
ATRAUMATIC OVUM FORCEPS STR SM250MM
HALSTED-MOSQUITO FORCEPS DELSTR125MM
HALSTED MOSQUITO FORCEPS,CURVED,125MM
CRILE FORCEPS CVD 140MM
CRILE ARTERY FORCEPS STR.140MM
ROCHESTER-PEAN FORCEPS STR 185MM
ROCHESTER-PEAN ARTERY FORCEPS CVD.185MM
HALSTED-MOSQUITO FORCEPS DELSTR200MM
HALSTEAD MOSQ.ARTERY FORCEPS CVD.200MM
CRAFOORD ARTERY FORCEPS CVD.245MM
KOCHER-OCHSNER FORCEPS STR 1X2240MM
KOCHER-OCHSNER FORCEPS CVD 1X2240.MM
MIKULICZ PERITONEUM FORCEPS CVD.205MM
BABY-MIXTER FORCEPS HEAVY-CVD180MM
OVERHOLT-GEISS SUTURE FCPS#3CVD276MM
MIXTER SUTURE FORCEPS RT-ANG 230MM
CRILE-WOOD NEEDLE HOLDER 150MM
HEGAR-MAYO NEEDLE HOLDER 200MM
JAMESON NEEDLE HOLDER DEL SERR 230MM
MASSON NEEDLE HOLDER 265MM

40 | P a g e
WANGENSTEEN NEEDLE HOLDER 275MM
DESCHAMPS NDLF/RT-HNDBLTLNG-HK215MM
DIRECTOR W/TONGUE STR 145MM
DOUBLE-ENDED PROBE 1.5MM 200MM
VOLKMANN RETR4-PRGSEMI-S8.5X19222MM
KOCHER RETRACTOR 60X25MM
RICHARDSON RETRACTOROPEN37X37MM242MM
KELLY RETRACTOR 150 X 39MM
DOYEN RETRACTOR 90X45MM 242MM
DOYEN RETRACTOR 60X60MM242MM
DOYEN RETRACTOR 90X60MM 242MM
DOYEN RETRACTOR 120X60MM 242MM
FRITSCH RETRACTOR #4OPEN46X75MM242MM
DEAVER RETRACTOR FIG 2 25MM 318MM
HARNGTN LNG SPATULAFLX123X64MM299MM
CUSHING VESS. HOOK BLNT 90DG 6MM/279MM
CUSHING VEIN RETRACTOR 10X13MM 203MM
GLOVER ATRAUMATIC CLAMP CVD 215MM
GLOVER ATRAUMATIC CLAMP CVD 220MM
DBAKY TNGENTIAL CLMP 4.58MM-WIDE270MM
DEBAKEY TANGENTIAL CLMP 5 75MM-W280MM
GLOVER MINI-BULLDOG22/52MM
DEBAKEY ATRAUMATA AORTA CRSS-CLMP240MM
DEBAKEY CLAMP 90DG 55/85MM 210MM
DEBAKEY CLAMP 60DG 40/93MM 240MM
GUYON ATR.KIDNEY PED.CLAMP 230MM
GUYON ATRAUMATIC KIDNEY CLAMP230MM
SCHMIDT DISSECTOR BLUNT 235MM
VASCULAR SPATULA230MM
KIDNEY TRAY STAINLESS STEEL 250MM
LABORATORY DISH 0.16 L
LAHEY/SWEET GALL DUCT FORCEPS 200MM
LAHEY FORCEPS LONG-SERR 224MM
LAHEY DISS.A.LIGAT.FORCEPS 230MM
UNIVERSAL TROCAR WITH 4 TIPS
THORACIC RETRACTOR (Mercedes-Retractor)consisting of:
RETRACTOR ONLY
PAIR OF BLADES SMALL 42X65MM
PAIR OF BLADES LARGE 75X75MM
DOYEN INTESTINAL CLAMP STR165MM
DOYEN INTESTINAL CLAMP CVD165MM
HARTMANN INTESTINAL CLAMP STR200MM
HARTMANN INTESTINAL CLAMP CVD200MM
BIPOLAR CABLE 3.5MM LENGTH
DUROGRIP NDL HLDR SERR 0.2/180MM
DUROGRIP CASTROV.NDL HLDR SERR 0.2/215MM
BONE CURETTE DBEND 210MM

41 | P a g e
ST MARK PELVIS CLAMP 35X45/124X60MM292MM
ST MARK PELVIS CLAMP 60X45/174X60MM333MM
ST MARK PELVIS CLAMP 60X45/178X60MM333MM
INSTRUMENTS TROLLEY (IMPORTED)
SURGICAL DRUM
BASIN STAND SMALL
BASIN STAND MEDIUM
BASIN STAND LARGE
STERILIZATION CONTAINER SYSTEM COMPLETE SET Consisting of:
BOTTOM FOR 1/1 CONTAINER HEIGHT:120MM
PRIMELINE 1/1 LID RED
SILICONE PAD 470X230X30MM
1/1 SIZE PERF BASKET 540X253X76MM

Accessories:
Optional (if any):

42 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name HAEMODIALYSIS MACHINE
Clinical Purpose Hemodialysis, also spelled hemodialysis, commonly called kidney
dialysis or simply dialysis, is a process of purifying the blood of a person
whose kidneys are not working normally. This type of dialysis achieves
the extracorporeal removal of waste products such as
creatinine and urea and free water from the blood when
the kidneys are in a state of renal failure
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Various Dialysis Therapies including double needle system & Single Needle with Single Pump.
Dialysis machine system should be open consumable types
Variable Bicarbonate & Acetate Concentration.
And no binding on consumable or disposable
Bicarbonate profiling with monitoring
Variable temperature control
Water Inlet pressure requirement: 1.5 to 6 Bar maximum
Heparin Pump Automatic stop & Bolus with flow rate from 0.1-9.9ml/hour
Programmable Ultra filtration with control or varying rate
Ultra-filtration with or without diffusion
Automatic priming with display
Dialysis machine with touch digital display size 10.4-inches or more
Touch Display 10.4-inches or more for service diagnostic and calibration
Touch Electronic control of flow rate and blood flows
Automatic clean, disinfect and rinsing mechanism, built in heat disinfect system
Should capable to record disinfection history
Should capable to record patient data without/with patient Card
Blood Pump: 0, 50 to 500 ml / minute
Variable Dialysate Flow: from 300 to 700 ml or better
Temperature Control: up to 39 deg. C. (Adjustable)
Arterial Pressure Monitor, Venous Pressure Monitor
Ultra-filtration Rate Control: Range of UFR 0.0 to 3.00 Kg - hour or above.
Air Bubble Detection: Air bubble detector alarm threshold.
Blood leak Detection, Sodium profiling
Bicarbonate profiling / Proportion /Dialysate Profiling
Dialysis Adequacy Monitoring (Kt/v) with graphical Display, Built in Heat disinfect system
Universal Bicarbonate Cartridge Holder / Bag
Online B.P Monitoring System
Battery backup for at least 20-min, 220V, 50Hz

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

 Pediatric Mode (System should have ability to be used on pediatric patients)

43 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name DIALYZER REPROCESSOR
Clinical Purpose A Dialyzer Reprocessor is an instrument used to reuse or reprocess
fluids from the renal glands (kidneys). The reprocessing procedure
involves cleaning, testing, filling your dialyzer with germicide,
inspecting,labeling, storing
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Consistent reprocessing of artificial kidney.
Digital display for dialyzer type selection, (low flux, High flux & High Efficiency dialyzer)
Fully automatic integrated reprocessing machine, able to clean, test and fill the dialyzer with
disinfectants.
Multiple selectable programs.
Diagnostic display, alarms, automatic calculating and filling of sterilant into a dialyzer.
Fiber bundle volume and leak test facility.
The reprocessing time will be around 8-10 minutes for each dialyzer.
Power: 220 V, 50 Hz

Accessories:
Optional (if any):

44 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name RO SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Reverse osmosis (RO) is a water purification technology that uses
a semipermeable membrane to remove ions, molecules, and larger
particles from drinking water. In reverse osmosis, an applied pressure
is used to
overcome osmotic pressure, a colligative property
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RO Water Purification System
Meets the highest industry standard (AAMI) for pure water of AAMI or greater of quality for
Water to Dialysis Machines and Renal Patients for improvement in quality of life with highest
innovation.

Configuration
RO Water Purification System to operate 06-8 Dialysis Machines
Direct feed to Dialysis Machines through UV sterilizer
Mounted on SS305 SKID (corrosion proof)
RO internal Plumbing HDPVC Schedule 80
Product & Reject Flow Meters
Product & Reject ONLINE TDS / Conductivity Meter
Manual Operation in Case Electrical Control Panel Failure

Includes Pre Treatment

a. Cartridge Filter Size
b. Feed Booster Pump 220 VAC,
c. Multimedia Filter
d. ACF Chlorine (KDF) Filtration
e. Water Softener
f. UV Sterilizer

Local / Imported ( Procuring agency to specify)

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

45 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name DIALYSIS CHAIR
Clinical Purpose Dialysis Chair is comfortable, easy to use and mobile. It offers healthy
ergonomic seating, ideal for those patients and clients who have to
spend a long time in one position when under treatment
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Safe working load up to 200 kg or better
Step less adjustment from sitting to shock position
Step less adjustment to comfort position
Manually adjustable footrest
Hand control unit for step less adjustment
Folding upwards and rotatable armrests
Castors Ø 7.5 cm, individually lockable
Neck roll
Dimensions, length x width 200 X 75 cm
Armrests, length x width 65 X 12 cm
Upholstery, length x width x height 220 X 54 X 7 cm
Access height 64 cm or better
Adjustment range of seat inclination 46 degree
Seat inclination between 4 ° – 50 °
All dimensions are to be considered as approximate.

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

46 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name FLEXIBLE NEPHROSCOPE SYSTEM & ACCESSORIES
Clinical Purpose The flexible nephroscope can be used as the primary endoscope to
manage renal calculi percutaneously. A small nephrostomy tract
(“miniperc,” 20F–24F) may be used. In addition, the flexible
nephroscope obviates the need for special equipment necessary for
rigid nephroscopy in the morbidly obese patient.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flexible Nephroscope System, consisting of
Nephroscope
Dilatation Set
Grasping forceps
Biopsy forceps
Three /Two Prong grasping forceps
Alligator type forceps
Suction Tubes
Maintenance kit, carrying case.
Sterilizing case

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

47 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name TRAINING SIMULATOR FOR UROLOGY
Clinical Purpose Simulator allows urologists learn how to master instruments and
manage complications without involving live patients. Dictated content
and expert movies
shows best techniques. Individual course allow for personalized urologic
surgery training. It offers urologic surgeons a very realistic training with
a wide range of prostrate anatomies, pathologies and operative
complications. the basic skills training with outside views guides the
trainee and show the important landmarks used for orientation.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The generalized specifications of Simulators to be prepared by the end-user and Biomedical
Engineer. The end-user and Biomedical Engineer shall certify the generalization of
specifications and get it approved from the concerned committee and competent authority
before the process of procurement.
Accessories:

Optional (if any):

48 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name TRAINING SIMULATOR FOR LAPROSCOPY
Clinical Purpose Simulator allows LAPROSCOPIST learn how to master instruments and
manage complications without involving live patients. Didactic content
and expert movies exemplify best techniques. Individual courses allow
for personalized urologic surgery training. It offers laparoscopic
surgeons a very realistic training with a wide range of prostate
anatomies, pathologies and operative complications. The basic skills
training with outside views guides the trainee and shows the important
landmarks used for orientation
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The generalized specifications of Simulators to be prepared by the end-user and Biomedical
Engineer. The end-user and Biomedical Engineer shall certify the generalization of
specifications and get it approved from the concerned committee and competent authority
before the process of procurement.

Accessories:

Optional (if any):

49 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Urology
Generic Name CRRT (CONTINUOUS RENAL REPLACEMENT THERAPY)
Clinical Purpose Continuous Renal replacement therapy (CRRT) is therapy that replaces
the normal blood-filtering function of the kidneys. It is used when the
kidneys are not working well, which is called renal failure and
includes acute kidney injury and chronic kidney disease.
Renal replacement therapy
includes dialysis (hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis), hemofiltration,
and hemodiafiltration. which are various ways of filtration of blood
with or without machine
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Continuous Veno-Venous Hemofiltration (CVVH)
 Continuous Veno-Venous Hemodialysis (CVVHD)
 Continuous Veno-Venous Hemodiafiltration (CVVHDF)
 Slow continuous ultrafiltration (SCUF)
 Theuraptic plasma exchange (TPE)
 Hemoperfusion (HP)
 Should have blood leak detector (Optical)
 Air Detector (Ultrasonic)
 Should have anticoagulant pump heparin & Citrate
 Warmer / heater
 7 inch or above display
 Internal treatment memory
 Should have to perform all therapies including Adults and Paeds
Accessories:

Optional (if any):

50 | P a g e
SPECIALIZED HEALTH CARE AND
MEDICAL EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT

GOVERNMENT OF THE PUNJAB

PRODUCT VOCABULARY MEDICAL

STORE (PVMS) OF CARDIAC
SURGERY EQUIPMENT

Volume - I , 2016
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Heart and Lung Machine ........................................................................................................... 1
2. Online Arterial & Venous Line Monitoring ................................................................................ 4
3. Hypo Hyper Thermia Unit.......................................................................................................... 5
4. Blood Warmer ........................................................................................................................... 6
5. Online Blood Warmer................................................................................................................ 7
6. Endoscopic Vessel Harvesting System ...................................................................................... 8
7. ACT Machine (Activated Clotting Machine) ............................................................................ 10
8. Centrifugal Pump ..................................................................................................................... 11
9. Fibrillator with Electrodes/Alligator Clamp ............................................................................. 12
10. Temperature management unit/Warmer Blanket................................................................. 13
11. Hemodynamic Monitor (Less Invasive Advance Hemodynamic Monitoring)......................... 14
12. Battery Operated Reciprocating Sternum Saw ....................................................................... 15
13. Reciprocating Sternum Saw Air Operated .............................................................................. 16
14. Reciprocating Sternum Saw electrically operated .................................................................. 17
15. Vacuum Assisted Venous Drainage Controller........................................................................ 18
16. Stabilizer System for Beating Heart Surgery ........................................................................... 19
17. Positioner System for Beating Heart Surgery.......................................................................... 20
18. CO2 REMOVAL LUNG PROTECTION SYSTEM............................................................................ 21
19. Blood Gas Analyzer .................................................................................................................. 22
20. Cell Saver (Intraoperative Cell Salvage Machine) ................................................................... 23
21. Cardioblate Surgical Ablation Systems .................................................................................... 24
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Heart and Lung Machine
Cardiopulmonary bypass (CPB) is a technique that temporarily takes over
the function of the heart and lungs during surgery, maintaining the
Clinical Purpose
circulation of blood and the oxygen content of the body. The CPB pump
itself is often referred to as a heart–lung machine "the pump".

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 05 Pump Complete Modular Pumps console with all Modular Parameter
 04 Single roller pump+1 Twin Pump or Two Small roller Pump
 Dual Pressure module
 Temperature module
 Monitor interface module
 Power supply module
 Battery backup minimum 90min.
 Level sensor
 Ultrasonic Bubble detector
 Flexible Led Lamp
 Mechanical /Electronic Gas blender
 Cardioplegia Monitoring Unit
 System Control Panel
 Venous occluding clamp.

05- Pump Console:

 Heart Lung machine should have modular system.
 The Console should have 05 pump attachment.
 Smooth stainless steel, painted metal and aluminum.
 Entire system should operate on battery system for a minimum of 90 Minutes For arterial
pump battery backup should be 180 minute or more.
 Switch over from main power to battery backup should be automatic and immediate.
 Battery Unit should be built in to the pump base.
 It should recharge automatically when the system is operating with main power supply.
 Pump-console should have single cable connection from external power supply.
 Provision for a connection to PC.
 24Volt operated socket for all pumps to avoid risk.
 Should have hand crank facility as a safety feature with each pump

1|Page
  All the pump should have facility of pulsatile mode

System Control Monitor: Should display follow below components.

 Pulsatile operation display.
 Pressure monitoring display.
 Temperature monitoring display.
 Timer system display.
 Battery voltage display.
 Safety buttons
 Alarm for shut down for any pump

Cardioplegia monitoring unit:

 It should display Volume ratio, timer, temperature, and pressure of full control of
independent cardioplegia line.
 Master follower function and pump to stop

Single Roller Pump:

 The unit should have 5-pump compactly arranged with Universal connection
 Monitoring flow rates in LPM & RPM should be digitally display on the pump or equivalent
 Modules pump should have easy access connection for interchanging the pump with
console.
 Pump should be peristaltic for durability and convince of handling.
 Roller pump should have a self-diagnostic circuit with provision to detect and display
critical alarm conditions
 Each individual roller pump should be capable of running independently.
 Each Pump should operate onto 24 Volt.
 Roller Pump Range: 0-250 RPM
 Display of all pump condition on pump.
 Calibrations preset for ¼, 3/8 & ½ tubing.
 It should have Reverse flow capability.

PRESSURE MONITOR: (Four pressure module)

 Facility to monitor pressures.
 Along with necessary pressure transducers Kit, cables and domes reusable, with accurate
digital display and alarm facilities audio and visual.
 It should have trend indicator and trend readout.
 Pole mounts for transducer Kit.

2|Page
TEMPERATURE MONITOR:
 04 temperature displays on Control panel for patient monitoring and for cardioplegia
monitoring with digital display in Celsius.
 It should have trend indicator and trend readout.

Air –Emboli module.

Level sensor:
 With alarm settings. Should be able to provide both alert alarm for audible and visual
alarms or low blood level alarm
 Level sensor pads 100 pcs

Air Bubble detector:

It should be ultrasonic in nature.
Micro –bubble detection: Yes
Bar Leds, sensor fault, override facility.
Sensor should be compatible with all tubing sizes.
TIME MONITOR:
Minimum 3 time displays.
 With stop, reset and start function

Accessories:
System Should be with all complete accessories.

Optional (if any):

3|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Online Arterial & Venous Line Monitoring
Clinical Purpose The equipment to measure Arterial & Venous Parameter of blood in
real time applications.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LCD display of 10” or better touch screen monitor
Monitoring of Arterial Line:
Measurement method for partial oxygen
Measurement method for temperature
Measurement of Hemoglobin, Arterial partial pressure of oxygen, Arterial temperature. Pa02,

Monitoring venous line:

Measurement method for partial oxygen
Measurement method for temperature.
Measurement of Venous line, Hemoglobin, hematocrit, Sv02
Interface for PC Connection Rs-232 Input /output
 USB Connection for Printer
Accessories:
Venous probe
Arterial probe
Venous temperature sensor
 Arterial Temperature sensor
System should be complete with all accessories
Optional(if any):

4|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Hypo Hyper Thermia Unit
Clinical Purpose Hypo Hyper Thermia unit is used for temperature control (Hot &
Cold) of patient during cardiac surgery.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The Hyper hypothermia unit designed to supply temperature controlled water to oxygenator
heat exchangers and cooing blankets.
The feed water temperature selected on a temperature controller in the range 5-40 ºC
One/ Two external circuits can be connected each with its own flow control
The flow is maintained by a built in pump
The temperature control is obtained by a three way motor valve
Selecting water from a cooling or a heating vessel as required,
In the cooling vessel a temperature of +2 ºC is constantly maintained by a refrigeration system
Heating vessel contains an electrical heater which is automatically switched, as and when
required.
Hermaticall sealed compressor ½ HP.
Temperature accuracy: +/-0.5 deg/ C.
Initial cooling capacity 2100 kj/h (500 Kcal/h)
Continuous cooling cap 2800 kj/h (670 Kcal/h)
Circulating system: Pump
Flow capacity (Total) 10-16 liters/min

Accessories:
System should be complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any):

Blankets

5|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Blood Warmer
Clinical Purpose A blood warmer is used to warm blood prior to transfusion to a
patient. Often used in emergency settings, operating rooms, and
intensive care units to prevent hypothermia, the instrument warms
blood to a temperature that is safe for infusion.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR WARMING OF BLOOD BAGS
MINIMUM THREE TO FOUR BAGS CAPACITY
Temperature setting: +37ºC to+44ºC
Microprocessor controlled unit
Blood warmer
Voltage: 220 V, 50 Hz

Accessories:
Complete with standard accessories

Optional (If any):

6|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Online Blood Warmer
Clinical Purpose A blood warmer is used to warm blood prior to transfusion to a
patient. Often used in emergency settings, operating rooms, and
intensive care units to prevent hypothermia, the instrument warms
blood to a temperature that is safe for infusion.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Microprocessor controlled unit for reliable transfusion and infusion for intra and post operative
hypothermia.
Dry warming system.
On line warming with tubing.
Pre-selected temperature settings over the range 35OC to 40OC.
Indications/ display for different temperatures.
Blood warming device with safety cut out at 41/42 OC.
Visual and audible alarm for low and high temperature

Accessories:
Complete with standard accessories

Optional (If any):

7|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Endoscopic Vessel Harvesting System
Clinical Purpose Endoscopic vessel harvesting (EVH) is a surgical technique that may be
used in conjunction with coronary artery bypass surgery (commonly
called a "bypass"). For patients with coronary artery disease, a
physician may recommend a bypass to reroute blood around blocked
arteries to restore and improve blood flow and oxygen to the heart. To
create the bypass graft, a surgeon will remove or "harvest" healthy blood
vessels from another part of the body, often from the patient's leg or arm
with small incision.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Full HD Camera Control Unit CMOS Type Compatible for Cardiac Harvesting Latest and advanced
kit.
a) Full HD Camera system with Latest Chip or Sensor
b) Technology for brilliant image display CMOS
c) Full HD image quality (1920 x 1080 pixel provides a crystal clear image)
 Modes 5 Pre settings & 3 User settings
 Scan Mode: Progressive Scan 50/60Hz

Video Signal Outputs 2 x DVI - D 1080p (50/60Hz)

Camera Head with Zoom coupler.

a) Camera Resolution: 1920x1080 Pixel
b) Buttons on Camera Head: 4 with 5 FUNCTIONS
c) Optical Zoom 2x
d) Digital zoom 2.5x

Length Camera Cable: 4 M minimum

Harvester Cannula: Should consist with following parts.

a) Harvesting Cannula
b) Tool Adapter Port
c) C-Ring Slider
d) Harvesting Tool
e) Jaws tool.
f) C-Ring
g) Harvesting Tool Extension Cable Connector

8|Page
 h) Scope Washer Connector (blue)
i) Distal Insufflation Connector

Activation Toggle
Harvester Endoscope:
a) 7mm extended length Telescope with Dissection Tip
b) Target focus quality
0 Degree Straight forward.

Endoscopic Harvester Power Generator:

a) Extension Cable Connector
b) Power Cord Connector
c) Power Setting Knob
d) LED Power-On Indicator
e) Hanger
f) Harvester Extension cable
g) Harvester Adapter
Light source :
a) Xenon 300 watt or more
b) Life span 500 hours on continuous use
c) Light Guide Cable. 1 pcs.
d) Color temperature 6000 Kelvin
light intensity should be continuously adjustable
HIGH FLOW INSUFFLATOR:
a) Maximum Gas Flow 20 L / min.
b) Pressure Range 5 - 25 mm Hg
c) Fully automatic insufflators
d) High pressure tube 1m.
Reusable silicon tube.
High Definition Medical Monitor with Bright LED Backlight.
Disposable Kit Harvester: 50 X Quantity :
Included: Harvester Cannula with Traction device, Harvesting Bisector (Three in one Cutting,
coagulation, and dissection), Trocar Cannulas, syringes.
Accessories:
System should be complete with all accessories.

Optional (if any):

9|Page
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name ACT Machine (Activated Clotting Machine)
Clinical Purpose Activated clotting time (ACT), also known as activated coagulation
time is a test of coagulation

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Microprocessor control including tests PT, APTT,ACT or any other
Used on both fresh and citrated whole blood sample
LCD display
Data storage for at-least 300 samples
Quality Control Check
Result printing capability

Accessories:
Complete with at least 300 cartridge or more

Optional (if any):

Dual/ Single Chamber

10 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Centrifugal Pump
Clinical Purpose Centrifugal pump can be used for extracorporeal membrane
oxygenation (ECMO) or extracorporeal life support (ECLS) is an
extracorporeal technique for providing both cardiac and respiratory
support to persons whose heart and lungs are unable to provide an
adequate amount of gas exchange to sustain life.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Centrifugal Pump system should be used as a fully independent stand-alone unit and can be use
as part of heart lung machine.
Flow and bubble measuring function must be integral part of the Console
Console should have With triple power supplies: mains, Heart Lung, or own batteries
An adjustable holder allows optimal positioning of the drive unit.
Emergency drive, a manual drive (hand crank) with speed indicator

Specialized for ECMO, ECLS:

Separate flow and speed displays
Constant flow mode of operation
Suitability for pulsatile operation
Technologically advanced disposable pump head
Priming :60 ml or less
Flow : 0-08 l/min
Power supply / battery: 90 min
Mains power inlet cable.
Push and turn control knob

Accessories:
Trolley imported from Manufacturer

Optional (if any):

Specialized ECMO unit certified by FDA/CE/MHLW for 7/14 days or more

11 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Fibrillator with Electrodes/Alligator Clamp
Clinical Purpose Fibrillation is the rapid, irregular, and unsynchronized contraction
of muscle fibers. An important occurrence is with regard to
the heart.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mode of Operation: Continuous
Permissible operating Temperature Range:+10 to +40
Electrodes:
Fibrillator Electrode with double side
Fibrillator with bulldog clip and single plate electrodes
Fibrillator electrode with two bulldog clips

Accessories:
Complete with all electrode and standard accessories

Optional (if any):

Alligator Clamp

12 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Temperature management unit/Warmer Blanket
Clinical Purpose Air Warming system helps maintain patient temperature and
provide comfort before, during and after surgery. Reduces
hypothermia during surgical procedures

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Microprocessor controlled patient warming system for prevention of hypothermia.
Temperature control range of 30 - 42oC.
Individual control of blankets.
Set and actual temperature display.
Low noise fan.
Heat conducting fabric for uniform distribution of heat.
Fully automatic system for wide range of application.
Complete system with filters.
Automatic stop in case of overheating.
Coupling for different type of blankets.
Blankets should be washable, resistant to disinfectant and its cover should be blood and fluid
resistant, replaceable type.
220V, 50Hz operation.

Accessories:
Arm shoulder blanket. 170x30 cm , Approx (02)
Torso blanket 45 x 90 cm (01), Approx
Leg blanket 45 x 90 cm, Approx (02)
Recovery Blanket 120 x 200 cm, Approx (02)
Any other as per requirement

Optional (if any):

13 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Hemodynamic Monitor (Less Invasive Advance
Hemodynamic Monitoring)
Clinical Purpose Advance Hemodynamic monitoring with invasive measurement of
cardiac output and its determinants (pre load, afterload,
contractility) as well as the quantification of pulmonary oedema

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Less invasive hemodynamics monitoring of the cardiac output (CO) and other hemodynamic
parameters, traditionally performed with the thermo dilution method
Calibrated real-time Cardiac output and stroke volume
Determination of preload volume and diagnosis of pulmonary oedema
Afterload, contractility and volume responsiveness
Calibrated real-time Cardiac output and stroke volume
Stroke Volume (SV)
Stroke Volume Variation (SVV)
Cardiac Output (CO)
Systemic Vascular Resistance (SVR)
Continuous Blood Pressure (CBP)
Stroke Volume (SV)
wide high resolution Color screen/Touch screen
Left Ventricular Contractility

Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any):

14 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Battery Operated Reciprocating Sternum Saw
Clinical Purpose A sternal saw is a bone cutter used to perform median sternotomy,
opening the patient's chest by splitting the breastbone, or sternum.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operated by a rechargeable battery
Light weight and handy. Keyless saw blade coupling
May have even weight distribution for ideal balance
Electronic parts may be integrated into battery pack
The system should not require sterilization of the battery. Battery should capable for multiple
surgeries.
The Saw must be easily sterilizable by autoclaving and plasma sterilization.
It should have Battery charger for changing indications the batteries
Sterilization Basket
50 x Sternum Saw Blades

Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any): one rechargeable battery

15 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Reciprocating Sternum Saw Air Operated
Clinical Purpose A sternal saw is a bone cutter used to perform median sternotomy,
opening the patient's chest by splitting the breastbone, or sternum.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Air Operated motor controlled unit. Compatible with in built and central Air supply
Light weight and handy. Keyless saw blade coupling
May have even weight distribution for ideal balance
Connecting Reusable Pipe and hand piece
The Saw Connecting Pipe and hand piece must be easily sterilizable by autoclaving and plasma
sterilization.
Sterilization Basket
50 x Sternum Saw Blades

Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any):

16 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Reciprocating Sternum Saw electrically operated
Clinical Purpose A sternal saw is a bone cutter used to perform median sternotomy,
opening the patient's chest by splitting the breastbone, or sternum.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Electrically (220v) Operated motor controlled unit.
Light weight and handy. Keyless saw blade coupling
May have even weight distribution for ideal balance
Water proof Foot control paddle, connecting cable for hand piece
The Saw cable and hand piece must be easily sterilizable by autoclaving and plasma
sterilization.
Sterilization Basket
50 x Sternum Saw Blades

Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any):

17 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Vacuum Assisted Venous Drainage Controller
Clinical Purpose VAVD controller allows accurate regulation of vacuum applied to
sealed blood reservoir for minimally invasive cardiovascular
procedures with small incision, particularly in pediatric cardiac
surgery and adult surgery.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Mechanical regulator to allow Vacuum through sealed venous reservoir during Cardiovascular
procedures.
Both Pressure reliefs (Negative and positive) into the Vacuum controller.
Sterile tubing set with moisture trap ( Qty:20)
The sterile tubing set with moisture trap provides correct, easy and safe connection between
the controller and the reservoir and is recommended to be used with the controller.

Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any):

18 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Stabilizer System for Beating Heart Surgery
Clinical Purpose Cardiac Tissue Stabilizer system: for beating heart surgery or OPCAB
(off-pump coronary artery bypass) to patients.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Stabilizer should have a malleable foot that conforms to the heart for optimal placement, and
foot suction pods to provide ideal stabilization and superb vessel presentation.
Stabilizer should have a tri-slot socket which gives access to challenging vessels with "toes-
up" or "toes-down" positioning.
Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any):

19 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Positioner System for Beating Heart Surgery
Clinical Purpose Heart Positioner: securely lifts the heart for easy access to the
coronary arteries with low-profile arm makes it easy to see and gain
access to any target vessel.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Active suspension technology allows normal cardiac motion and maintains stable
hemodynamic

Stabilization Systems should provide surgical access to and exposure of coronary arteries
Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories
Optional (if any):

20 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name CO2 REMOVAL LUNG PROTECTION SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Lung Protection System allows clinicians to maintain protective
ventilation even in severe cases of Acute respiratory distress
syndrome or COPD (Chronique obstructive pulmonary disease).
Respiratory failure without cardiac impairment: e.g. H1N1, bridge
to lung transplant.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Extracorporeal support to replace or support the patient’s circulation and respiration or
equivalent.
Possibility for patients who require Veno-Venous support & Veno-Arterial support
Emergency patient transportation to restore and stabilize the patient’s cardiopulmonary
functions.
Respiratory failure without cardiac impairment e. g. ARDS, bridge to lung transplant, support of
gas exchange.
Long term ventricular assist device with oxygenation possibility support of heart and lungs.
Extracorporeal CO2 removal enables protective ventilation .Support of gas exchange for up to
29 days or more.

Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories
Optional (if any):

21 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Blood Gas Analyzer
Clinical Purpose An arterial blood gas (ABG) test is a blood gas test of blood from
an artery; it is thus a blood test that measures the amounts of
certain gases (such as oxygen and carbon dioxide) dissolved in
arterial blood.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Microprocessor based
Blood Gas /PH/Electrolyte measuring system
Control Panel With Easy Setting and monitoring
Display of screen for display of result
Easy 2 point calibration
Calibration history at least 24 hours
Easy Changing access to the electrodes and solutions
Automatic sample recognition and sampling
Possibility of upgrade data management
Sampling techniques –whole blood
Operate at 220VAC

Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any):

22 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Cell Saver (Intraoperative Cell Salvage Machine)
Clinical Purpose Commonly known as a "cell saver", the intraoperative cell salvage
machine suctions, washes, and filters blood so it can be given back
to the patient's body instead of being thrown away. One advantage
to this is the patient receives his/her own blood instead of donor
blood, so there is no risk of contracting outside diseases

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The equipment should be complete system equipped with all workable Necessary Accessories.
Must have HTC Sensor
Auto start Function
Washing Program 2-3.
Haparine Removal 95% or more.
Free Hb 83% or more.
Potassium removal 95% or more.
Albumin removal 92%-95%.
Fat elimination

Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories

Optional (if any):

23 | P a g e
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Cardiac Surgery
Generic Name Cardioblate Surgical Ablation Systems
Clinical Purpose Cardioblate Surgical Ablation Systems is a medical device in which
electrical conduction system of the heart, tumor or other
dysfunctional tissue is ablated using the heat generated from
medium frequency alternating current.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The Cardioblate irrigated radiofrequency device portfolio puts surgeons in control of surgical
atrial fibrillation (AF) procedures Uniquely malleable devices enhance maneuverability,
placement and visualization for easier
ablation around pulmonary veins and upon atrial tissue
Use IRF devices for Sternotomy or minimally invasive approaches
Create quick cardiac lesions that achieve reliable, reproducible conduction block
Bipolar generator algorithm adapts energy delivery and confirms transmurality
Use bipolar devices for pulmonary vein isolation upon a beating heart
Accessories:
Complete with all standard accessories
Optional (if any):

24 | P a g e
SPECIALIZED HEALTH CARE AND
MEDICAL EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT

GOVERNMENT OF THE PUNJAB

PRODUCT VOCABULARY MEDICAL

STORE(PVMS) OF HOSPITAL
ALLIED SERVICES AND
MACHINERY

Volume - I , 2016
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
CENTRAL STERILE SUPPLY DEPARTMENT (CSSD) .................................................................................... 1
ULTRASONIC AUTO DISINFECTOR ........................................................................................................... 5
ELECTRONIC AUTOCLAVE ........................................................................................................................ 6
MEDICAL LAUNDRY PLANT ..................................................................................................................... 8
HIGH PRESSURE BOILER ........................................................................................................................ 11
HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATOR........................................................................................................... 16
MORTUARY ........................................................................................................................................... 21
MEDICAL GAS PIPE LINE SYSTEM .......................................................................................................... 24
POSITIVE COLD ROOM .......................................................................................................................... 30
NEGATIVE COLD ROOM ........................................................................................................................ 31
DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 32
ECG ANALYZER ...................................................................................................................................... 33
VENTILATOR ANALYZER ........................................................................................................................ 35
HIGH VOLTAGE ANALYZER .................................................................................................................... 36
SPO2 ANALYZER .................................................................................................................................... 37
ELECTRICAL SAFETY ANALYZER ............................................................................................................. 38
VITAL SIGN MONITOR ANALYZER ......................................................................................................... 39
ELECTROSURGICAL ANALYZER .............................................................................................................. 40
DEFIBRILLATOR ANALYZER .................................................................................................................... 41
MECHANICAL TOOL KIT ......................................................................................................................... 42
ADVANCE LIFE SUPPORTAMBULANCE .................................................................................................. 44
BASIC LIFE SUPPORTAMBULANCE ........................................................................................................ 47
 PVMS OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name CENTRAL STERILE SUPPLY DEPARTMENT (CSSD)
Clinical Purpose To establish and maintain sterile processing and distribution
standards and to provide supplies of sterile linen packs, basin,
instruments and other sterile items.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE:
The given below is the designed turnkey solution of complete hospital, in case of requirement
of complete new system, procuring agency need to define the items required and quantities of
each items as per the bed strength of hospital.

In case of requirement of any of the given below equipment, with in the running/equipped
hospital, Procuring agency may select the required items and define the quantities as per its
actual requirement.

CLEANING & WASHING UNIT

Cleaning & washing unit, Approx. 2000 x 700 x 900 mm (WxDxH) , consisting of Stainless Steel
square meter Table Top 40-50 mm backsplash ,made of Ni-chrome steel/SS sheet.

01/ 02 No’s(procuring agency to specify)Sinks each approx. 500x500x250 mm made of stainless

steel with the provision of counter top; equipped with drain valve and stand pipe and with
siphon trap.

Substructure cabinets with shelve. Cabinet is in-chrome steel/SS design.

01/02 No’s(procuring agency to specify) of integrated Spray Guns for dematerialized water/ air
with 08 cleaning nozzles, hose, table lead through

Space to hose the 01/02-ultrasonic cleaners (procuring agency to specify).

WASHING /DISINFECTION / DRYING UNIT

Microprocessor controlled automatic powered vertical down sliding two glass doors type.
Washing chamber, washing arms, preheating tanks and water filters made of high quality
stainless steel AISI 316 L., Light inside of chamber, Frame made of stainless steel AISI 304

Touch screen/panel display on loading and display on unloading side with integrated printer.
External steam heated for Automatic rinsing, washing, disinfecting and drying including
integrated electric element as backup heating. Capable of washing internal and external surface
of items such as instruments, glassware, tubing, syringes, hollow wares etc. Stainless Steel
construction. Floor model chamber size 15-18 DIN basket Capacity. 2 dosing pumps of chemical
products complete with flow meters and sensor. 8-10 standard pre-set cycle programs, 5
service programs and Fast/short cycle disinfection program (around 30 min).

The unit should be complete with baskets, trays, and stands for washing /disinfection of the
items mentioned above. The unit should have complete exhaust air condenser for outgoing air
with condensate drain. Operation 380-400V.
1|Page
ACCESSORIES
• A.N Wash Cart including tubes-7sets
• OP Cart for 36/45 trays of instruments
• MIS/Lap instruments cart
• Instrument trays for OP Cart
• Rack for 25 shoes
• Wash cart for Instrument containers
• Transfer trolleys for cart.

HEAVY DUTY STEAM STERILIZER

High pressure Steam Sterilizer each with external steam supply as primary source with
integrated steam generator as backup.
Fully automatic, programmable, microprocessor type. Touch screen colored display and
integrated printer. Automatic motorized/pneumatic two doors pass through system. Time
cycled, working pressure 32 psi. Safety interlock. Temperature & Pressure recorder. Chamber
pressure indicator. Cycle indicator to determine the phase of sterilization cycle. Program/Cycle
selection.
Complete with standard accessories and removable shelves, capable of taking both packets and
containers of all standard sizes. Chamber capacity 12 STU, rectangular shape. Chamber, jacket
and doors made of AISI 316 L/Ti. The system complete with built-in water saving system,
automatic heat exchanger and Air detector. Two loading / unloading trolleys and two loading
carts compatible with system.
UPS of suitable capacity with minimum 15 minutes for Controller cum display for monitoring
and controlling of parameters during power shedding provided/ installed by the manufacturer.

MEDIUM STEAM STERILIZER

High pressure Steam Sterilizer each with external steam supply as primary source with
integrated steam generator as backup.
Fully automatic, programmable, microprocessor type. Touch screen colored display and
integrated printer. Automatic motorized/pneumatic two doors pass through system. Time
cycled, working pressure 32 psi. Safety interlock. Temperature & Pressure recorder. Chamber
pressure indicator. Cycle indicator to determine the phase of sterilization cycle. Program/Cycle
selection.
Complete with standard accessories and removable shelves, capable of taking both packets and
containers of all standard sizes. Chamber capacity 04 STU, rectangular shape. Chamber, jacket
and doors made of AISI 316 L/Ti. The system complete with built-in water saving system,
automatic heat exchanger and Air detector. Two loading / unloading trolleys and one loading
carts compatible with system.
UPS of suitable capacity with minimum 15 minutes for Controller cum display for monitoring
and controlling of parameters during power shedding provided/ installed by the manufacturer.

REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM

RO system should be compatible with the CSSD equipment requirement and in accordance with
the quality of the local water where it is being installed. It should have imported parts that may
be locally assembled.

ETHYLENE-OXIDE (EO)”
Ethylene-Oxide (EO) gas sterilizer. Single door. Temperature and pressure recorder. Complete

2|Page
with baskets and cartridges/Cylinders for at least 250 cycles. Chamber capacity 100-150 liters
minimum the unit should be complete with aeration system and should include all safety
interlock, complete with built-in safety feature according to international accepted standards.

FORMALDEHYDE STERLIZER (FO)

Formaldehyde Sterilizer (FO) gas sterilizer. Temperature and pressure recorder. Complete with
baskets and cartridges/Cylinders for at least 250 cycles. Chamber capacity 60-70 Liter / 100-150
liters (Procuring agency to specify) minimum the unit should be complete with aeration system
and should include all safety interlock, complete with built-in safety feature according to
international accepted standards.

PLASMASTERILIZER
Chamber capacity : 60-70 Liter or 100 - 110 liter (Procuring agency to specify)
Microprocessor controlled. Chamber should be made of AISI 316L / TI
System should have integrated thermal printer and compatible UPS, Complete with baskets, he
unit should include all safety interlock, complete with built-in safety feature according to
international accepted standards

NOTE: Procuring agency to define the requirement of low temperature sterilization out of
EO/FO/Hydrogen Peroxide.

TABLE TOP STERILIZER

Chamber Volume: 19 Liters or better
Microprocessor Controlled with digital display unit Class-B type sterilizer
Different type of programs Temperature range 134oC
Temperature and pressure recorder and printer

OIL FREE AIR COMPRESSOR

Compressor oil free, Noiseless, single stage, two cylinders with electric motor, pressure 8-10
bar, Capacity 175 Liter. OR as per same manufacturer recommendations.

ULTRASONIC CLEANER
Ultrasonic cleaner integrated type, cleaning chamber constructed of corrosive resistant 304 SS.
Heating thermostatically controlled. Digital display of time and temperature. Tank Capacity
21-25 Liter. System complete with basket, LID and other standard accessories. Operation 220V,
50 Hz.

TRANSPORT AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEY

Distribution trolley, 03 shelves made of stainless steel, size 700x500x800mm3. (WxDxH)

PAPER DISPENSING TROLLEY

Movable paper dispenser trolley made of stainless steel for storing of sterilization paper sheets
at packing tables. 04 frames for paper sheet of 1200mm and one bottom shelf. Mobile with two
lockable wheels.

PAPER SEALING MACHINE

Microprocessor controlled automatic heat sealer for sterilization bags and pouches. Stainless
steel body with printing mechanism. Adjustable temperature up to 200 degree Centigrade,
Speed approx. 10m/min.

3|Page
CUTTING DEVICE
For storage and preparation of paper/Plastic bags in rolls. The cutting knife is made of
tempered stainless steel and is self-grinding, Size 700-1000mm.

TAPE DISPENSER
Tape dispenser for autoclave tape. Main parts of the dispenser are made of metal. Design for
two roll of tape.

BASKET TROLLEY
Basket Trolley made of stainless steel for storage/transport of baskets. Size approx.
600x1500x450mm.

FREE STANDING BASKETS RACK

Free standing basket storage rack 04 single sections. Size approx. 1500x400x1800mm.

PACKING TABLE
Table top of Stainless Steel with one or two drawers, Stand of stainless steel including two top
mounted shelves and Illuminated Magnifier.
Dimensions approx. 1600 X 800 X 800 mm.

LINEN TABLE
Inspection and folding for linen, the table top will be made of Stainless Steel top with inspection
window. The frame is made of stainless steel. Approx. Dimensions (1600 X 800 X 900 mm).

MODULAR WIRE BASKET

Modular wire Basket made of stainless steel for disinfections, loading/unloading equipment,
Sterilizers as well as storage racks and distribution trolley. Pile able when loaded /stackable.
Compatible with Instruments/utensils of the system. Size approx. (580 X 390 X190 mm)
acceptable up to the tolerance of +10% in size.

CLOSED TRANSPORT TROLLEY

Closed transport trolley made of stainless steel, lockable, Front wheels with directional locks
and back wheels with brakes. Size approx. (900 X 650 X 1250 mm).

NOTE: The procuring agency to specify that the required furniture/Trollies for CSSD will be Local
/ Imported.

SPECIAL TERMS & CONDITIONS IN CASE OF TURN KEY PROJECT:

• The bidders are required to submit the complete drawing in case of turnkey project.
• For CSSD installation; copper/ SS pipes will be used as per standards. The complete
flooring of CSSD with PU anti-bacterial sheet, ceramic tiles on walls, dumpa false
ceiling will be installed. The partitioning will be made with 2mm Aluminum sheet.
Floor cleaning/ polishing machine will be the part of furnishing. Thermo disinfect
able shoes sizes 39/40/41/42 (150 pairs).
• The furnishing of all rooms including changing, sorting, sitting, waiting etc will also
be done along with chairs and tables etc.
• Computer, Printer, UPS along with table/chair will be provided for record keeping.

4|Page
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name ULTRASONIC AUTO DISINFECTOR
Clinical Purpose Instrument disinfection
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Unit should have integrated pulsation waveform system Ultrasonic power 400 watt or above
Integrated heating device Temperature up to 90 ° C Volume 20 liters or More

5|Page
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name ELECTRONIC AUTOCLAVE
Clinical Purpose Sterilization
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Fully automatic, programmable, microprocessor type. Touch screen colored display and
integrated printer. Automatic motorized/pneumatic single door system. Time cycled, working
pressure 32 psi. Safety interlock. Temperature & Pressure recorder. Chamber pressure
indicator. Cycle indicator to determine the phase of sterilization cycle. Program/Cycle selection.
Complete with standard accessories and removable shelves, capable of taking both packets and
containers of all standard sizes. Chamber capacity 01 STU, rectangular shape. Chamber, jacket
and doors made of AISI 316 L/Ti. The system complete with built-in water saving system,
automatic heat exchanger and Air detector.
Two loading / unloading trolleys and one loading carts compatible with system.
UPS of suitable capacity with minimum 15 minutes for Controller cum display for monitoring
and controlling of parameters during power shedding provided/ installed by the manufacturer.

6|Page
7|Page
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name MEDICAL LAUNDRY PLANT
Clinical Purpose For the washing purpose of Hospital dirty linen
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE:
The given below is the designed turnkey solution of complete hospital, in case of requirement
of complete new system, procuring agency need to define the items required and quantities of
each items as per the bed strength of hospital.

In case of requirement of any of the given below equipment, with in the running/equipped
hospital, Procuring agency may select the required items and define the quantities as per its
actual requirement.

WASHER EXTRACTOR
The Washer Extractor shall be steam heating free standing type, fully automatic with front
loading/unloading. Fully programmable, microprocessor control. Stainless steel in all vital parts
for high degree of rust protection, Stainless steel front panels and powder painted side panels.
Liquid connections/ powder compartment.

The system should be consisting of following:

• Capacity/Load: 30-40 Kg/50-60 Kg./ 90-100 Kg (The procuring agency will specify the
actual required capacity, the mentioned specifications are in accordance with the 50-60
Kg, in case of any other option selection, all other feature values will be accordingly
changed as per manufacturer’s standard design)
• Drum Volume: 500-600 Lit.
• Extraction : 770-800 rpm (Approx.)
• Pneumatic/ electronic drain valve
• Cycle Time: Max. 45-60 min.
• Frequency controlled motor
• Oil lubrication of bearing gaskets

WASHER EXTRACTOR HYGIENE

The Washer Extractor shall be steam heating free standing type, fully automatic with front/back
loading/unloading. Fully programmable, microprocessor control. Stainless steel in all vital parts
for high degree of rust protection, Stainless steel front panels and powder painted side panels,
Multi liquid supply connections/ powder compartment.

The system should be consisting of following:

• Capacity/Load: 30-35 Kg/ 20-25 Kg(The procuring agency will specify the actual required
capacity, the mentioned specifications are in accordance with the 30-35 Kg, in case of any
other option selection, all other feature values will be accordingly changed as per
manufacturer’s standard design)
• Extraction : 800 rpm (Approx.)
• Pneumatic drain valve
• Cycle Time: Max. 45-60 min.
• Frequency controlled motor
• Oil lubrication of bearing gaskets

8|Page
DRYING TUMBLER
Drying Tumbler with steam heating, fully automatic Microprocessor control having stainless
steel drum and two full loads per hour. Error codes for easy trouble shooting. Service program
for adjustment of parameters, temperature and cool down time. The tumbler to be factory
painted with enameled paint and shall have the following specifications:

• Capacity of drying tumbler: 15-20 Kg/20-30 Kg/30-40 Kg/40-50 Kg (The procuring agency
will specify the actual capacity required, the mentioned specifications are in accordance
with the 30-40 Kg, in case of any other option selection, all other feature values will be
accordingly changed as per manufacturer’s standard design)
• Drum Volume: 550-650 Lit.
• Cycle Time: 30-40 min. including loading & unloading

FLAT WORK DRYER IRONER

Flat Work Dryer Ironer shall be steam heated, cylindrical type having single roller/cylinder.
Automatic speed adjustment. Finger guard protection, Nickel/Chrome-plated cylinder, Front
loading and Front return and shall have following minimum specifications:
• Speed: 1-8 m/ min (variable speed)
• Drive: Electrical Motor
• Feeding: Through Belts
• Cylinder Dia: 450 - 500 mm Approximately
• Working Width: 2500 - 3000 mm Approximately
• The Dryer Ironer to be a compact free standing self-contained unit and to be supplied in
factory assembled state.

UTILITY PRESS
• Air operated laundry press adjustable squeezing pressure between head and buck.
• Steam heating
• Integrated/ separate air compressor
• Fitted with timer and two hand push buttons
• Water spray gun, condenser and support

HAND IRON (STEAM OPERATED) WITH IRONING TABLE)

Steam heated iron, with mechanical steam valve, steam and return pipes with support, pipes
connections set, with cut off valve and thermodynamic trap, iron rest

SEWING MACHINE
Motorized, Heavy duty with sewing machine table

PACKING/SORTING TABLE
The main structure is completely built with tubular profiles in Stainless Steel AISI 304, with plain
in plate strengthened and supported in the underlying part.
With 4 plastic feet in the corners.
Dimensions: Length: 1400 mm, Width: 800 mm, Height: 900 mm

DIRTY LINEN COLLECTION TROLLEYS

Made with Aluminum.
Completely closed With upper lid and double front door Upper rim reinforced with light alloy

9|Page
aluminum sections. Walls completely smooth.
Lower bumper made of light alloy and covered with grey anti-track PVC.
Handle fixed on the wall with swivel wheels. Dim.: 1090 x 690 x 1530 h mm
Mounted on 4 rubber wheels, diam.200 mm (2 fixed and 2 swivels) arranged at the corners.

DIRTY LINEN TROLLEYS FOR WORKING INSIDE DIRTY AREA

Made with Aluminum plate, walls and bottom.
Framework for supporting wheels and bottom reinforcement, in robust extruded section bar of
Aluminum. Upper edge reinforced with round profile
Mounted on n.4 rubber wheels diam.200 mm (2 fixed and 2 swivels) arranged at the corners.
Dimensions: LENGHT: 1030 mm, DEEPNESS:630 mm ,HIGHNESS:710 mm

CLEAN LINEN TROLLEYS FOR WORKING INSIDE CLEAN AREA

Made with Aluminum plate, walls and bottom.
Framework for supporting wheels and bottom reinforcement, in robust extruded section bar of
Aluminum.
Upper edge reinforced with round profile.
Complete with double removable bottom, perforated for the drainage.
Mounted on n.4 rubber wheels diam.200 mm (2 fixed and 2 swivels) arranged at the corners.
Dimensions: LENGHT: 1030 mm, DEEPNESS:630 mm ,HIGHNESS:710 mm

STORAGE RACKS
Entirely built with Stainless Steel profiles. Electro-polish finishing.
Possibility to insert shelves in Stainless steel wire, adjustable in height each 110 mm. Mounted
on 4 rubber wheels diam.125 mm in grey anti mark rubber
Dim: Length: 1400 mm, Width: 800 mm, Height: 900 mm

NOTE: The procuring agency to specify that the required furniture/Trollies for laundry will be
Local / Imported.

10 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name HIGH PRESSURE BOILER
Clinical Purpose Central steam source for CSSD and hospital laundry.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HIGH PRESSURE STEAM GENERATOR/ BOILER
Fire tube natural gas high pressure boiler, of specification mentioned below. The boiler shall be
complete with burner, burner controls, gas train feed water pumps, feed water tank, safeties,
explosion doors, automatic controls, piping to the CSSD and Laundry plants and other
accessories required to complete the installation and to bring the unit into operational state
with following main components;

GAS FIRED BOILER

a. 02/01/0.5 TPH @ 10Bars gas fired boiler (The procuring agency will specify)
b. Burner, single/dual fuel (The procuring agency will specify)
c. Boiler valves & Control set
d. Additional feed water pump
e. Chimney, Local (above the hospital building height)
f. Boiler Ladder and platform (Local)
g. Electrical Control panel
h. Insulation, cladding & Painting

FEED WATER TANK (LOCAL MADE)

a. Capacity 2,000L
b. De aerator head, SS
c. Valves and controls set
d. Insulation, cladding & Painting

PIPING AND ELECTRIFICATION

a. Pipes & valves
b. Instruments and gauges set
c. Electrical cables and electrical construction work complete
d. Insulation, cladding & Painting on the installed items DETAILED

SPECIFICATIONS
Design Code Class-1 of ASME/BS/JIS/PED
Boiler Type Natural Gas Fired, 3/ 4 pass, Wet Back Technology
Configuration Horizontal, Skid mounted Design Pressure 11.5 bars
Working Pressure 10 bars (g)
Feed Water Temp 85 – 90oC
Steam generation 02/01/0.5 TPH @ 10Bars gas fired boiler (The procuring agency will
specify)
Fuel Natural gas
Boiler efficiency 85-90%
Burner Single burner, Front end flange mounted, complete packaged including Control and
power panel.
Insulation Rock wool
Cladding Aluminum

11 | P a g e
ND Examination Radiography, UT, DPT; as per design code standard
Material Materials used shall be recommended for specific components by
ASME/BS /JISPED
Power Supply Electric 380/3/50 PRESSURE VESSEL
Pressure vessel consisting of primarily of shell fire tubes, tube plates and furnace, made from
material as specified by the ASME/BS/JIS /PED code, duly approved by the internationally
renowned agency and stamped for compliance.

a) Complete manufacturing process is to be inspected by the inspecting agency at various

stages of construction; in case of locally fabricated.
b) All welds and procedures adopted are to be strictly in accordance with the ASME/BS /JIS
/PED codes.
c) All tubes are to be rolled and, 2nd pass entry tubes are to be further welded to the rear
and front tube sheets, as provided in the code. All welded joints to be checked by X-Ray
and results are recorded as per the provision of the code.
Various openings for connecting of services or installation of safety devices are to be provided
and reinforced as per the ASME/BS/JIS /PED code.

FEED WATER TANK (LOCAL MADE)

Construction Carbon Steel as per ASME/BS /JIS /PED Insulation Rock wool
Cladding Pre painted sheet
Capacity 2,000 L
Configuration Horizontal
Control Temperature and level controls with level glass

STRESS RELIEVING (if covered under design code ASME/BS/JIS/PED)

After the construction of the pressure vessel the entire unit is to be hydraulic tested and then
relieved of stresses in a properly designed & appropriate facility.

Stress relieving is to be witness by the local representative of the inspecting agency; in case of
locally fabricated. A certificate to this effect is to be provided.

After removal of the Unit from the stress relieving chamber it is to be again hydraulic tested.
This test is to be witnessed by the appropriate inspecting agency; in case of locally fabricated. A
certificate to this effect is to be also provided.

BURNER
a) The Burner should be packaged type, fronted end mounted, factory tested and easily
removable type.
b) Complete packaged burner shall be of U.S.A. Japan or Europe to be forced draft
combustion air system, utilizing a heavy duty backward curved impeller in a fully
machined cats housing. Air housing should be of open able type for inspection and
service of firing head components without detaching the burner from the boiler front
end.
c) Complete burner assembly is to be bolted to the front end of the boiler through the use
of flange.
d) Burner should be suitable to burn natural gas.
e) High turn down capability is to assure smooth starts and response to wide load
demands. The control switches, should permit selection of fixed rate or fully modulating

12 | P a g e
 operation.
f) Gas and combustion air are to be intimately mixed in the burner combustion head. Flash
back is to be avoided as possible.
g) The burner is to be listed by Underwriters Laboratory & carry a U.L. certification
however other regulatory agency mentioned above may also be acceptable. Burner is to
be completely assembled, wired and tested at the factory. Main gas train components
like PRV, gas cock etc is to be shipped by the burner manufacturers.

VALVES & CONTROLS

1. Single control circuit operating at 220V 50Hz.
2. Burner mounted control panel.
3. Steam Stop Valve
4. Blow Down Valve
5. Isolation valve
6. Feed Check valve
7. Non return valve
8. Pressure gauge for Boiler pressure
9. Boiler water level control valve
10. Water gauge glass assembly
11. Pressure switch
12. Safety valves for Boiler
13. Temperature Gauges Dial type
14. Motor starters for 380/50/3.
15. Panel signal lights for, power “ON” ignition, flame fail, manual/auto, Gas operation.
16. Flame safeguard controller with ultraviolet flame detector. Controller to be of the “Self
Check” design.
17. Combustion air interlock (switch).
18. Provision for interlock of low water cut off and operating pressure control.
19. External alarm bell to sound on main flame failure, low water.
Main line circuit breaker, Blower motor circuit breaker. Feed water pump air cut breaker.

TRIM SAFETIES AUXILLIARIES AND OPERATING CONTROLS.

Packaged fire tube boiler shall include following trim, safety, operating controls and auxiliaries.
These are to be wired into burner panel which is to provide appropriate interlocks.
Following are over & above the controls/auxiliaries/trim to be supplied with burner.
- Operating ON/OFF type pressure controller (Field adjustable).
- Solid state type low water cut off with feed water control side and gauge glass set with
tri-cocks mounted on one side of boiler. Auxiliary gauge glass set with valves mounted
on the other side.
- Stack thermometer.
- Coded safety relief valve not less than two.
- Combustion relief door.
- Alarm bell to sound on low water cut off, main flame failure, pilot flame failure, Hi-
pressure etc.

NOTE (IN CASE OF TURN KEY PROJECT):

The turn-key project and all those piping, minor civil works, platforms, erection of mechanical/
electrical/ instrumentations, installation & commissioning shall be the responsibility of the
Contracting firm. All other associated instruments/ equipment/ works required for safe

13 | P a g e
operation of the Boiler, as per design code will also are the responsibility of the Contracting
firm.
All sorts of Chemicals for Phosphate treatments/ Chelates/ Polymeric sludge conditioners and
dispersants/ Alkalinity builders etc will be the responsibility of the Contracting firm during the
warranty and then regularly as per requirement.

CONDITIONS:
1. The unit must be designed and fabricated as per ASME/BS/ISO/JIS.
2. All equipment must be according to international safety standard as per
ASME/BS/ISO/JIS.
3. The bids with drawing marked with piping routes, panels and other equipment by the
manufacturer will determine the completeness of the bid.
4. All those piping, minor civil works, platforms, erection of mechanical/ electrical/
instrumentations, installation & commissioning shall be the responsibility of the
Contracting firm.
5. All other associated instruments/ equipment/ works required for safe operation of the
Boiler, as per design code will also be the responsibility of the Contracting firm
6. The Room/ foundation and utility services like water, electricity, Natural gas in the Boiler
Room will be the responsibility of the Institute.

WATER TREATMENT UNIT

Local water treatment unit assembled with USA, Europe or Japanese components; will be
provided. The capacity, flow and reservoir should be as per requirement of these systems.

The reverse osmosis unit including filters, hardness stabilizing unit, activated carbon with pre-
filter 5um, Pre-filter 1um, DS reverse osmosis system. Capacity of 50/100/150 or higher L / h
(As per actual requirement) Storage tank 1,000L (for laundry and CSSD). Level control for tank,
vent filter, pressure pump, ion exchanger, conductivity meter control, distribution manifold,
hose set and installation material.

PANEL OF MANUFACTURERS:
USA, EEC, Japan OR Local (if it is designed and manufactured according to ASME/BS/JIS/PED
standards in collaboration with international manufacturer of USA, EEC or Japan origin).

14 | P a g e
15 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATOR
Clinical Purpose To destroy the hospital infected waste
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The INCINERATOR (waste management system) is a turn-key project which will comprise a
hospital grade incinerator, allied accessories and operation for proper disposal of hospital solid
waste material and imputed human organs. The incinerator shall also be suitable for plastic,
paper, textile and rubber dry and wet infectious waste of the hospital. The unit shall be of high
performance to be operated continuously for at least 12 hours daily. The primary source of fuel
will be natural gas based on pyrolytic combustion with smokeless emissions having standby fuel
arrangements of LPG as the pressure of natural gas drops and supply fluctuates throughout the
year. For ensuring the clean environment, it should strictly comply with EPA standards having
EIA certification. The system should have following specifications:

BURNING CAPACITY:
Continuous feeding and burning capacity of 50/100/150/200 kg / hour (The procuring agency
will specify as per its requirement)

CONSTRUCTION:
 Packaged type skid mounted rectangular shape dual chamber construction.
 The steel sheet shall be at least 6-8mm thick & front of 10-12mm. It should be externally
painted with heat resistant paint.
 The internal surface of the incinerator shall be lined with non-cracking refractory bricks
or cast able concrete to withstand a temperature of 1400 degree Centigrade backed by
thermal insulation. The thickness will be from 220-250mm. SS for chimney.
 The temperature of outer surface of the burning chambers should not rise
beyond a temperature of 60 degree Centigrade after operation of several hours.

PRIMARY CHAMBER (COMBUSTION):

 Primary chamber for Pyrolytic combustion mechanism and its volume will be according
to the manufacturer’s individual design.
 Volume of primary chamber will be according to capacity in rectangular shape.
 It should have separate doors for waste feeding and ash removal. The feeding door
should be in accordance to load size.
 Blower centrifugal fan(s) shall be provided to inject air to burn the waste and
gases in combustion chamber.
 Automatic electronically controlled air distribution and regulation system.
 The temperature should not be less than 600 degree Centigrade.
 A see through window with protection flap for inspection of burner’s flame.
 One electrically operated natural gas burner with the provision to operate on standby
LPG fuel.
 Thermocouple/sensors to monitor the temperature of the primary chamber.

SECONDARY CHAMBER (POST COMBUSTION):

 The post combustion chamber for flue gases with retention time of 2.0 seconds to burn
further for ensuring smokeless exhaust emissions.

16 | P a g e
  Volume of primary chamber will be according to capacity in rectangular shape.
 Blower centrifugal fan(s) shall be provided to inject high pressure air to burn the waste
and gases in post combustion chamber for ensuring proper burning of gases before
exhaust. These fans will have an automatic servo controlled system for proper pumping
of air according to the requirements.
 Automatic electronically controlled air distribution and regulation system.
 The temperature should not be less than 10000C.
 Two medium electrically operated natural gas burners or one large with the provision to
operate on standby LPG fuel.
 Thermocouple/sensors to monitor the temperature of the secondary chamber.

BURNERS:
 Combustion and post combustion chambers with electrically operated burners suitable
for natural gas operation as well as standby LPG fuel.
 Regulated automatically for controlling temperature inside the chamber.
 Automatic closing of burners with opening of respective chamber’s door.
 Electrical safeties to prevent startup of burner unless its shutter is fully opened.
 Closure of burner’s shutter on its switching off.
 Protection from radiant fire bed.
 Two/three burners for ensuring proper burning of gases.
 Electrical power requirement 220V, 50Hz single phase.
 Average natural gas consumption 20-25 m3/hr.

STANDBY LPG FUEL:

There should be a manifold system for reserve LPG cylinders having sufficient capacity to run
the incinerator for at least 12hrs.

FEED SYSTEM:
 Manual feeding system in batches.
 Calorific value of the feeding waste: 3500 – 4000 kcal/kg.

CHIMNEY:
 Circular mild steel aluminum clad or Stainless Steel self-supported flanged sections
chimney.
 Lined with high grade cast able concrete or refractory bricks followed by insulation
material.
 Proper port for taking sample of exhaust gases to monitor emission levels as per
international standards provided with a cover to be opened and closed when necessary
without affecting the chimney’s function. The sampling port will be in proper direction
for easy usage.
 The chimney shall have height of 15 meters or better from ground level.

GAS WASHER/ SCRUBBER:

 Mild steel/Stainless Steel integrated pass through type gas washing system with water
sprayer and filter.
 Water saving system with re-circulating system and cooling tower.

17 | P a g e
WATER TREATMENT:
Water treatment unit to treat the water used for gas washing before opening it into main drain
having settling tank (SS), manual/automatic unit.
CONTROLS:
 Microprocessor/PLC based control box with hinged sealed door.
 Pre-installed control circuitry should be rugged enough to withstand the temperature
effect of the incinerator.
 It should house the ignition burner timer, feed interval timer, shut down timer post
combustion chamber temperature controller, and controls for burner, blower fans, gas
washer etc.
 Digital display of temperature and set timing parameters.
 The control panel shall be fitted with a functional synoptic view showing the
operating situation of the whole installation
 Emergency Shutdown button for shutting it off in case of emergency.
 Electrical requirements 220V, 50Hz.

EMISSION STANDARDS:
Smokeless emission for at least 98% of running time.
The flue gases should have contents according to the National Environment Quality Standards
(NEQS).

QUALITY STANDARDS:
The Incinerator (system and emission levels) should comply with the standards of their
respective regions/country in addition to EBA Pakistan.

POWER REQUIREMENT:
Single/Three phase operation.

ACCESSORIES:
1. Manual ash removal tool
2. Manual particulate removal tool from water trough.
3. Digital weighing scale with minimum 60x60cm platform for weighing the waste.
4. Mobile main SS trolley (anti magnetic) for transportation of hospital waste from wards
to incinerator site/room approx. 125cmx100cmx90cm (IO to decide), 20cm wheels size.
5. Bin trolley in yellow color with a flap to open cover (foot operated) to hold yellow plastic
bag of 5kg mixed waste. MS with powder coating or heavy Fiberglass / Plastic
6. Plastic waste bags yellow, as per WHO approved standards for 5kg mixed waste
7. Pair of leather gloves for hospital waste handling staff
8. Pair of long rubber shoes for hospital waste handling staff
9. Masks for odor, disposable
10. Syringe cutter with lifting
11. Sharp Container (pulp), incinerate-able, 10L capacity

CIVIL WORKS:
 Following civil works, electrification etc will be conducted by the contracting firm:
 Incinerator room, waste storage/ segregation room will be constructed as per
recommendations of the manufacturer and maintained at 4’C for storage.
 Electrical cables from main board to the incinerator.

18 | P a g e
  Provision and lying of gas pipeline.
 Construction/ lying of sewerage and water supply system for the incinerator.
 Civil works in the incinerator room will be considered as standard component of
the installation of the incinerator.
 The construction will be conducted with A-1 materials.

SPECIAL TERMS & CONDITIONS:

1. The firm will get it approved/ certified from the EPA as per their requirements.
2. The contracting firm will install commission and operate the incinerator as a turn-key
project.
3. The contracting firm shall maintain, control and supervise the incineration process,
segregation of waste, periodic monitoring of exhaust gases by EPD for proper
functioning and implementation of hospital disposal system
4. The contracting firm shall also impart training to the hospital staff and conduct the
workshops so that after complete handing over the system, the hospital should have
sufficient technical expertise and skilled persons competent to handle the infectious
waste for its efficient disposal.
5. The contracting firm will be responsible for testing and maintaining of emission levels
and get it monitored regularly by the EPA during warranty period.
6. The standby LPG fuel arrangement will be done by the firm but the hospital will pay the
expenditures of LPG. The LPG cylinders must comply with international standards like
BS/EN/DOT.

19 | P a g e
20 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name MORTUARY
Clinical Purpose A mortuary is used for the storage of human corpses awaiting
identification or removal for autopsy or disposal by burial,
cremation or other method.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE:
The given below is the designed turnkey solution of complete hospital, in case of requirement
of complete new system, procuring agency need to define the items required and quantities of
each items as per the bed strength of hospital.

In case of requirement of any of the given below equipment, with in the running/equipped
hospital, Procuring agency may select the required items and define the quantities as per its
actual requirement.

MORTUARY REFRIGERATOR
 Preservation temp: from -10 C to -20 C individual door with Key locks. Liter trays of
stainless steel on rail. Trays located on removable angle rails with extension door easy
service,
 Evaporator with automatic defroster and compressor, hermetically sealed air cooled
vibration free adjusted to capacity of the refrigerator 2/3/4/6/8/10/12 ( Procuring
agency to select the required capacity)
 Working on single phase/Three Phase (According to the capacity / Power load of
mortuary unit) With all standard accessories including :
Digital temperature display, interior light, card holders, alarm system, door frame
heating, side window for inspection.
 Voltage stabilizer compatible.
 Operating ambient temperature 50’C or better.

AUTOPSY TABLE
 Dissecting / Autopsy Table Fixed type.
 Dissection table and organ basin may be quoted separately, Glue underlay to reduce
noise,
 Inclined in direction of sink.
 Support column made from stainless steel with water- protected plug-in socket and
lever mixing battery for cold and hot water with hose-shower.
 With telephone showers. Built in sprinklers to wash the body. Slid able body support on
table.
 Attached notes table & organ weighing facilities.
 Dimension Table approx. Length x Width x Height 2600 x 750 x 850 mm
 Organ Basin approx. Length x Width x Height 400 x 500 x 250 mm with mesh basket.
 ORGAN TABLE
o Entirely from stainless steel.
o The addable organ table facilitates dissection of individual organs.
o Stable welding construction with inserted cutting plate and perforated
instrument plate. The organ table can be moved forth and back the overall

21 | P a g e
 length of the dissection table.

 NECK SUPPORT
o Entirely from stainless steel
 BODY SUPPORT
o Stainless steel in columns

INSTRUMENTS FOR AUTOPSY

 Scalpel metal handle
 Cartilage knife with wooden handle
 Scissors with head, 145 mm
 Bowel scissor, 210 mm
 Dissecting forceps, 160 mm
 Chirurgical forceps, 145 mm
 Chirurgical forceps, 250 mm
 Rachiotome , 160 mm
 Blow pipes, 250 mm
 Post Mortem needles
 Metal rulers 300 mm and 1.5 m
 Bone saw with spare blades.
 Bone saw with chargeable battery. (Oscillating) with spare blades.
 Bone shears, 230 mm
 Lexar Chisels, 230 mm
 Metal mallet
 Rachiotome200 mm

Note: IO to specify the number accessories required. Minor deviation in sizes is acceptable.

ELECTRICAL SAW WITH BLADES

 The head (gear) can be sterilized in an autoclave.
 Supply tension 220/240 V – 50/60 Hz
 Oscillations 12000-21000/minute
 Each saw supplied with following:
o No. 1 blade Ø 50 mm
o No. 1 blade Ø 65 mm for deep cutting
o No. 1 segment blade Ø 65 mm
o No. 2 fixed-jaw spanners
o No. 1 grease tube

WEIGHT SCALE FOR DEAD BODIES

Weighing Capacity: 200 Kg

WEIGHT SCALE FOR ORGANS

Weighing Capacity: 30 Kg

HYDRAULIC LIFTING TROLLEY

 Hydraulic lifting trolley with lateral rails (For insertion and extraction from the cold
room)

22 | P a g e
  Length 2100 mm approx.
 Width 750 mm approx.
 Adjustable height 400 - 1800mm or better
 Weight Bearing Capacity 200 Kg

 Stainless steel with a double scissors lifting frame

 The oil-pressure lifting system by a hydraulic pump activated by foot/handle.
 Equipped with a flow regulator, two steering wheels and two free ones.

MOBILE INSTRUMENTS TROLLEY

 Made of Stainless steel
 Size: (800 x 940 x 500) mm (W x H x D)
 Castors 4 x ø 125mm
 2 Shelves
(To be locally supplied)

TRANSPORT TROLLEY FOR DEAD BODIES

 Completely made of stainless steel AISI 304.
 Made by an electro-welded tubular supporting frame
 On the trolley frame there should be completely stainless steel tray.
 The tray can be completely extracted; and can be even autonomously used as it is self-
carrying.
 Equipped with 4 wheels diameter 200 mm
 Two wheels equipped with a pedal brake.
 Dimensions: mm. 2000 x 750 x 750 approx.

23 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name MEDICAL GAS PIPE LINE SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose For supplying piped oxygen, nitrous oxide, nitrogen, CO2 and
medical air to facility.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE:
The given below is the designed turnkey solution of complete hospital, in case of requirement
of complete new system, procuring agency need to define the items required and quantities of
each items as per the bed strength of hospital.

In case of requirement of any of the given below equipment, with in the running/equipped
hospital, Procuring agency may select the required items and define the quantities as per its
actual requirement.

APPLICABLE STANDARDS/ CONFIGURATION

The Medical gas Pipe line should strictly comply with the international standards and
configuration for requirements of HTM 2022 or latest, however, ISO 7396-1 or latest can also
be used. It would be the choice of the bidder for adherence to any standard which would be
mentioned in the bid. The objectives are to ensure the following:

a) Non-Interchangeability Between Different Pipeline Systems By Design;

b) Continuous Supply Of Gases And Vacuum At Specified Pressures By Providing
Appropriate Sources;
c) Required Flow Rates In Particular Areas/ Outlets;
d) Use Of Suitable Materials;
e) Cleanliness Of Components;
f) Correct Installation;
g) Provision Of Monitoring And Alarm Systems;
h) Correct Marking Of The Pipeline System;
i) Following Of Testing And Commissioning Protocols;
j) Maintaining The Purity Of The Gases Delivered By The Pipeline System;
k) Correct Operational Management.

The firms will follow the specifications mentioned below and if found contradiction between
specifications and design standard then the design standard would prevail (only if the
quantities mentioned are less; otherwise adjustment will be made).

AUTOMATIC MANIFOLD FOR OXYGEN.

The Manifold shall be a fully automatic type & shall switch from “Bank in Use” to “Reserve”
bank without fluctuation in delivery supply line pressure & without the need for external power
after the switch over the “Reserve” bank shall then become the “Bank in Use” and the banking
use shall become the reserve bank. The system should be able to maintain continuous supply in
case of power failure.

 CAPACITY:
(2 x 4), (2 x 8), (2 x 12), (2 x 16) &(2 x 20) with capacity of 100-120, m3/h. (The procuring
agency to select the required manifold capacity. Other than the defined, bank capacity may

24 | P a g e
 be increased or decreased as per requirement).
 FUNCTION:
o Fully automatic self-contained shuttle-valve with no electrical power required for
switching.
o Microprocessor controlled display unit for monitoring of different parameters and
loggings (if the design/standard (latest versions) allow for this requirement; otherwise
the system standard design with standard design requirements will be followed).
o Units of pressure measurement (psi/Pa/bar).
o LCD /LED display for the left bank, the right bank& for the supply pressure. Complete
with relief valve, Emergency shut off valve and battery / bank room alarm for left and
right cylinder bank.
o VIE Connection with shut off valve, controlled by the manifold cabinet.
o The primary source of Oxygen will be the VIE System.
o The complete automatic manifold unit with shifting from VIE System to Main Bank and
then to Reserve Bank automatically with display of pressures for each source.
o Equipped with NIST Connection.

AUTOMATIC-MANIFOLD FOR NITROUS OXIDE

The Manifold shall be a fully automatic type & shall switch from "Bank in Use" to "Reserve"
bank without fluctuation in delivery supply line pressure &without the need for external power
after the switch-over the "Reserve" bank shall then become the “Bank in Use" and the bank in
use shall become the reserve bank. The System -should be able to maintain continuous supply
in case of Power failure.

 CAPACITY:
(2 x 4), (2 x 8), (2 x 12), (2 x 16) & (2 x 20) with capacity of 70-90, m3/h. (The procuring
agency to select the required manifold capacity. Other than the defined, bank capacity
may be increased or decreased as per requirement).

 FUNCTION:
o Fully automatic self-contained shuttle-valve with no electrical power required for
switching.
o Microprocessor controlled display unit for monitoring of different parameters and
loggings (if the design/standard (latest version) allow for this requirement; otherwise
the system standard design with standard design requirements will be followed)
o Units of pressure measurements (psi/Pa/bar)
o LCD / LED display for the left bank, the right bank for the supply pressure. Complete
with relief valve, Emergency shut off valve and battery / bank room alarm for left and
right cylinder bank.
o Equipped with NIST Connection

AUTOMATIC-MANIFOLD FOR CARBON DIOXIDE and ENTONOX (IO to specify)

The Manifold shall be a fully automatic type & shall switch from "Bank in Use" to "Reserve"
bank without fluctuation in delivery supply line pressure & without the need for external power
after the switch-over the "Reserve" bank shall then become the “Bank in Use" and the bank in
use shall become the reserve bank.
The System should be able to maintain continuous supply in case of Power failure.

25 | P a g e
 CAPACITY
(2 x 4), (2 x 8), (2 x 12), (2 x 16) & (2 x 20) with capacity of 30-50, m3/h. (The procuring
agency to select the required manifold capacity. Other than the defined, bank capacity may
be increased or decreased as per requirement).

 FUNCTION:
o Fully automatic self-contained shuttle-valve with no electrical power required for
switching.
o Microprocessor controlled display unit for monitoring of different parameters and
loggings (if the design/standard (latest version) allow for this requirement; otherwise
the system standard design with standard design requirements will be followed).
o Units of pressure measurements (psi/Pa/bar)
o LCD / LED display for the left bank, the right bank for the supply pressure. Complete
with relief valve, Emergency shut off valve and battery / bank room alarm for left and
right cylinder bank.
o Equipped with NIST Connection

GAS OUTLETS (BS/DIN SYSTEM)

Gas outlets, complete in Box/casing gas Specific, Self-sealing valve, indexed to eliminate
interchangeability /erroneous tapping of gas, Filter and cover plate as per Standard Design
requirements of the bidder with following color coding;
Oxygen White
Nitrous Oxide Blue
Carbon Dioxide Grey
Compressed Air 4 bar Black/ B&W Stripes Vacuum. Yellow
Surgical Air @ 07 bar B&W Stripes

BED HEADS UNIT FOR ICU

• Each unit consists of: 1,500 mm and above
• Horizontal type with railing
• Built in over bed Light with ON/OFF switch.
• Built in reading Light with ON/OFF switch.
• Provision for Nurse Call/ Alert Button
• Gas outlets (1x Vacuum, 2x Air, 2x Oxygen complete fitted).
• Electrical provisions;
• Electrical sockets: 6 Nos. & 2Nos. Multi Pin Plug and above schuko/ F-type All wiring
conforms to standards, ground/earth
• Monitor shelf with railing clamp
• IV pole with railing clamp
• Separate ducts for Electrical &Gas Pipes.

BED HEAD UNIT FOR WARDS& PRIVATE ROOM

• Each unit consists of: 1,000 mm and above
• Horizontal type
• Built in over bed Light with ON/OFF switch.
• Built in reading Light, with ON/OFF switch.
• Provision for Nurse Call/ Alert Button
• Gas outlets (1x Vacuum, 1x Air, 2x Oxygen complete fitted).
26 | P a g e
 Electrical provisions;
 Electrical sockets: 4 Nos. & 2Nos. Multi Pin Plug and above schuko/ F-type All wiring
conforms to standards, ground/earth
 Separate ducts for Electrical & Gas Pipes.

ALARM AREA WITH REMOTE SENSORS

Alarm area with remote sensors for two/three/four/five/six gases. (Procuring agency to specify
in accordance with the requirement)
Individual display and sensor module.
Self-diagnostic & error message display readable for ease of maintenance psi, kPa or bar read
out. Test & Mute Button, low alarm condition.

MULTIPLE ZONE VALVE BOX

Multiple zone valve box for two/three/four/five/six gases. (Procuring agency to specify in
accordance with the requirement)
Each wall type zone valve box shall consist of the following Components. A steel valve box
which can house two to six shutoff ball valves.
Pressure gauges to display the pressure of various gases.

CEILING PENDANTS FOR THEATRES:

 CEILING PENDANTS FOR ANESTHETIST

Ceiling pendants with 300 Degree rotating arm Adjustable height with pneumatic brakes.
Height 750 mm
Payload of minimum 150kg
Hooks/ Clamps to lift the anesthesia machine
Two shelves for monitor and/ or other equipment/ accessories
Outlets with arm for 2xO2, 2xAir (4 &7 bar), 1xVacuum, 2xN2O& 1xAGSS with color coded
hoses & terminal unit, user-definable hose length integral fist fix check valves. 6xElectrical
Sockets; schuko/ F-type, Switches and facility for low voltage outlet for data transmission/
telephone/NC system.

 CEILING PENDANTS FOR SURGEON

Ceiling pendants with 300 Degree rotating arm Adjustable height with pneumatic brakes.
Height 750 mm
Payload of minimum 80kg
Two shelves for other equipment/ accessories
Outlets with arm for 2xAir (7 bar) with color coded hoses & terminal unit, user-definable
hose length integral fist fix check valves. 6xElectrical Sockets; schuko/F type, Switches.

OXYGEN & AIR FLOW METER

 Oxygen flow meter with humidifier and probes Oxygen Flow meter complete set from 1
to 15 lpm With autoclave able and unbreakable humidifier bottle
 For neonate / Paeds (0-6 lpm)
VACUUM REGULATOR WITH GAUGE / DIGITAL
 The Vacuum Controller should be connected to Wall Source of Vacuum using direct
probe or rail mounting System. Vacuum Levels 0 to 750 mm Hg complete with 1 Liter

27 | P a g e
 suction Bottles, Unbreakable/ Autoclaveable (2 each). Complete with overflow safety
system.
 For neonate / Paeds (0-220 mmHg)

COPPER PIPING
Supply and installation of seamless medical graded copper pipe, deoxidized and degreased
along with required fitting etc., various sizes /diameter as per Drawing of the project and
Design standard of the bidder with matching color indications of out lets. The sizes will vary
from minimum of 10mm to onward as per design offered by the firm;
Oxygen White
Air Black/ B&W Stripes
Nitrous Blue
Vacuum Yellow Carbon Dioxide Grey stripes

ANESTHESIA SCAVENGING SYSTEM

Passive/ Active Anesthetic Gas Scavenging System designed to remove exhaled anesthetic gas
mixtures from operating theatres.

DUPLEX/ TRIPLEX MEDICAL VACUUM SYSTEM

(procuring agency to define the requirement out of duplex or triplex medical vacuum system)
The capacity of Vertical Vacuum System is 500/ 1000 / 1500 / 2000/ 2,500 L/min per vacuum
pump
(The mentioned specifications are in accordance with the 2500 L/min. The procuring agency
may define the Capacity as per its actual requirement, in case of any other option selection; all
the other feature values will be changed according to the selection of required capacity as per
manufacturer’s standard design.
Vacuum level @ 700-725 mm Hg.
Vibration Isolation, Pads, Hour meters, Circuit barkers, Vacuum pump run lights.
Tank mounted system. Complete with filters.
Vertical Tank Capacity 1,000 Liter. Or as per actual requirement.

MEDICAL COMPRESSED AIR STATION

(procuring agency to define the requirement out of duplex or triplex medical air compressor
system)
Medical Air Plant with Breathable Air. Elimination of Toxic Gases such as carbon dioxide,
Nitrogen dioxide, Nitrogen monoxide, Carbon monoxide; and other pollutants as per European
Pharmacopeia standard; followed.

COMPRESSOR
o Duplex Compressor unit.
o Reciprocating/ Screw/ Scroll type. (IO to specify)
o Capacity of air producing approximately minimum of each compressor: - 2500
liters/min/FAD at 13 bar.
o Mounted on anti-vibration base.
o The other capacities of medical air compressor System are 500/ 1000 / 1500 / 2000/
L/min per medical compressor
(The mentioned specifications are in accordance with the 2500 L/min. The procuring agency
may define the Capacity as per its actual requirement, in case of any other option selection,
all the other feature values will be changed according to the selection of required capacity

28 | P a g e
 as per manufacturer’s standard design)
RESERVOIR
o Compatible medical grade.
o Air receiving tank 1,000 L. or as per actual requirement.
o Vertical type.
o Galvanized internally with auto drain.
o Minimum 13 bars out put pressure of tank.
AIR DRYER
o Desiccant type, Duplex.
o Dew Point range between -40 to -80oC
o Dew point monitoring on LCD Panel
o Capacity suitable according to the compressor output.
o Including oil water separator.

FILTRATION SYSTEM
o Clean Medical Grade Air supply in accordance with the requirements of HTM/ISO
standards.
o Consisting of Pre-filter / humidity, Oil free and sterile/bacteria filter.
o Mounted with shut-off valves on an assembly panel.
o Parallel Connections of the filters. This will make it possible to exchange filter
without interrupting the air supply.
o Flow / filtering rate according to the compressed air output.

REDUCER PANEL COMPRESSED AIR

o Parallel switched reducer with gauge, safety valve, pressure switch for high and low
Pressure and shut off valve with assembly panel size 4+ 7 bar.
o Complete with distribution block according to requirement, Incl. Shut off valve and
pressure gauge for every distribution block, complete assemble panel with incoming
and outgoing copper pipe for complete system.

CONTROL
o Complete with 1x main warning system for compressed air for visual and acoustic
monitoring of alarms conditions for the compressor room.
o Test point in the system for air quality.
o 1x switch cabinet for automatic Unit incl. All necessary fitting and installation
material for smooth running of the system without any interruption.

POWER:
Power Supply- 3 Phase, 380 – 400V/50 Hz.
SPECIAL TERMS & CONDITIONS:
1. The Major equipment like manifold, pendants, bed head units and outlets should be
manufactured and supplied by the same Principal.
2. The Vacuum System and medical air compressor may be of different manufacturer but
should be supplied by the same manufacturer of medical gas pipeline system.
3. All equipment must be according to international safety standard.
4. The color of outlets, piping and cylinder for recognition will be BS type for all the system
equipment.
5. The drop outlet/ Connection will be flushed surface. Separate ducts for piping and
electrification.

29 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name POSITIVE COLD ROOM
Clinical Purpose For keeping bodies for several weeks with ongoing decomposition.
Bodies that have been identified or autopsy has been done upon
them they are stored in positive cold room because it does not
prevent decay.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
POSITIVE COLD ROOM
 Size 40m³
 Required refrigerant of cold room is R404A or equivalent. Required Cooling range is
3900 to 4000 W.
 Treated air flow range must be 1800 m³/h Approx. Air projection of the system is 10 m
Approx.
 Compression type should be hermetic. De-Icing through hot gas cycles.
 Required Insulation material of cold room is polyurethane or equivalent. Insulation
thickness range should be 100mm to 110mm.
 Foam Density 40 kg/m3 Approx.
 K value of Panel, 0.22 W/m².K Approx.
 Ambient temperature of usage should be up to +45 Degree Centigrade. Temperature
range +2 Degree Centigrade to +8 Degree Centigrade.
 Provision of galvanized shelves with five levels each with 100 Kg load bearing of every
level, depth should be 500mm to 450 mm.
 The interior should have door safety, lighting, strip curtains, Anti slippery floor and
thermometer (-40 C to +40 C).
 The systems should have redundancy of the refrigeration units with manual switch over.
 The system should have independent temperature recorders with discs and power
reserves. Power Supply/Frequency: 380- 400 Volt / 50 Hz
 Prequalified manufacturer of WHO.

30 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Allied Equipment and Machinery
Generic Name NEGATIVE COLD ROOM
Clinical Purpose For keeping bodies when not been identified at this temperature
body frozen and decomposition reduced.
Bodies that are stored for preservation reduced for autopsy in
future are stored in negative cold room and prevent decay.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Size 40m³
 Required refrigerant of cold room is R404A or equivalent. Required Cooling range is
4000 -45000 W.
 Treated air flow range must be 3900 m³/h Approx. Air projection of the system is 10 m
Approx.
 Compression type should be hermetic. De-Icing through hot gas cycles.
 Required Insulation material of cold room is polyurethane or equivalent. Insulation
thickness range should be 100mm to 110mm.
 Foam Density 40 kg/m3 Approx.
 K value of Panel, 0.22 W/m².K Approx.
 Ambient temperature of usage should be up to +45 Degree Centigrade. Temperature
range -20 Degree Centigrade to -15 Degree Centigrade.
 Provision of galvanized shelves with five levels each with 100 Kg load bearing of every
level, depth should be 500mm to 450 mm.
 The interior should have door safety, lighting, strip curtains, Anti slippery floor and
thermometer (-40 C to +40 C).
 The systems should have redundancy of the refrigeration units with manual switch over.
The system should have independent temperature recorders with discs and power
reserves. Power Supply/Frequency: 380- 400 Volt / 50 Hz
 Prequalified manufacturer of WHO.

31 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE
Clinical Purpose It is used by Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologist to measure
small and large AC and DC signals present inside circuit boards of
any of the Bio-Medical Equipment. It assists in detection of the
faulty signals / components / boards present inside electronic
circuitry of the equipment.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Bandwidth 100Hz or better
 Channels 2 or better
 Rise time < 3.5ns
 Sample rate 2 GSa/s or better
 Maximum acceptable input voltage 400V (DC + AC)
 Input ports DC, AC, GND
 USB and LAN Interface
 Math operations like Add, Subtract, Multiply, Divide, FFT
 "Can measure Vpp, Vmax, Vmin, Vamp, Vtop, Vbase, Vavg, Mean, Crms, Vrms, ROV,
FOV, RPRE, FPRE,
 FREQ, Period, Rise Time, Fall Time, BWid, + Wid, - Wid, + Duty, - Duty, Phase, FRR, FRF,
 FFR, FFF, LRR, LRF, LFR, LFF"
 Display 7' TFT or better
 Display Resolution 480 x 234 or better
 Operatable on 220V 50Hz AC input
Accessories:
Passive probes (one per channel), power cord, USB cable

32 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name ECG ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose It is used by Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologist to test ECG
machine accuracy and fault detection. It acts like a patient and
generate ECG that can be readily detected and measured on a ECG
machine.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Rate: 30 to 320 BPM Amplitude: 0.15 to 5mV
Waveforms: Sine, Triangle, Square Atrial Pacer, Ventricular Pacer Arrhythmia : Atrial,
Ventricular
Respiration: Normal Physiological Simulation Blood Pressure
Impedance 350 Ohms
Excitation 2 to 16 Volts
Synchronized with all normal sinus rates Physiologically track all arrhythmia selections Accuracy
±1% of reading
Display LCD Key Pad
Output Connectors ECG

33 | P a g e
34 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name VENTILATOR ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose It is used by Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologist to analyze and
calibrate different available parameters in the ventilator including
gas pressure, temperature & humidity measurement, Volume
measurement, flow measurement, O2 concentration measurement
etc.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flow measurements for oxygen, air and nitrous oxide, both high and low range Volume
measurement
Pressure measurement high and low range for compressed gasses and patient pressure Oxygen
concentration form 0 -100%
Gas temperature measurement
Gas humidity measurement
Interface with RS232,Ethernet,US to shift data on PC or Printer

Following To be supplied Locally:

 Digital Oscilloscope (100 MHZ)
 IC Tester
 Oscilloscope(50 MHZ) (01) Digital Power Supply
 Digital Multimeter
 Analog Meter
 Watt Meter
 Soldering Station

35 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name HIGH VOLTAGE ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose It is used by Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologist to analyze high
voltages in the sophisticated Bio-Medical equipment. It assists in
calibration and fault detection of the high voltages generated inside
equipment.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum system voltage 11kV
Maximum voltage to earth 6.6kV
Threshold voltage 300V
Sensitivity AC/DC
2.3mA nominal @6.6kV 7uA nominal @ 13.8kV
Length (mm) 330Contact electrode type :Domed

36 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name SPO2 ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose It is used by Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologist to analyze the
oxygen saturation of the patient. It also assists in calibration of the
oxygen saturation reader.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Simulation Optronic (Electronic & Optical), indirect via probe adaptor box
Simulation via Probe & full chain
Range 50 to 100%
Heart Rate 20-300 bpm
Accuracy ± 1bpm
Arrhythmias :Tachycardia, Bradycardia, (upgrade)
Artifacts: Motion, light (AC-DC) (upgrade)

37 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name ELECTRICAL SAFETY ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose It is used by Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologist to analyze
power in the circuit in different phases. It informs about any
abnormal voltage being generated or delivered in the circuit. It can
check point to point voltage, resistance and leakages.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Measurement: Method VA rating Range 0.1KVA – 4KVA
Accuracy ±10% + 2 counts Mains Outlet Test:
Input Voltage Range 0-300V AC, max current 16A Measures L – E, N – E & L – N
Accuracy ± 5% of reading + 2 counts IEC Mains Lead Test:
Test Duration 2s

38 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name VITAL SIGN MONITOR ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose It is used by the Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologists to the
multiple parameters available in the vital signs monitor and assists
in their calibration and fault detection. These parameters include
IBP, NIBP, O2 Saturation, ECG, Arrhythmias etc.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Non-invasive Blood Pressure Simulation Waveform Oscillometric Digital Manometer
Oxygen Saturation: Range 50 to 100% Accuracy ± 1 bpm
ECG Arrhythmia Simulator:
ECG Full 12 lead simulation including high level output Performance Waveforms Sine, Square,
Triangle, and Pulse Pacer Waveforms
Synchronous Atrial, Asynchronous Atrial Arrhythmia Waveforms:
Temperature: Range 37and 41°C Respiration:
Rates5, to180 Breaths per Minute Apnea Simulation
Invasive Blood Pressure: Channels 2 channels
Static: 0 to 300mmHg. Typed values
Dynamic: 0 - 300mmHg for systolic & diastolic

39 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name ELECTROSURGICAL ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose It is used by the Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologists to test the
cutting and coagulation powers that are being actually delivered to
the patients. It assists in calibration of the electrosurgical / cautery
machine.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The required characteristics and specific /critical functional requirements. e.g.
modules, components, measured and/or delivered parameters and associated
values and ranges, compatibility / inter-operability requirements, etc.
User interface information requirements (e.g. display of pressure, volume, flow,
status indicators, inspiration and expiration times, etc.) and format (continuous
waveform display, digital, trends, etc.).
Device functional parameters, alarms, language, etc. that should be adjustable at
the discretion of the users.
Detailed requirements
Displayed parameters
User adjustable settings

40 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name DEFIBRILLATOR ANALYZER
Clinical Purpose It is used by the Bio-Medical Engineer and Technologists to test the
energy being actually delivered by the Defibrillator to the patient. It
assists in the calibration of the defibrillator.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Energy Range 0-550 Joules Internal Load 50Ω non inductive External Loads 25 - 200Ω Voltage 0 -
6000V
Current 0 - 120A Cardiac Synchronization
ECG Full 12 lead simulation including high level output
Waveforms NSR, Atrial, Conduction, Ventricular and Pacer wave forms Rate 20 – 300BPM
Wave forms: Sine, Square, Triangle and Pulse External Connections
External paddle and load box PC Connections

41 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Bio-Medical Engineering
Generic Name MECHANICAL TOOL KIT
Clinical Purpose It is used by the technologists to repair the most of the Electro-
Medical Equipment available in the hospital at the installation site.
It helps technician to decrease downtime of the equipment and
make it functional quickly.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Screw drive large - type
Screw drive large + type
Screw drive X large - type
Screw drive X large + type
Screw driver thin long - type
Screw driver thin long + type
Thumb screw driver + type
Thumb screw driver - type
Tweezers
Brush
Hex Saw small
Lock opener
Scrubber
Star Kit
Soldering Iron
Soldering Wire
Soldering paste
Files
Combination pliers
Flat nose pliers
Side cutter
Knife cutter
Monkey wrench
Wrench
Adjustable spanner full kit
Allen keys star
Allen keys
Torch
Watch maker set
Teflon tape
Sand paper
Clamps
Depoxi
Wraps
Alcohol Swaps
Gloves
Gauze swabs
Contact cleaner
WD 40
Pipe Wrench

42 | P a g e
Glue (elfi) pack
Fuse (1A, 1.5A, 2A, 2.5A, 3A, 3.5A, 10A)
Glue Gun
Glue Gun sticks
Wire Cutter
Wire Stripper

NOTE: Procuring agency to specify number of quantities required.

43 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Emergency Medical Services
Generic Name ADVANCE LIFE SUPPORTAMBULANCE
Clinical Purpose To provide acute medical care to cardiac patient and to transport
them to cardiac care unit.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
CLASS
Latest production. High Roof.

ENGINE TYPE
Two rear wheel Drive.

ENGINE DISPLACEMENT
Four cylinders, four strokes Diesel.
Naturally aspirated or Turbo charged, 2500-3000 cc.

AIR-CONDITIONER AND HEATER

Fully air-conditioned (originally fitted) and standard heater. PATIENT COMPARTMENT
Minimum patient compartment size must be 2700 x 1500 x 1600 mm (L x W x H) STEERING:
Right hand drive

BRAKES:
Hydraulic / pneumatic

STANDARD ACCESSORIES:
a) Tool Kit.
b) Spare Wheel.
c) Vehicle Manuals.
d) Standard Fire Extinguisher (Halotron).
e) Standard instruments and accessories.
f) Front seat safety belts.

GENERAL
The ambulance must be assembled / fabricated by professional fabricators with proper
industrial set up, strictly in accordance with international standards.

AMBULANCE COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES:

 Red Crescent Sign and word AMBULANCE on front / rear sides and Name of Institution with
logo on left and right sides.
 Side and back window glasses will be partially frosted.
 Main Stretcher
o Collapsible type
o Aluminum Alloy material
o Three sections stretcher top with adjustable head and foot section. Head section can
be raised at any desired position.
o Castors 6- Nos. and two will be used in the collapsible position.
o Vinyl Leather bed and body straps.

44 | P a g e
 o Side protections
o Weld free fabrication.
o Right and front Side stretcher-locking mechanism in patient cabin.
o Overall Dimensions
 Length 78”
 Width 22”
 Maximum Height in full standing condition 48”
 Minimum height in collapsible condition 12”
 Fiber Glass Spine-Board with straps (18”x72”) and Head Immobilizer system
 Sub Stretcher folding type, Aluminum Alloy.
 Four persons seat with straps and seat belts. (Genuine seats of the van will be used)
 Folding One-person crew seat with seat belts. (Genuine seat of the van will be used)
 Instrument and medicine storage cupboard and boxes with dividers, durable material.
 Standard Horizontal Red Strobe light set (combination of rotary lights, siren, speaker,
amplifier and microphone). Spot lamp with flexible neck for patient examination.
 Back flood light for patient handling.
 Hooks for intravenous infusion set.
 Linoleum flooring with a ply wood of 5-layers.
 Standard size oxygen cylinder (MF type) with one standby containing regulator, pressure
gauge, flow meter, humidifier, key, masks with tubing ready for oxygen delivery through
two outlets installed in patient cabin.
 Portable First Aid box – Standard.
 Trash box 5L with lid (SS material non magnet).
 Portable Oxygen cylinder with masks and regulator.
 Ice box, Plastic 02 liters.
 Re-chargeable portable Torch and emergency light.
 Universal Resuscitation hard carrying case with following items:
o Manual resuscitators (Ambobag), Adult and Paeds size.
o Laryngoscope with straight and curved blades.(USA, Europe and Japan)
o Endotracheal tubes (all sizes)
o Stethoscope (01) (USA, Europe and Japan)
o Professional Torch
o Tongue depressor (disposable) (one box)
o Airways assorted sizes.
o Mouth gag.
o Disposable gloves
o Contaminant bags
o Thermometer, flat type.
o Hammer with rubber ends for examination.
(Note: Procuring agency to specify number of quantities required)

MEDICAL EQUIPMENT :( USA ,Europe and Japan)

1. Single Channel ECG machine with 50 rolls.
2. Transport Emergency Ventilator, 5 Inch Screen Display, Adult/Paeds. Battery operated
with 6- hour’s backup time.
3. Battery operated rechargeable Suction apparatus, 20 l/min, 500 mmHg, single two liters
with 2- autoclave able bottles.
4. Oxygen saturation monitor with NIBP measurement, adult and Paeds cuffs.

45 | P a g e
 5. Nebulizer- Battery operated, Rechargeable.
6. Fully Automatic External Defibrillator
o Battery Operated.
o Biphasic mode
o Automatic and manual operation.
o ECG monitoring
o External pace maker facility, built-in.
o 100- Paeds, adult and Pediatric.
NOTE: The fabrication and fitting of the equipment will be ensured for its safety during
transportation.

46 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Emergency Medical Services
Generic Name BASIC LIFE SUPPORTAMBULANCE
Clinical Purpose To provide acute medical care and transport to patients.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
Latest production. High Roof / Standard Roof.(Procuring agency to specify)

ENGINE TYPE &DISPLACEMENT

Two rear wheel Drive
Four cylinders, four stroke Diesel. Engine
Naturally aspirated or Turbo charged, 2500-3000 cc.

AIR-CONDITIONER AND HEATER

Fully air-conditioned (originally fitted) and standard heater.

PATIENT COMPARTMENT
Minimum patient compartment size must be 2700 x 1500 x 1600 mm (L x W x H)

STEERING
Right hand drive

BRAKES
 Hydraulic / Pneumatic Standard Accessories:
 Tool Kit.
 Spare Wheel.
 Vehicle Manuals.
 Standard Fire Extinguisher (Halotron).
 Standard instruments and accessories.
 Front seat safety belts.

GENERAL
The ambulance must be assembled / fabricated by professional fabricators with proper
industrial set up, strictly in accordance with international standards.

AMBULANCE COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES

 Red Crescent Sign and word AMBULANCE on front / rear sides and Name of Institution with
logo on left and right sides.
 Side and back window glasses will be partially frosted.
 Main Stretcher
o Collapsible type
o Aluminum Alloy material
o Three sections stretcher top with adjustable head and foot section. Head section can be
raised at any desired position.
o Castors 6- Nos. and two will be used in the collapsible position.
o Vinyl Leather bed and body straps.

47 | P a g e
 o Side protections
o Weld free fabrication.
o Right and front Side stretcher-locking mechanism in patient cabin.
o Overall Dimensions
o Length 78”
o Width 22”
o Maximum Height in full standing condition 48”
o Minimum height in collapsible condition 12”
 Fiber Glass Spine-Board with straps (18”x72”) and Head Immobilizer system
 Sub Stretcher folding type, Aluminum Alloy.
 Four persons seat with straps and seat belts. (Genuine seats of the van will be used)
 Folding One-person crew seat with seat belts. (Genuine seat of the van will be used)
 Instrument and medicine storage cupboard and boxes with dividers, durable material.
 Standard Horizontal Red Strobe light set (combination of rotary lights, siren, speaker,
amplifier and microphone). Spot lamp with flexible neck for patient examination.
 Back flood light for patient handling.
 Hooks for intravenous infusion set.
 Linoleum flooring with a ply wood of 5-layers.
 Standard size oxygen cylinder (MF type) with one standby containing regulator, pressure
gauge, flow meter, humidifier, key, masks with tubing ready for oxygen delivery through
two outlets installed in patient cabin.
 Portable First Aid box – Standard.
 Trash box 5L with lid (SS material non magnet).
 Portable Oxygen cylinder with masks and regulator.
 Ice box, Plastic 02 liters.
 Re-chargeable portable Torch and emergency light.
 Universal Resuscitation hard carrying case with following items:
o Manual resuscitators (Ambo bag), Adult and Paeds size.
o Laryngoscope with straight and curved blades.(USA, Europe and Japan)
o Endotracheal tubes (all sizes)
o Stethoscope (USA, Europe and Japan)
o Professional Torch.
o Tongue depressor (disposable)
o Airways assorted sizes.
o Mouth gag.
o Disposable gloves.
o Contaminant bags.
o Thermometer, flat type.
o Hammer with rubber ends for examination.
(Note: Procuring agency to specify number of quantities required)

MEDICAL EQUIPMENT :( USA ,Europe and Japan)

 Battery operated rechargeable Suction apparatus, 20 l/min, 500 mmHg, single two liters
with 2- autoclave able bottles.
 Nebulizer- Battery operated, Rechargeable.
NOTE: The fabrication and fitting of the equipment will be ensured for its safety during
transportation.

48 | P a g e
SPECIALIZED HEALTH CARE AND
MEDICAL EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT

GOVERNMENT OF THE PUNJAB

PRODUCT VOCABULARY MEDICAL

STORE (PVMS) OF ONCOLOGY
EQUIPMENT

Volume - I , 2016
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLUOROSCOPY MINI C-ARM FOR ONCOLOGY .............................................................................................. 1
COBALT 60 TELETHERAPY UNIT .................................................................................................................... 4
RADIOGRAPHIC / FLUOROSCOPIC SIMULATOR ............................................................................................ 7
DIGITAL RADIOTHERAPY SIMULATOR ........................................................................................................... 9
DEEP X-RAY THERAPY SYSTEM .................................................................................................................... 12
DOSIMETER BEAM SCANNING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 14
TREATMENT PLANNING SYSTEM ................................................................................................................ 17
NETWORKING ......................................................................................................................................... 18

Note: The minor variation in sizes and values of equipment shall not be considered as reason of
rejection.
Clinical Specialty Oncology
Generic Name FLUOROSCOPY MINI C-ARM FOR ONCOLOGY
Clinical Purpose Fluoroscopy is a study of moving body structures--similar to an
X-ray "movie." A continuous X-ray beam is passed through the
body part being examined. The beam is transmitted to a TV-like
monitor so that the body part and its motion can be seen in
detail.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X-Ray Source:
• Grounded Anode X-ray Tube
• 7.5 W High Frequency
• Maximum Output: 0.1 mA @75 kVp
• Focal Spot Size: 0.045 mm
• Tube kVp Range: 40 to 75 kVp (max)
• Beam Current: 0.020 to 0.100 mA•

Image Receptor:
• CMOS Flat Detector
• Dual Mode - Full and Limited
• 75 Micron Pixel Array
• 2k x 1.5k Resolution
• Full Field: 5.7" x 4.5" (14.5 x 11.5 cm)
• Limited Field: 4.4" Square (11 cm)
• Limited Field: Reduced Dose Mode

Detector Rotation:
• Full +/- 90 Degree Rotation
• Auto Tracking Collimation

Touch-Screen Monitor:
• HD 1600 x 1200 Display
• 20" LCD Flat Panel
• Extendable with 350° Swivel
• Digital DICOM Compliant
Monitor Image:
• 16 bit Image Processing
• 1k x 1k

Power Failure Protection:

• Images Software Protected
X-ray Control Modes:

1|Page
 • Auto IQ Mode
• Auto Mode
• Manual Mode

C-arm:
• Depth: 20" (50.6 cm)
• Free Space: 14" (36 cm)
• Orbital Rotation: 120°
• Horizontal Travel: 23°
• Vertical Travel: 23" (58 cm)
• Pivot Rotation: 380°
• Panning Motion: 320°

Image Storage:
• Permanent Hard Drive
• 8,000 Images Capacity

Removable Data Storage:

• USB Port
• CD/DVD-RAM Drive

Operating System:
• Microsoft® Windows XP

Image Acquisition:
• 30 Frames/sec (max)
• Cine Video Recording
Imaging Modes:
• Snapshot - Single Shot
• Continuous - Fluoroscopy
• Digital Recorded Fluoro (Cine)
• Frame Averaging:
• Ultra/Auto
• High/Med/ Low/ Off
• Selectable & Configurable
Radiation Report:
• DAP (Dose Area Product)
• Paper Print and DICOM Send

Laser Alignment Light:

• On-off or 60 sec Timed
• IEC Class 1C

Imaging Features:

2|Page
 • Automated Image Processing
• Auto Real-Time Noise Reduction
• Auto Edge Enhancement
• Auto-Dose Control
• Magnify-Zoom-Pan
• Brightness/Contrast Control
• Physician Preference Configurable

Footswitch Options:
• Wired Triple Function Footswitch
• Wireless Triple Function Infrared
• Configurable Save/Tag

Printer Option
• Small Format Thermal Printer
• Large B/W Hybrid Graphic Printer
• Multi-format Prints

DICOM Option:
• Modality Work list
• Print
• Store
• Storage Commitment

Connectivity:
• Ethernet Wired
• Wireless (Optional)

3|Page
Clinical Specialty Oncology
Generic Name COBALT 60 TELETHERAPY UNIT
Clinical Purpose Cobalt therapy or cobalt -60 therapies is the medical use of gamma rays
from the radioisotopes cobalt-60 to treat conditions such as cancer.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
COBALT SOURCE HEAD:
 Should be of cast steel shell/ lead with tungsten shield.
 Depleted uranium is not acceptable.
 Should hold a radioactive source up to 15,000 curies.

COBALT SOURCE:
 Capacity: 175 to 200 cGymm (Rmm) or better
 Size: 2 cm or less
 Activity: 8000-12000 Curies
 Drawer Mechanism: Pneumatically driven linear source drawer
 Head Leakage: 2 m R/hr at a distance of 1 meter

BEAM STOPPER CONFIGURATION:

 Should attenuate 99 % of the primary beam & include a standard optical back
pointer.

HEAD ROTATION:
 Swiveled manual rotation  180 in either direction from the iso-center

COLLIMATOR:
 Manual adjustable divergent collimator assembly with fixed tungsten definer &
leaves.
 Basic source to diaphragm distance: 45cm with trimmer set
FIELD LIGHT AND OPTICAL DISTANCE INDICATOR

ACCESSORY MOUNTING PADS

 Two magnetic pads on the collimator for mounting of Mechanical distance
indicator and mechanical back pointer.

GANTRY:
 Should be capable of continuous rotation both in the clockwise and anti-
clockwise with two speeds.

MAINFRAME:
 Should have Gantry, Air Compressor & Air Storage Reservoir and Electrical
Distribution Panel.

4|Page
CONTROLS & INDICATORS:
 Hand control: Unit should provide full functions of the machine.
 Console control
 Should provide complete operational facilities including Emergency interlocking
systems.

HEAD MOUNTED CONTROL:

Should have the following control and indicators
 Beam “on & off” indicators lights
 “Off shield” light
 Source position indicator

MAIN FRAME & GANTRY CONTROLS:

Should have following
 One emergency stop button located on both side of the main frame.
 Audible alarm/Source movement indicator

Optical back pointer

Mechanical treatment distance indicator, 80 cm SSD

SAFETY & PROTECTITIVE INTERLOCAKS

Full Range of Safety & Interlock devices must be provided including:
 Emergency stop switches
 ‘OFF SHIELD” Interlock
 Treatment room door interlock
 Low air pressure interlock
 Wedge Filter / Tray verification interlock
 Unexpected Motion Enable Interlock

TREATMENT TABLE:
Should have motorized vertical motion with max speed of 2.25cm/sec from the hand control

Table positions:
- Vertical 2cm above – 37cm below Isocenter
- Longitudinal 0 - 70 cm
- Lateral 20 cm at either side
- Iso center rotation - min  90
- Top rotation - min  180

DUAL TIMER
BEAM SHAPPING ACCESSORIES:
 Beam shaping rails (3 sizes --- short, medium & long)
 Beam shaping kit should consist of
1. Lead blocks-set of 20 pieces. Thickness should be minimum 5 cm

5|Page
 2. Plain Plexiglas tray for variable positioning of blocks on tray
3. Slotted Plexiglas tray

BREAST TREATMENT DEVICE:

Should include
 Half field block led shielding for field sizes upto 10 x 20 cm
 Collimator extension wedge filter rails
 Breast bridge for tangential field

18. MECHANICAL TREATMENT DISTANCE INDICATOR

19. MECHANICAL BACK POINTER
20. LASER POSITIONING – SYSTEM: 3 LASERS
21. TUNGSTEN TRIMMER BARS 55cm SSD
22. BEAM PHYSICS DATA
1. Isodose curve tables for all field size
2. Depth dose percentage table.

23. SEPARATE RADIATION LEAKAGE MONITORING ROOM ALARM

24. DOCUMENTS
 Operator manual (English)
 Service manual (English)

25. CASSETTE HOLDER

26. CASSETTE 14’ X 17’
27. CCTV AND INTERCOM FACILITY
28. ACCESSORIES
Dosimeter for primary beam, former type. vcc

ACCESSORIES:

Collimator extension wedge filter rail – 45 cm Single wedge large field 45 cm SSD
Collimator extension wedge filter rails – 55
cm Beam physics data included:
Wedge filter set (3 wedges) 15º - 45 cm SSD
30º - 45 cm SSD 30º - 45 cm SSD
30º - 55 cm SSD 45º - 45 cm SSD
45º - 45 cm SSD
45º - 55 cm SSD
60º - 45 cm SSD
60º - 55 cm SSD

6|Page
Clinical Specialty Oncology
Generic Name RADIOGRAPHIC / FLUOROSCOPIC SIMULATOR
Clinical Purpose Computer simulation of radiography can be used for different
purposes in NDT, Such as qualification of NDT systems, optimization
of radiographic parameters, feasibility analysis, model based data
interpretation, and training of NDT/NDE personnel.BAM has been
working on modeling in the field of radiographic testing for many
years.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERATOR
• 50 KW or more high frequency
• Radiographic KVP range of 40 – 150 KVP or better
• Fluoroscopic KVP fange of 40 – 125 KVP or better
• MAS range .5 to 1000; anatomical or better
• Programs and technique selections of KVP, KVP /MAS / time
X-RAY TUBE
• 400 KHU
• Focal spots .6 x .6 and 1.0 x 1.0
• Target angle 14º

DIGITAL IMAGE AQUISITION SYSTEM

• 12 inch tri field Image Intensifier
• Coverage: 12" / 9" / 6" diameters
• Automatic “S” Distortion Correction
• 1024 X 1024 Digital video camera
• One High resolution monochrome video monitor
• Digital image processing computer

FILM CASSETTE HOLDER

• Manual rotation of + 90º
• Film size 35 cm x 43 cm,
• Anti collision touch guard
• X-ray field size 1 x 1 cm to 55 x 55 cm at 100 cm sad
• Source to skin optical distance indicator 60 cm to 200 cm
 8:1 Ratio Grid

FIELD WIRES:
• Asymmetrical and symmetrical mode
• Field size of 2 x 2 to 45 x 45 cm at 100 cm SAD
CUSTOMIZED BLOCKING TRAY HOLDER:
• Should be Manufactured to match the department’s treatment machine
PEDESTAL AND MOTORIZED GANTRY:

7|Page
 • Variable source to axis distance of 80 to 120 cm
• Isocenter height 126 cm (+ 5mm)

PATIENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLY

Motorized with free float in lateral and longitudinal
direction
• Motorized lift with a 220 kg capacity
• Tabletop of carbon fiber with the transmission equivalence of 1.0 mm aluminum
• Indexing Table Top with accessory bar for precise patient set up

SIMULATOR INFORMATION DISPLAY MONITOR:

• Two should be provided, one local (17” flat panel or technical equivalent) and one
remote
(17” flat panel or technical equivalent)

CONTROL SYSTEM:
Windows operating system
• Local area network connection (LAN) should be included
• Built-in SIM-NT calibration software
• International control symbols

THREE ALIGNMENT LASERS:

• (Solid state diode type) 2 lateral, 1 sagittal

OPERATOR CONTROLS:
One - Control Room Operator Console
• One – Operator Hand Pendant tethered to the couch in patient area, re-connectable
to either side of the couch for operator convenience

8|Page
Clinical Specialty Oncology
Generic Name DIGITAL RADIOTHERAPY SIMULATOR
Clinical Purpose A fluoroscopic digital simulator is required for radiation oncology to
perform all kind of conventional simulations and marking of
radiotherapy patients.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Mechanical:
 Motorized gantry with isocentric design

Gantry rotation: ≥ ± 180 deg for SAD ≤ 100 cm

 Isocentric height above floor level ≤ 135 cm
 Isocentric maximal sphere ≥ 2 mm diameter
 Hand held control of parameters inside room
 X-ray tube and housing with rotating anode
 X-ray beam collimated by motorized diaphragm with both local and remote control
 Asymmetric collimators simulation
 Field defined by wires, independent of the x-ray beam diaphragm, motorized with both
local and remote control
 Projection of the wires shall be ≤ 2.5 mm at the isocentric
 Collimators rotation ≥ ± 180 degree
 Optical distance indicator range SAD ± 20 cm
 Maximum field size at the isocentric ≥ 40 cm x 40cm
 Minimal field size at the isocentric ≤ 0.5 cm x 0.5 cm
 Field size symmetry better than ± 3 %
 Light radiation field congruence ≤ 2 mm
 Transparent shadow tray
 Radiographic Cassette holder for port filming
 Anti-Collision mechanical sensor

Couch Table:
 X-ray transparent Carbon Fiber table top
 Isocentric rotation ≥ ± 90 degree
 Patient lateral motion range ≥ ± 20 cm
 Motorized vertical movement, with minimum height ≤ 80 cm, and not less than 40 cm
below isocentre, and at least up to 3 cm above the isocentre
 Longitudinal range ≥ 70 cm
 Table top sag ≤ than 5 mm with a patient of 80 kg
Laser Marking System:
 Fixed wall mounted red laser alignment system for patient marking
Lead Glass:
 100 cm x 150cm or more with lead equivalent to meet the PNRA radiation safety
equipments
QA Devices/Software:
9|Page
  All necessary QA devices/software to perform daily/monthly QA checks

Main Control Console:

 Movement and light controls should be provided together with the appropriate x-ray
control switches gantry, collimator, image receptor, and couch etc.
X-ray Generator:
 Fluoroscopy/radiography high frequency generator
 Radiography: 40-150 kVp and 10-600 mAs, Fluroscopy: 50-125 kVp and upto 15 mA

Un-Interrupted Power Supply (UPS):

 UPS Compatible with the system for ten minutes back up time.(Emersion,Riello,G.E,APC)

Imaging System:

 Solid state amorphous silicon flat panel image receptor size ≥ 38 cm x 28 cm

 Digital work station
 Digital fluoroscopic imaging
 Digital static (filmless) imaging
 Image processing Software
 Image Import / Export
 MLC Planning
 DICOM compatibility, DICOM compliance statement should be provided.
 Latest computer systems with LED monitors, printer and other peripherals

Safety Compliance:

 Compliance with safety requirements in the International Basic Safety Standards for
Protection against Ionizing Radiation and The International Electro-technical
Commission Standards (IEC)

Accompanying Documents and Software:

 The accompanying document shall comply with BSS and IEC standards. The
performance specifications and operating and maintenance instructions shall be
provided in English language. The users are primarily radiographers and radiation
oncologists but also physicists and maintenance personnel may use the equipment.
 The documents/software etc shall include:
 Performance specifications.
 Operating instructions and manual
 Preventive maintenance instructions and service manual
 Any other software, if needed by the user/maintenance personnel and any up-gradation
with all added features should be provided free of cost for warranty period.
 Mandatory optional (Price to be quoted separately)
 Construction of Bunker 900sq.ft for its Installation and commissioning with Shielding

10 | P a g e
 will be the responsibility of the firm, as per satisfaction of the end-user.

11 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Oncology
Generic Name DEEP X-RAY THERAPY SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose The treatment of internal neoplasms, such as wilms” tumor of the
kidney, Hodgkins disease, and other cancer, with ionizing radiation
from an external source. The dose delivered is determined according to
the radiosensitivity size, pathological grade, and differentiation of the
tumor: the tolerance of normal surrounding tissue to irradiation and
the patient condition.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. X-RAY BEAM:
The system consisting of a metal ceramic 300kV X-ray tube designed for medical
applications.

The tube must be a bi-polar ceramic X-ray tube of advanced metal ceramic design with
integrated high voltage receptacles and cooling system. It should be enclosed in a ray-proof
housing with fittings for oil hose connections.

X-Ray Tube Output Limits:

Voltage: 40 - 300 kV
Current: 0 - 30 mA
Power: 400 – 3200W for designated stability

X-ray Tube Specification:

Focal spot size: 8 mm
Target material: Tungsten
Inherent filtration: 2 mm + 1 mm Be
Tube power continuous: 3200W
Rating continuous: 320kVP/10.0mA
Field coverage total: 40°
Anode angle: 30°

2. CONTROL SYSTEM:
The X-ray control system, comprising of a PC driven interface with an X-ray control pod
and a control Unit. The system should be supplied in either dose or time configuration,
both come equipped with dual microprocessor architecture to enable independent back
up timer safety mechanisms.

3. THE DOSIMETRY SYSTEM:

The open ion chamber to be positioned within the sub-tube assembly below the
treatment filter, changes in temperature and pressure should be applied automatically.
A reference calibration to be conducted for each clinical filter (energy) using a
nominated reference applicator.

12 | P a g e
 For non-reference applicators a timed exposure to be performed to calculate the
coefficient factor due to the difference in the applicator top plates on the electrometer
reading.

These applicator factors to be stored and applied when the filter applicator combination
is selected for clinical exposures.

Dose Rate Stability:

The exposure should be terminated if the kV and mA output values deviate by more than
±3%of the full scale value. The output from the X-ray tube should be continuously monitored.

Reproducibility
The reproducibility of the dosimetry system for each energy should be less than or equal to 1%.

Linearity
The linearity of the dosimetry system should be better than ± 1% or 1MU

4. TREATMENT FILTERS & APPLICATORS.

The system should use a binary encoding system to recognize treatment filters and
applicators.

Filters:
System should have up to ten filters, nine clinical filter and one “warm-up” filter. The
warm-up filter constructed of 6mm of lead. The nine clinical filters constructed in
accordance with the half value layers defined by the department.

Each filter holder should be uniquely identified in the sub tube assembly.
The system should have a HVL of up to 3mm of copper.

Each filter constructed from a maximum of three materials, up to a physical maximum of 3mm.

The standard set of clinical filters to be supplied with the system is listed below:

Filter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Kv 60 80 100 120 150 180 200 250 300
HVL 1 (mm) 1.5Al 2.5Al 3.0Al 5.0Al 6.0Al 0.5Cu 1.0 Cu 2.0 Cu 3.0 Cu
Added 1.0Al 2.0Al 2.0Al 0.5 Al 1.0 Al 1.5 Al 1.0 Al 1.0 Al 1.5 Al
Filtration 0.45 0.10 Cu 0.15 Cu 0.45 Cu 1.10 0.25 Cu
(mm) Cu Cu 0.50 sn

The standard set of applicators to be supplied with the system should have the following
aperture sizes and to be supplied at two FSD’s:

30cm FSD Open applicators 50cm FSD Closed applicators

13 | P a g e
• 3cm diameter • 4cm x 4cm
• 4cm diameter • 6cm x 6cm
• 5cm diameter • 8cm x 8cm
• 10cm diameter • 10cm x 10cm
• 15cm x 15cm
• 20cm x 20cm
5. RADIATION SAFETY:
The system should be designed to deliver radiation for clinical purposes. The system to
be installed within a treatment room, with an appropriate level of radiation protection.
- Leakage Radiation
The leakage radiation from the X-ray tube assembly should comply with IEC60601-2-8

- Safety System
The control system monitors the safety interlock system and should interrupt or inhibit
an exposure if the interlock relay has not been satisfied. A visual interlock message
should be displayed on the monitor.

6. TREATMENT HEAD MOVEMENTS:

The system should be mounted on either a ceiling suspended X-ray tube support system
or a floor stand X-ray tube support system.

7. THE X-RAY GENERATOR & HEAT EXCHANGE EQUIPMENT:

The X-ray Generator
The system should include a 3kW or more high voltage generator.

Specifications
Output Power: 3200W
Ripple: High frequency and line frequency total ripple
Voltage & Current Stability: Short term – 0.05% / hour of set value
Long term – 0.1% / hour of set value
Voltage & Current Reproducibility: 0.1%
Voltage & Current Accuracy: 2% & 1%
Reproducibility and Linearity of the generator to be assured by a direct output measurement
with independent mA and kV control circuitry.

Heat Exchange Equipment

There should be two types of closed circuit oil cooler that could be used with the system.

1. An oil to air cooler, the oil should be cooled via a heat exchanged / radiator system in
which the oil cooling is assisted by a thermostatically controlled fan.
2. Water-cooled oil cooler whereby the oil is cooled through a heat exchanger by a
thermostatically controlled ‘lost water’ system.
Clinical Specialty Oncology
Generic Name DOSIMETER BEAM SCANNING SYSTEM

14 | P a g e
Clinical Purpose Dosimeter serves important functions in radiation processing where
large absorbed doses and does rate from photon and electrons sources
measured with great accuracy.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Water Phantom:
 Volume minimum: 450 x 450 x 410 mm.
 Wall thickness: At least 20 mm or more
 Phantom should include Electromechanically lifting carriage with adjustment provision,
water reservoir (mini.200L water) and pump.
 Phantom shall have provision to hold 0.6 cc Former type chamber.

Electrometer:
 Dual channel for relative dosimetry with variable power supply

Chamber:
 0.6 / 0.65 cc scanning chambers with water proof sleeves with valid calibration
certificate.
 Chamber extension cable should be minimum 100 ft. or more.

High Precision Reference Class Electrometer:

 Portable single channel Electrometer for measurement of absorbed dose.

Solid Water Equivalent Phantom:

 It is made up of slabs of different thickness. This phantom should be used for electron
and photon dosimetry. It should be free of contamination and air buffers.

Complete Detector Array System:

 Linear array (for motorized or Dynamic wedges)
 2D array (For IMRT Plan verification) system for QC of dynamic MLCs.

Laptop:
 Min. Core-i 5, 1 Gb graphic card, 4 Gb RAM and 500 Gb HD with installed software for
radiation dosimetry according to international dosimetry protocols

Software:
 It should support TG51 and TRS398 protocols. It should be provided to convert
measured data in the format required for beam data configuration of supplied TPS
(Eclipse). Software should be able to output data in worksheet format.

Documents:
 User manuals for electrometer, phantom, service manuals

15 | P a g e
Note:
 Construction of Bunker 600sq.ft for its Installation and commissioning with Shielding
will be the responsibility of the firm, as per satisfaction of the end-user.

16 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty Oncology
Generic Name TREATMENT PLANNING SYSTEM
Clinical Purpose Treatment planning systems are at the heart of radiation therapy
(RT) systems and the key to improved patient outcomes. Once
images datasheets are loaded and the tumors are identified, the
systems develop a complex plan for each beam line route for how
the therapy systems will delivery radiation.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The Radiotherapy Treatment Planning System should be based on advanced computer system
having latest hardware and software to perform all kinds of 3D Teletherapy and Virtual
Simulation.

One server for Data Base Management integrated with the Planning Terminals. TPS with two
Work Stations (two Calculation Licenses) should be provided for Conventional Photons,
Electrons, 3D CRT and Inverse Planning (DICOM -3RT Interface to Network with Simulator, CT
scanner, Dosimetry System with Flat-Bed Scanner) with at least one license that includes IMRT.
It should include Fusion and Registration Software, Virtual Simulation Software and Beam
Modeling Software. Also it should have real time DRR / DCR Functionality, and Plan Approval
Facility and should provide Multiple Algorithms. (A minimum of 3 Contouring Licenses / Work
Stations should be included.

17 | P a g e
Clinical Specialty ONCOLOGY INFORMATION SYSTEM

Generic Name NETWORKING

Clinical Purpose The oncology clinical information system focusing on application. The
first part is the structure of OCIS and shows the basic clinical decision
support aspects of the system on line. The second pat is on line
demonstration of application: sophisticated blood products ordering
systems, a chemotherapy and treatment scheduling system, and a
radiation therapy scheduling system.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
THE RECORD & VERIFICATION SYSTEM MUST BE BASED ON CLIENT/SERVER ARCHITECTURE
TO PROVIDE
 A common relational database management system that integrates medical and
business records
 A common user interface for data entry and viewing in a variety of applications
 A standard communication path for interfacing to other database systems.
 Considering the critical nature and volume of procedures, the software must provide
high reliability, and should offer the highest quality performance.

The Oncology information management/record and verify system shall assist in the integration
of radiotherapy patient data throughout the entire department. It shall also record and verify
treatment parameters of patients undergoing treatment on the Linac.

ONCOLOGY INFORMATION SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH NETWORKING, RECORD & VERIFY

SYSTEM
 Transfer of all parameters from Simulator & Treatment Planning System to the Linear
Accelerator for automatic treatment setup & delivery should be provided.
 Transfer of Fluoroscopy images from Simulator to Portal Imaging System for
comparison should be provided.
 Transfer & Execution of MLC Position Parameters for normal treatment & IMRT
treatment including Step & Shoot & Dynamic techniques from Treatment Planning
System should be provided.

Should be Networked with Existing Network System and all required interfaces should be
provided.

18 | P a g e